Tourism Holdings Limited logo

thl FY24 Annual Results

Full Year Results26 August 2024THLConsumer Discretionary

As seen, worldwide
44°15’ S —

170°6’ E

INTEGRATED ANNUAL

REPORT 2024

42°46’ S — 147°33’ E
creating

unforgettable

journeys

OUR PURPOSE

Sell
Rent

Buy

Build

RENT

BUILD/BUY

SELL

—— RV has great potential. Mainstream engagement

with the RV category is encouraging a new

generation of younger customers, adding new

demographics to the global community of

travellers keen to experience their world, their way.

—— The economic environment is currently uncertain,

and these headwinds could impact the speed

of the rebound in tourism. But we’re confident

that thl is well-positioned to capitalise on the

resurgence of leisure travel, with a growing rental

fleet and experience set within the RV rental and

retail sales markets.

—— Longer term, further synergies and cost-out

opportunities across our business will add to our

ability to make the RV life simpler, more accessible

and more exciting than ever before.

GLOBAL LEADERS

IN ALL ASPECTS OF RV

VERTICAL INTEGRATION:

THREE POINTS OF MARGIN CAPTURE

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl1

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board, we present the 2024 Integrated

Annual Report and consolidated financial statements for

the year ended 30 June 2024 (FY24).

The Board acknowledges its responsibility for the integrity

of this Integrated Annual Report. We have been delivering

an Integrated Annual Report for thl stakeholders since

FY19. This year, for the first time we will be publishing

a separate but related Climate Statements report of

our Climate-Related Disclosures and Greenhouse Gas

emissions (GHG / carbon footprint).

We believe the Integrated Reporting <IR> Framework

continues to provide a holistic framework for our context

and business that is increasingly relevant in today’s

complex and dynamic business environment.

The Board has applied its mind to the Integrated Annual

Report and believes that it addresses the most material

issues and presents fairly the integrated performance of

the organisation and its impacts in accordance with the

principles set out in the International Integrated Reporting

Council (IIRC) Framework. The Integrated Annual Report

has been prepared according to the IIRC guidelines. The

Integrated Annual Report was approved by the Board on

27 August 2024 and is signed on its behalf by:

Cathy Quinn ONZM

Chair

Rob Hamilton

Chair of the

Audit & Risk Committee

36°02’ S — 139°33’ E

Acknowledgement

thl acknowledges the Indigenous Peoples of the lands on

which we operate, and we pay our respects to their Elders,

past and present. We recognise their enduring ancestral

connection to our lands, waters and skies.

Our role

At a global level, thl is on a journey to build our cultural

capabilities, specifically the skills, knowledge, behaviours

and protocols required to deliver products and services in

a culturally respectful, genuine and appropriate manner.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl2

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

CONTENTS
23.

24.

26.

27.

29.

30.

32.

34.

31.

It all starts

with the RV

Rentals growth

is our focus

Securing synergies and

cost-efficiencies from our

integrated business model

Product

development –

our Future Fleet

challenge

Health, Safety and

Wellbeing, global

alignment and

growth

Our crew

thriving

Fit for the future – site and

infrastructure developments

Our future-fit sustainability

journey – the first five year

Digital transformation continues

as global systems go live

Strategy in action ———

PERFORMANCE

Our results summary 4

Achievements 5

Letter from the Chair 6

Letter from the CEO 8

ABOUT thl 16

RV worldwide 18

How we create value 20

STRATEGY IN ACTION 22

It all starts with the RV 23

Rentals growth is our focus 24

Securing synergies and cost-efficiencies

from our integrated business model 26

Product development –

our Future Fleet challenge 27

Health, Safety and Wellbeing,

global alignment and growth 29

Our crew thriving 30

Digital transformation continues

as global systems go live 31

Fit for the future – site and

infrastructure developments 32

Our future-fit sustainability journey

– the first five years 34

DISCLOSURES 36

Our Carbon Footprint 37

Our FY24 Future-Fit Health Check 38

Diversity and Inclusion Reporting 41

Enterprise Risk Management 42

FINANCIALS 47

GOVERNANCE 104

Corporate Governance 105

Remuneration 117

Board of Directors 128

Corporate information 130

Global Footprint 131

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl3

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
Our results summary

1. Excludes non-recurring items. For further information, refer to slides 6

and 33 of thl’s FY24 Annual Results presentation for reconciliations.

2. Pro forma prior corresponding period includes contribution from 12 months

of Apollo and Just go, notwithstanding that those businesses were

acquired/became wholly-owned part way through the year.

3. As at 30 June 2024.

UNDERLYING NET PROFIT

AFTER TAX

1


$51.8M


-33% (compared to pro forma

2

)

REVENUE

$922M


+5% (compared to pro forma

2

)

STATUTORY NET PROFIT

AFTER TAX

$39.4M


-21%

RENTAL FLEET

3

7,921


+10%

UNDERLYING

EBIT

1

$111.1M


-20% (compared to pro forma

2

)

FULL-YEAR DIVIDEND


9.5CPS


-37%

UNDERLYING

EBITDA

1

$206.9M


-6% (compared to pro forma

2

)

NET DEBT

3


$446M


+56%

ABOUT thl4

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

ACQUISITION OF CAMPERAGENT RV DEALERSHIP
IN ADELAIDE, FURTHER EXPANDING OUR RETAIL

CAPABILITY AND CAPACITY.

PROGRESS OF SEVEN GLOBAL DIGITAL

TRANSFORMATION PROJECTS, ALL LEADING

TO SYNERGIES AND EFFICIENCY.

MAJOR UPGRADE AND REFURBISHMENT

PROJECT FOR USA BRANCHES COMPLETED.

ALIGNMENT OF BRISBANE

MANUFACTURING WITH ACTION

MANUFACTURING.

CONTINUED RECOVERY OF

INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL AND GROWTH

IN THE RV RENTALS CATEGORY.

LATEST BRITZ EVOLVE EV PILOT UNDER WAY

IN NEW ZEALAND, UPDATED FUTURE FLEET

SCANS FOR EVERY REGION.

MOTEK FLEET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUCCESSFUL

ROLL OUT IN THE USA, UK AND IRELAND. PROJECT

ORANGE SYNERGIES, EFFICIENCIES AND ALIGNMENT

OUTCOMES ACHIEVED.

CANADREAM CARES – RV WITH RESPECT PROGRAMME

AND NEW, GLOBAL TORUS AWARDS TO RECOGNISE

CREW DEMONSTRATING OUR CORE VALUES.

WAYS OF WORKING REVIEW USING AI AND DIGITAL

TOOLS TO CREATE A GLOBAL, DIGITALLY-LED

INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO REALIZE

SYNERGIES AND COST-SAVING OPPORTUNITIES.

Expanded

Advancing

Refreshed

Aligned

Growth

Evolving

Delivered

Launched

Upgraded

Achievements

ABOUT thl5

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

Driving
to the

conditions

CATHY QUINN

CHAIR

Dear Shareholders

On behalf of the Board of

Directors, I am pleased to share

with you the 2024 Integrated

Annual Report for thl.

There is no doubt that the last six months

have been particularly difficult for parts of

the business. The US and UK businesses

and the Australian Retail Sales division

did not achieve their KPIs due to the

challenging economic conditions as well

as some areas of missed opportunity.

However, the New Zealand and Australian

rental businesses, which had the greatest

opportunity to benefit from the merger of

thl and Apollo, have each delivered strong

profit results and are well positioned for

the future.

Despite the negativity in the market,

thl has achieved an underlying net profit

after tax (NPAT) of $51.8 million for the

year

1

– the second-largest underlying profit

in thl’s history after FY23. The statutory

NPAT of $39.4 million was impacted by

the impairment of goodwill attributable

to the UK/Ireland business.

The underlying performance reflects

our diversification across the different

segments of the RV industry and

geographies and the benefits of the

merger with Apollo and associated cost

synergies. Our combined scale, expertise

and resources strengthen our position

in both favourable and challenging

economic conditions.

We are continuing to invest in our fleet,

our technology and our people to create a

business that is positioned to gain market

share in this tough market and to gain

greater benefits when the cycle turns.

We have maintained our dividend policy,

declaring a final FY24 dividend of 5 cents

per share, making the total FY24 dividend

9.5 cents per share and representing a 40%

payout ratio.

We have also recently completed a

refinancing of our syndicated banking

facilities, which has enabled us to

substantially grow the size of our bank

debt facilities with the addition of new

lenders ASB and Royal Bank of Canada

to the syndicate as well as improving our

covenant structure and achieving a more

favourable pricing structure. We believe

that these elements reflect thl’s balance

sheet strength and our confidence in the

long-term outlook for thl.

Operationally, the business has continued

to design and develop new product types,

focus on the continuous improvement

of the health, safety and wellbeing of our

people and embed new ways of working,

leveraging AI to improve productivity

and efficiency.

1 Excludes $12.4M goodwill impairment relating

to UK/Ireland division.

ABOUT thl6

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CHAIR

This year, we are presenting our first
remuneration report in our Integrated

Annual Report, which offers more

information on thl’s remuneration

policies and wider executive remuneration

disclosures. Moreover, later this year,

we will be providing our first climate-

related disclosures under the new

framework, after five years of disclosing

our greenhouse gas emissions and

sustainability actions as part of our

Integrated Annual Report.

As a Board and management, we are

committed to delivering on our strategy,

our vision and our values and to creating

long-term value for our shareholders. We

have a strong and capable team who are

focused on managing the impact of the

ongoing economic challenges while setting

up thl for a prosperous future. We have

an excellent working relationship with

effective and constructive engagement

between the Board and management,

which was evidenced in a positive

Board evaluation undertaken earlier this

year. I would like to acknowledge the

contribution of Debbie Birch to thl as a

Director since 2016 as she departs the

Board later this year.

The current environment is uncertain,

leading us to the view that the difficult

operating environment will continue over

the upcoming year. We believe that we are

prepared for this uncertainty, with balance

sheet strength and renewed financing

arrangements that position us well to

manage persisting economic pressures.

We will continue to focus on improving

operational performance, cost reduction

(primarily on fleet as our largest single

investment) and achieving target returns

on capital across all our businesses. We

believe this will set the business up for a

positive future.

We thank you for your trust and loyalty

and look forward to sharing our progress

and achievements with you in the future.

Sincerely,

Cathy Quinn

CHAIR

As a Board and management, we are

committed to delivering on our strategy,

our vision, and our values, and to creating

long-term value for our shareholders.

CATHY QUINN — CHAIR

UNDERLYING NET PROFIT AFTER TAX (NPAT)

$51.8M

ABOUT thl7

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CHAIR

FY24 is a year that requires deep reflection – a year with an
undeniably disappointing financial result but also one in which

we have reset and responded by realigning the business to the

practices that have historically made thl successful.

It is this realignment that should see thl

return to delivering a great return on funds

employed (ROFE) in the future. Although

there aren’t any publicly listed companies

that are directly comparable to thl, our

experience of the broader RV industry and

the rental industry indicates that thl has

fared reasonably well. In addition, our core

discipline of balance sheet management

provides thl with stability that sets us apart

from many in the industry.

The share price fall following the May 2024

downgrade was a defining moment for thl,

the Board and the management team. The

degree of reflection that I and the business

as a whole have undertaken, from the

Board right through to our frontline crew

who are shareholders, has been significant.

We have questioned ourselves deeply,

listened to shareholders, considered what

we could have done better and adjusted

where appropriate.

We recognise that the substantial decline

in profit with just two months left in the

financial year will have come as a shock

to our shareholders. The volatility of our

earnings in FY24 partly stemmed from

the pandemic. thl achieved record sales

margins as fleet values rose, but this also

Moving

forward

together

GRANT WEBSTER

CEO

exposed our earnings as demand fell in the

last quarter and we did not sell as many

vehicles as expected.

Going forward, we do expect to see greater

stability in our earnings profile as we sell the

remainder of our abnormally high-margin

vehicles, our overall vehicle sales margins

normalise, and the source of our earnings

reverts towards the rental business. Under

these circumstances, we would not expect

to see thl experience such a significant

fluctuation in profit within such a short

period of time.

Despite the reduction in our profitability

and negative broader macroeconomic

environment, we did achieve several

milestones and successes in the year.

Some of our highlights include:


a continued recovery of New Zealand

Rentals with significant growth and

delivering a record result with a

positive outlook for further growth

in the coming years


expanding our sales capabilities in

Australia by acquiring Camperagent

RV Centre, a leading motorhome and

caravan dealership in South Australia

ABOUT thl8

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CEO


investing in improving the machinery,

technology and processes in our

Australian manufacturing business

as we brought it under the Action

Manufacturing umbrella, enabling

enhancements in both efficiency

and quality


spending over $350 million on new fleet

and growing our global rental fleet by

10% to a fleet of 7,921 at year-end


launching our newest EV trial in

New Zealand and continuing our

Future Fleet work towards becoming

a more sustainable business


continuing the next step towards

common global technology platforms

across the business.

In particular, the last highlight is a major

ongoing digital transformation project

that will substantially change how our

business operates. The complexity of this

change and the consequential potential

benefits should not be underestimated.

Neither old Apollo nor thl had a truly global

business with all regions operating on

common systems, delivering common

detailed metrics and benchmarking.

There are significant efficiencies to

be gained through the elimination

of process duplication.

Naturally, these highlights are

overshadowed by the challenging vehicle

sales conditions that have significantly

impacted our performance for the year.

We are of the view that the vehicle sales

challenges are directly attributable to

wider economic issues, and as such, we

anticipate a recovery in this area of our

business as economic conditions improve.

We have seen RV travel lose category share

to cruise ship travel, which has experienced

a significant recovery in the last 18 months.

However, we have confidence that RV

travel is well positioned and poised for

future success. Our optimism stems

from the growing interest in RV travel

among younger demographics, the rising

population of individuals aged 65 and older

over the coming decades and the wider

shift in tourism preferences in favour of

sustainable, local travel and unique

adventures.

Summary of performance in FY24

Our FY24 results reflect a mixed set

of outcomes by business area and

geography. The overall underlying NPAT

of $51.8 million, while still a significant

number, is below what we believe to be

achievable for thl and well below the

expectations we had some months ago.

Our core rentals businesses have

performed well, particularly in markets

like New Zealand and Australia, but

challenging conditions in vehicle sales, the

return to normal sales margins in certain

markets and difficult economic conditions

have impacted our overall performance.

Positively, the New Zealand Rentals & Sales,

Action Manufacturing and New Zealand

Tourism divisions have all achieved record

EBIT results. This success is reflective of

the recovery in international tourism to

New Zealand as well as the continued

growth of Action Manufacturing following

several small acquisitions in the past

few years.

Our core rentals businesses

have performed well, particularly

in markets like New Zealand

and Australia.

GRANT WEBSTER — CEO

ABOUT thl9

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CEO

Unfortunately, weighing on the overall
result are disappointing results from the

US Rentals & Sales, UK/Ireland Rentals &

Sales and Australian Retail Sales divisions.

These results reflect the difficult vehicle

sales environment today. We remain

positive about the future of the US

business with several recent actions under

way, including new leadership overseeing

North America. We believe closer

integration between the US and Canadian

businesses will yield future benefits that

improve overall performance.

Merger integration

Having now spent a year and a half as

a merged business, our integration

continues positively. We are entering

another phase in the integration, including

ongoing development through our digital

transformation towards having a global

business on common platforms.

To date, our performance in achieving

synergies has been broadly in line with the

projections made at the time of the merger,

and we provide further detail on these

synergies in the Investor Presentation.

While this seems contrary to the result for

this year, a primary reason for the merger

was to enable cost synergies that neither

thl nor Apollo could access independently.

I can confidently say our result for FY24

is significantly higher than what thl

and Apollo would likely have achieved

separately without the merger.

Given the level of integration between thl

and Apollo today, we are now in a position

where there is little distinction between

merger synergy opportunities and general

cost-out and efficiency.

We are currently in the process of rebasing

our targets to capture the broader cost-out

opportunities and the incremental synergy

opportunities we’ve identified post the

merger. We intend to set these rebased

targets relative to the FY24 cost base as

opposed to a no-merger counterfactual,

enabling simpler reporting both internally

and externally.

At present, this is an ongoing project.

We intend to provide more detail on our

rebased cost-out goals at the Annual

Meeting in October.

I can confidently say our result

for FY24 is significantly higher

than the result thl and Apollo

would likely have achieved

separately without the merger.

GRANT WEBSTER — CEO

ABOUT thl10thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CEO

Outlook
Despite operating conditions for the

coming period being uncertain, we expect

an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25

compared to FY24.

To date, tourism has been more resilient

than other sectors amid the tough

economic circumstances as international

leisure travel has continued to recover from

the sharp decline seen in 2020.

Our current rental forward bookings

demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire

days in FY25 within our key markets of

New Zealand, Australia and North America.

However, booking intakes in recent weeks

indicate that the recovery is slowing,

potentially impacting rentals in calendar

year 2025. This indicates that it may take

longer than initially expected to return

to pre-COVID-19 levels, which aligns with

broader industry feedback and sentiment.

Fleet purchases and production for

FY25 and FY26 have been adjusted

accordingly, with lower fleet capital

expenditure planned.

We expect that vehicle sales will

remain subdued for longer in FY25 and

ultimately rebound in line with a wider

economic recovery once interest rates

fall and household financial pressures

ease, allowing for increased consumer

confidence in making large discretionary

purchases. This is supported by industry

performance indicators in both the North

American and Australian markets.

We see these headwinds as cyclical and

associated with the wider economic

downturn rather than any structural

change for the RV industry. We have a

positive longer-term outlook for the RV

category and believe it is positioned to

increase its share of the broader tourism

market. thl is well positioned within

the industry as the global leader in RV

rentals with opportunities for synergies

and cost reduction supported by balance

sheet strength and strong capital

management disciplines.

Our renewed bank debt facilities also

reflect our lenders’ confidence in thl’s

outlook and provide us with increased

flexibility to continue to invest in new

fleet and take other opportunities as

they arise in a down market when others

in our industry cannot.

thl continues its strong focus on ROFE,

and we recognise that the returns from

the US, UK/Ireland and Canada divisions

in FY24 are unacceptable. Addressing

the northern hemisphere is a key focus

for management. While we expect ROFE

in FY25 for these divisions will remain

below our 15% target, the changes we

have implemented should lead to future

improvements in ROFE, particularly in

bringing the North American businesses

more closely together.

Our future NPAT goal

We have previously stated a goal to achieve

$100 million in NPAT in FY26. In light of

the economic uncertainty that exists

currently, we understand that there may

be questions regarding the feasibility of

this target being achieved by FY26.

We continue to believe that the core

assumptions supporting our $100 million

goal are intact for thl. Nevertheless, the

economic climate in the key markets of

New Zealand and Australia and more

broadly overseas has deteriorated more

than anticipated when we set this goal

and, in our view, makes achievement of

this goal by FY26 unrealistic.

Given the prevailing economic conditions

and persisting uncertainties, it would

be inappropriate for us to set a precise

timeline for reaching our goal. We remain

steadfast in our belief that we have the

necessary components and will advance

towards our goal as tourism rebounds and

general economic conditions improve.

thl and our crew

In FY25, I will reach the milestone of

working for thl for 20 years. This is

something I never expected and, given

the nature of publicly listed companies,

is not that common. Throughout my

tenure, I have continued to be amazed

at how thl responds to challenges and

change in a way that always creates the

opportunity for more growth – growth

for crew, customer numbers, leadership

skills, footprint, financial returns and

global interest. We constantly challenge

the path we have set and make sure the

fundamentals of the business remain.

Where we are today is a testament to

our crew. They have come off a record

high, endured a decent fall, adapted and

are responding with passion, energy and

a commitment to delivery. On behalf of all

thl shareholders, I thank our crew.

Grant Webster

CEO

Where we are today is a

testament to our crew.

They have come off a

record high, endured a

decent fall, adapted, and

are responding with

passion, energy and a

commitment to delivery.

GRANT WEBSTER — CEO

ABOUT thl11thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

LETTER FROM THE CEO

126° 52’ S — 47° 39’ E
Build/Buy

In FY24, Apollo Manufacturing in

Brisbane was brought into the Action

Manufacturing family, establishing Trans-

Tasman alignment in people, process,

systems and product. This has created

integration benefits from Action’s strong

processes, commitment to a design-led

approach, greater efficiencies, ongoing

improvements in quality and driving build

costs down. The expansion of Action

Manufacturing into Australia opens future

expansion opportunities into the broader

commercial vehicle manufacturing market

in Australia.

This year, Action Manufacturing embarked

on a collaboration with Hato Hone St John

in New Zealand to create the first custom-

built electric vehicle (EV) ambulance in

Australasia. The custom-built EV has a real-

world range of 220 kilometres and delivers

specific requirements for the ambulance’s

weight and electrical demands for the

unique needs of emergency medical

response. This demonstrates Action

Manufacturing’s expertise and innovation

in designing lightweight vehicles that

can support the demands of electrical

equipment and different use cases.

The thl rental business has embarked

on a journey of organic fleet regrowth,

following the sell-down of fleet by thl and

Apollo through the pandemic. In FY24,

over $350 million was spent on new fleet

vehicles and the global rental fleet grew

by 10% to 7,921, further bolstering the

strong market position thl holds in each

operating region.

The recovery of international tourism

combined with fleet regrowth is expected

to be the key driver of profitability growth

for thl in the upcoming period. Globally,

thl today stands at 7,918 vehicles, and still

remains below pre-pandemic levels, as

does global leisure travel.

We have been actively developing new

rental segments outside of traditional

tourism. These include business models

for bookings in disaster recovery and

emergency accommodation and servicing

domestic markets for event accommodation

and mobile accommodation for the film

industry. These new business segments

emerged during the pandemic when

traditional tourism bookings declined,

and we will continue to actively pursue

opportunities to leverage new markets

going forward.

This innovative project showcases

Action Manufacturing’s design-led

philosophy and dedication to pushing

the boundaries of what is achievable

in manufacturing. It also contributes

learning for our Future Fleet programme,

including work on our second electric

RV (eRV) pilot, to address our priority

future-fit sustainability goals and thl’s

climate-related risk of the lack of supply

of suitable long-range vehicles and

innovation in commercial vehicles.

Throughout the year, Action

Manufacturing has also been progressing

a project to identify and partner with

trusted Chinese suppliers. As the RV

componentry market in China matures,

this presents substantial opportunities

for Action Manufacturing to import high-

quality, low-cost RV components sourced

from reputable Chinese suppliers. This is

expected to contribute towards overall

cost efficiency and quality enhancement

for Action Manufacturing’s products.

Motek, thl’s industry-leading bespoke

booking and scheduling software, has

been successfully launched in the UK

during the period and is on track for its

upcoming launch in Canada later this year.

The Motek system is a critical component

of thl’s one-fleet ecosystem, providing

internal teams with a portal to manage

fleets, optimise scheduling, define pricing,

manage bookings and automate branch

operations and ultimately creating cost

efficiencies and rental utilisation benefits.

The continued global rollout of Motek

represents a further step in thl aligning

its global systems and operations to

create comparable benchmarks to drive

productivity improvements. The scale of

thl’s global rental operations provides a

competitive advantage, and having aligned

systems across regions is expected to

enhance this further.

In FY24, we completed a comprehensive

back-of-house operations process review.

The insights and lessons learned from

this review are being shared across

all thl businesses globally, fostering

a culture of continuous improvement

and operational excellence.

Rent

ACTION MANUFACTURINGMOTEK – SOFTWARE

UKAUCANNZ

LAUNCHED

2024

LAUNCH

L ATE 2024

TRANS-TASMAN

ALIGNMENT

ABOUT thl12thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

OUR BUSINESS

Despite the challenging automotive sales
environment globally, thl sold over 4,100

vehicles in FY24.

thl has 24 sales locations with seven

in Australia, five in New Zealand, nine

in North America and three in the UK/

Ireland. thl sells, all of its ex-rental

vehicles exclusively through its own

retail dealerships in Australia and the

majority of its ex-rental vehicles in

New Zealand.

The recent expansion of RV Super Centre

into Hamilton and Palmerston North in

New Zealand coupled with the acquisition

of Camperagent RV Centre in Adelaide in

Australia, has further solidified thl’s build/

buy-rent-sell model across Australasia.

This continued growth and expansion

reinforces thl’s position in the New Zealand

market as the largest nationwide retailer

of RVs.

While economic headwinds are currently

affecting the demand for big-ticket

consumer discretionary goods, including

RVs, these impacts should ease as the

economic conditions improve and

interest rates decline.

Over the longer term, thl remains

positive about the outlook for the RV

category of travel, supported by positive

demographic shifts such as an ageing

population and growing interest in RV

travel among younger travellers.

The strategic acquisition of Camperagent

RV Centre in January 2024 has further

enhanced our RV sales capabilities to

enable thl to sell a greater number

of ex-rental vehicles annually. This

accelerates the turnover of the rental

fleet and reducing the age of the rental

fleet, enabling thl to achieve higher

yields at lower maintenance costs.

It also creates additional demand for

thl’s manufacturing facilities, increasing

the number of vehicles built. This

demonstrates the positive impacts and

benefits of thl’s interconnected build/

buy-rent-sell business model.

Sell

LOCATIONS – GLOBAL SALES

24

AU 7 NZ 5

NORTH AMERICA 9 UK/IRELAND 3

Kiwi Experience

Kiwi Experience had strong summer

demand until a challenging last quarter

with youth traveller demand still below

pre-COVID-19 levels. We are lucky to

have an experienced and resilient team,

strong brand and long-standing industry

relationships, connecting guests to a wide

range of experiences across New Zealand.

Our accommodation partnerships have

increased by 76% compared to pre-

pandemic levels, providing our guests

with greater choice.

Currently, the only touring company

operating Hop-On Hop Off experiences in

New Zealand, we have continued to grow

our product. Small group tours have seen

increased growth with the launch of new

tours and destinations in the South Island.

In FY25, we will be training our crew with

an emphasis on cultural capability, our

future-fit sustainability goals and delivering

the Tiaki Promise, being the commitment

to care for Aotearoa New Zealand. We will

be developing Meaningful Tours to connect

customers with authentic community,

conservation and cultural activities.

Discover Waitomo

FY24 saw the Discover Waitomo range of

small group products continue to resonate

with returning international guests and our

domestic guests.

Key focus areas for FY24 included building

on our world-class guest experience and

the continued evolution of operational

health and safety. Time and again,

customer feedback further validates just

how important our crew are in making sure

our guests have a safe, memorable and

enjoyable experience with us in Waitomo.

Noting a record Net Promoter Score

(customer feedback score) at the Waitomo

Glowworm Caves, GM Daniel Thorne said:

“Our crew are doing an exceptional job

of delivering on our vision of inspiring

Manuhiri (guests) through unforgettable

and sustainable experiences”.

FY25 looks bright, with further

opportunities to make positive

impacts on both community and key

conservation projects as part of our

future fit sustainability commitment.

Our Tourism Experiences

ABOUT thl13thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

OUR BUSINESS

We are a global leader in recreational vehicle brands, offering
enriching experiences for travellers worldwide. Our diverse range of

brands provide opportunities to embrace the RV lifestyle, with options

tailored to meet the needs and preferences of every demographic.

Signature range

Our premium brands

with the newest, most

sophisticated and

fully self-contained

motorhomes to travel

in style.

Flagship range

Our most extensive

and diverse fleets,

offering options to suit

roadtrippers’ unique

style and needs.

Adventure range

Unrivalled choice for

freedom and adventure

to find the road less

travelled.

Value range

The basics done

brilliantly, with value

around every turn.

Build/BuyRent

Action Manufacturing and its subsidiaries deliver

innovative, durable and high-quality vehicle bodies

and trailers, catering to the RV, ambulance, refrigerated

transport, logistics and mobile health sectors.

ABOUT thl14thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

OUR BRANDS

Our Retail Dealerships
Our RV Brands

* Sold under licensing arrangements

* Sold under licensing arrangements

Sell

Tourism

Our network of sales dealerships offers a wide range of quality

new and used motorhomes, campervans and caravans, after-

sales and service options and extensive retail ranges – everything

the lifetime RV owner needs.

A range of award-winning adventure experiences and

flexible touring options – from Black Water Rafting to the

Kiwi Experience travel network to free independent travel

with our app-based travel platform CamperMate.

Discover Waitomo

Embark on a journey

to explore the natural

wonders, culture and

adventure experiences

of the world-famous

Waitomo region.

Discover more.

Discover Waitomo.

Kiwi Experience

Award-winning, flexible and

adventure-filled Hop-On Hop-

Off and small group bus tours

across New Zealand, catering

to travellers seeking a unique

and social way to explore.

Travel technology

We empower independent

travellers to explore and book

unique adventures throughout

Australia and New Zealand. This

leading experiential travel platform

offers a user-friendly app available

on the App Store and Google Play

Store, along with a comprehensive

website at www.campermate.com.

ABOUT thl15thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

PERFORMANCE

OUR BRANDS

-14°19’ S — 132°34’ E
About thl

PERFORMANCE16thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

To day thl is a leading interconnected global operator in the
RV industry with comprehensive integration across the build

(manufacturing), rental and sales segments. Our rentals business

remains the cornerstone of thl, providing the largest contribution

to earnings. This vertically integrated model sets us apart from our

global competition, and in the Australasian markets where we are

fully integrated, this has enabled thl to achieve an improved return

on funds employed.

We have decades of experience constructing durable vehicles

specifically designed for the rental market that maximise returns from

the rental phase and for the strategic optimisation of value on sale.*

Our business model generates profit at each stage – during the build,

through the rental phase and on the retail sale of each RV – to extract

the greatest value from each RV throughout its lifecycle.

* thl only manufactures in New Zealand and Australia.

PERFORMANCE17thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

WHAT WE DO

— RV Rentals
— New and Ex-Rental RV Sales

— RV and Commercial Manufacturing

— Tourism Attractions & Activities

— Digital Tourism App

— RV Rentals

— Ex-Rental RV Sales

— Digital Tourism App

— RV Rentals

— Ex-Rental RV Sales

— RV Rentals

— New and Ex-Rental RV Sales

— RV Manufacturing

— Digital Tourism App

— RV Rentals

— Ex-Rental RV Sales

UK + IRECANUSAAUNZ

FOOTPRINT AS AT 30 JUNE 2024

RV worldwide

thl is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world,

a multinational, vertically integrated RV manufacturing,

rental and retail business for motorhomes, campervans and

caravans. Our build/buy-rent-sell model and global footprint

reflects the strong expansion of the business and positions

thl positively for the future as a world-class leader in the RV

space. It’s an exciting time for the RV industry.

SA

SOUTHERN AFRICA

JPN

JAPAN

RENTAL FLEET

1,257

RENTAL FLEET

1,746

RENTAL FLEET

2,361

FRANCHISE

RENTAL FLEET

1,967

TOTAL RENTAL FLEET

7, 92 1

RENTAL FLEET

590

16%22%30%25%

7%

GLOBAL

PERFORMANCE18

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

BRANDSBRANDS
BRANDSBRANDSBRANDS

LOCATIONSLOCATIONS

LOCATIONSLOCATIONSLOCATIONS

CREWCREW

CREWCREWCREW

2319

415

1419

4 712

983764

157270428

Ireland

Crew: number of employees including casual staff, as of 30 June 2024.

PERFORMANCE19

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

OUR RESOURCESBUSINESS MODEL

Revenue, growth and financial returns.


Worldwide, world-class RV products and services.


Guest travel and tourism experiences.


Vertically integrated, multinational global RV business.


Crew engagement and wellbeing.


Healthy and safe workplaces.


People Promise to provide the tools, skills and identity to succeed.


Fostering a diverse and inclusive culture.


Building our cultural capability.


Deep connections in tourism and RV industry.


Social licence to operate at our sites and where products are used.


Responsible travel partnerships and programmes in each region.


Working with suppliers to improve supply chain transparency, risks,

sustainability performance and circularity.


Climate impacts and carbon emissions from our fleet and operations.


Transition plan to address climate-related risks and opportunities.


Impacts of our products in communities and destinations guests visit.


Promoting regenerative travel that positively impacts destinations.


The sensitive ecosystems in which we operate in Waitomo, New Zealand.


Resources used by our fleet and operations – fuel, energy and water –

and the emissions and waste our activities generate.


New fleet, technology, product design and development innovation.


Action to address our greatest climate and carbon challenge – the

emissions from our vehicle fleet.


Strong, long-term supplier relationships in RV and tourism sectors.


Complex global supply chain has social, environmental and

economic impacts.


Global network of sites and infrastructure expanded manufacturing

facilities, equipment and operations.


Future-Fit Branch Action Plans to manage impacts of water, energy,

waste and emissions, and positive impacts on communities as well

as congestion and potential impacts from freedom camping.


Technologies and systems to manage complexity and growth.

OUR IMPACTS AND OUTCOMES

Chair letter P.6

CEO letter P.8

About thl P.16

Financial statements P.47

HSW and Protect P.29

Cultural capability P.30

DEI Strategy and data P.41

Kiwi Experience P.13

Rentals growth P.24

Cultural capability P.30

Discover Waitomo P.13

Future Fleet P.27

Carbon footprint

and climate-related

risks and opportunities

P.37

Future-fit

health check

P.38-40

Securing synergies P.26

Product development P.27

Enterprise Risk

Management

P.42-46

Digital transformation P.31

Site and infrastructure

development

P.32

LEARN MORE

OUR PURPOSE

OUR VALUES

Creating

unforgettable

journeys

Do the right thing

Be curious

Be happy to

Enjoy the ride

INFRASTRUCTURE

Our multinational

operations, facilities

and equipment

Our global systems

and technology

KNOWLEDGE

Our knowledge,

skills and RV expertise

from our vertically

integrated build/

buy-rent-sell model

NATURE

The natural resources,

ecosystems and

destinations on

which we depend

RELATIONSHIPS

Our partners, industry

relationships and

community

connections

OUR CREW

Our talented crew and

commitment to our

core values

FINANCIAL

Our investors and

access to capital

RENT

BUILD/BUY

SELL

ACTIVE GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

How we create value

PERFORMANCE20

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

OUR FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY JOURNEY
Systems science tells us how our economy and business

operations must be transformed if we are to thrive within

planetary boundaries.

At thl, over the last five years, we have used the 23 goals of the

Future-Fit Business Benchmark to guide our decision-making

and operational activities.

For more detail, see our sustainability progress update and

FY24 Health Check.

For information on our Climate-Related Disclosures and

our progress to combat the risks of modern slavery, see

the reports to be published on www.thlonline.com and

www.thlsustainability.com.

READ MORE > PG 34

Building long-term value through our Global Future-Fit

Sustainability Programme

Protecting the value we create through Enterprise Risk Management

TELLING OUR STORIES

TRAINING & BUILDING CAPABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY

DECARBONISING OUR BUSINESS

FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME

TRANSITIONING TO A LOW-CARBON FLEET

SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT

OUR GLOBAL FRAMEWORK AND

CIRCULAR ECONOMY PILOTS

THRIVE

SUPPORTING OUR CREW, CREATING

A HEALTHY CULTURE AND BUILDING

CULTURAL CAPABILITY

ACCELERATE

PARTNERSHIPS FOR POSITIVE IMPACTS

IGNITION

CREATING FUTURE-FIT BRANCHES

• Operational GHGs

• Product GHGs

• Renewable energy

• Product GHGs

• Products repurposed

• Sustainable procurement

• Products repurposed

• Employee health

• Living wage

• Fair employment terms

• Employee discrimination

• Employee concerns

• Community health

• Natural resources

• Operational encroachment

• Community health

• Product communications

• Product concerns

• Product harm

• Renewable energy

• Water use

• Operational emissions

• Operational GHGs

• Operational encroachment

• Operational waste

GOALS

GOALS

GOALS

GOALS

GOALS

GOALS





PERFORMANCE21

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

ABOUT thl

45°1’ S — 168°39’ E
Strategy

in action

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl22thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

STRATEGY IN ACTION

RENT
2,220

4,171

7,912

1,194

RENTAL REVENUE

It all starts

with the RV

VERTICAL INTEGRATION:

3 POINTS OF MARGIN CAPTURE

SELL

RV SALES REVENUE*

BUILD / BUY

$298M

$398M

$426M

RV MANUFACTURING

REVENUE*

RVs BUILT IN FY24**RVs BOUGHT IN FY24***

VEHICLES SOLD

GLOBALLY IN FY24

VEHICLES

WORLDWIDE

* Includes intercompany revenue that is eliminated at a group level.

** New Zealand and Australia.

*** North America and UK/Ireland.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl23thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

Rentals growth
is our focus

Our global fleet today is just shy of 8,000

vehicles, well below pre-pandemic peaks.

While there are some challenges and

softness in the pace of recovery in some

markets due to the tough economic

conditions, international tourism does

remain in recovery mode with a reasonable

runway before it returns to pre-pandemic

levels.  The long-term potential for thl to

return to and exceed its previous peaks

is premised on growth of the rental fleet

as international tourism grows.

We summarise in this section some

of the key trends in the RV sector,

international tourism more broadly,

and our business today:


We are seeing trends in our business

globally reverting towards patterns

observed prior to the pandemic. This

includes trends in the length of stay,

booking patterns and lead times, and

marketing channels.

NATURE

INFRASTRUCTURE

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBONACCELERATE

At thl, our purpose is to create unforgettable journeys, and

at our heart, we are a travel and tourism business. Our rental

vehicles enable guests (both international and domestic)

to experience the diversity and wonder of the landscapes,

cultures and nature of the destinations they visit and a

sense of freedom, connection and inspiration.

35°25’ N — 54°28’ W

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl24thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

STRATEGY IN ACTION

Sustainable travel
and tourism trends

There is an increasing interest from

travellers seeking authentic, sustainable

and independent travel with opportunities

to connect with nature-based and cultural

tourism experiences. RV travel is well

placed to meet these needs. We continue

to monitor sustainable travel trends and

actively engage with tourism industry

sustainable travel initiatives, including

Tiaki Promise in New Zealand and the

Ecotourism Australia certification. In FY24,

we launched the new CanaDream Cares

– RV with Respect programme to support

guests to travel responsibly.

Climate change is increasing the

frequency of extreme weather events

impacting on destinations our guests

visit, from wildfires in Canada and the

USA to floods and cyclone events in

Australia and New Zealand. The inability

to access attractions and locations due

to infrastructure damage has been

identified as a (non-material) climate-

related physical risk for the business

over the medium to long-term. When

these situations occur, we take swift

action to support our guests, crew and

communities. Our mobile fleet provides

flexibility for guests and temporary mobile

accommodation to support disaster and

emergency responses.


International tourism is still recovering.

The United Nations World Tourism

Organization reported that, in the first

quarter of 2024, tourist arrivals to North

America and Oceania increased by 10%

compared to the previous year. Despite

this growth, visits to Oceania were still

15% lower and those to North America

5% lower than the first-quarter figures

of 2019.

The trends we see from a number of

countries suggest that the rebound

in leisure travel is trailing behind

overall tourism recovery, with a faster

recovery observed in travel for the

purpose of visiting friends and family.

These trends indicate that leisure

travel has a reasonable runway to

return to 2019 levels.


There is strong mainstream

engagement with RV travel. A recent

survey conducted among American

leisure travellers reveals that 45 million

Americans are gearing up for RV

adventures this summer. Interestingly,

the survey found that 52% of RVers

are planning trips 4–7 hours from

home, and 33% are opting for shorter

getaways, with at least one RV trip

planned within three hours of their

residence. We encourage guests to

drive less and stay longer as part of

our US Travel with Heart responsible

travel programme, including sharing

‘one tank trip’ ideas.

GROWTH IN INTERNATIONAL

VISITORS TO OCEANIA AND

NORTH AMERICA IN Q1 2024*

10%

COMPARED TO Q1 2023

* United Nations World Tourism Organization.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl25thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

North America fleet
We completed a detailed review of fleet

purchasing, specification and sale practices

across the USA and Canadian businesses,

sharing best practice to enable better

purchasing, alignment of the fleet product

offering (enabling greater cross-border transfer

in future) and selling the right vehicle at the

right time and in the right place.

While we are still in the early stages of piloting

the cross-border fleet programme, a successful

implementation should provide significant

benefits to these businesses over several

years as we start to view the rental fleet as

a single North American fleet and achieve

utilisation benefits. Improved purchasing and

sale practices should also contribute to an

improvement in the Real Depreciation Rate.*

Manufacturing alignment between

New Zealand and Australia

Achieving alignment and integration

efficiencies and improvements across

our expanded manufacturing operations

is well under way. We are taking a

strategic approach to aligning design

and manufacturing capabilities, facilities,

equipment and site locations. This means

sharing expertise, capabilities and best

practice between sites and country

operations. Our Action Manufacturing

design-led thinking disciplines and design

methodology underpin our fleet plan

product design and build process.

Securing synergies and cost-efficiencies

from our integrated business model

FINANCIAL

KNOWLEDGE

INFRASTRUCTURE

FUTURE FLEET

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

thl’s build/buy-rent-sell model across multiple jurisdictions, combined with the

merger of thl with Apollo Tourism & Leisure in November 2022, provides us with a

unique opportunity to realise synergies and cost efficiencies and share best practice

on a global basis. Realising merger synergies has been a key focus across FY24, and

we are now positioned to take our integration and cost-reduction programme to the

next stage. In FY24, we focused on two key areas:

* The Real Depreciation Rate refers to the difference

between the original purchase price and sale price for

vehicles sold, represented as an annual depreciation

percentage. It allows for no gain on sale or costs

associated with the sale or maintenance of the vehicle.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl26thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

STRATEGY IN ACTION

Uncertainty in the timing on supply
of cost-effective, low- or zero-emission

vehicle technology is considered a material

climate-related transition risk for thl over

the short to long-term (>10 years). We

continue to actively monitor for transition

tipping points and complete regional

Future Fleet Scans annually to inform

our strategy. We actively track progress

on low-emission fleet developments

and new technologies and share some

industry insights here.

At thl, our greatest sustainability challenge and highest-priority future-fit goal is addressing the emissions

from the vehicles that we build/buy-rent-sell. In 2017 when we launched our first eRV pilot in New Zealand, we

hoped to see significant development in low-emission vehicles to enable our fleet to transition by this point.

Industry progress has been frustratingly slow, and we still do not have access to commercially viable low- or

zero-emissions vehicle (ZEV) options with the range required for RV travel needs. We continue to engage with

original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and industry partners globally to address this challenge.

Product development

– our Future Fleet challenge

RELATIONSHIPS

INFRASTRUCTURE

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBONFUTURE FLEET


Massive investment in battery electric

trucks is occurring internationally,

driven by regulations requiring

a transition away from fossil fuel

internal combustion engines and

growing sustainability and carbon-

emission reduction commitments.

Most automotive OEMs have

commitments and carbon emissions

reductions goals, with timeframes

between 2040 and 2050.


Commercial medium and heavy-duty

zero-emission trucks models are

increasingly available, with more than

160 models from over 40 OEMs. Medium-

duty battery EV deployments have

doubled. The majority are commercial

cargo vans and pickup trucks produced

by Ford and Rivian. However, the range

requirements for RV use are not currently

being met.


Our regional Future Fleet Scans of

global markets indicate that batteries

are currently the leading technology,

followed by hydrogen. Renewable

fuels are still in the mix and interest in

hybrid vehicles is increasing. There is

a still a need for an inflection point on

viable technology and infrastructure

for mass adoption, particularly for

commercial fleets.


New regulations on GHG emissions and

ZEV have created both confusion and

adaptation for fleets and manufacturers,

and this is expected to continue. Slower

than expected growth in sales of EVs has

forced several automakers to scale back

once-ambitious production plans.


Charging infrastructure is also a

concern. Despite record levels of

investment, a lack of reliable charging

and refuelling stations is a barrier, as are

charging times and concerns about grid

capacity and renewable energy sources

to support the transition. In the USA,

the RVIA is actively working with states,

charging companies and site hosts

to include RV-friendly electric vehicle

infrastructure and the importance

of pull-through charging as major

infrastructure funding is allocated.

Low- and zero-emission fleet deployments

in the transport industry currently are very

small-scale pilots enabling thl to learn and

prepare for the transition. We are taking

a considered approach, investing in small

trials first and considering all technologies

in the mix as we embark on our second

electric RV (eRV) pilot in New Zealand.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl27thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

Future Fleet: our new Britz eVolve
eRV pilot programme

Future-Fit Break-Even Goal 18 ‘Products

emit no greenhouse gases’ is our

greatest sustainability challenge and

we’re always aiming to move faster.

As a technology-taker, we face an

ongoing challenge of a global supply

chain focused primarily on electrifying/

decarbonising cars, light commercial

vehicles and heavy freight, not the

specialised future needs of the RV

sector: higher payload and long-

distance range. Access to renewable-

energy charging infrastructure in

tourism destinations is also an issue.

At thl, we’re undertaking our second

eRV pilot with six new vehicles on a

Ford E-Transit LWB High Roof. Designed

to be fully sustainable, our new Britz

eVolve provides a quiet, fully-electric

guest experience with a range of

~200km and no tailpipe emissions.

It sleeps two comfortably, is easy to

drive and features a shower, toilet and

cooking facilities. This initiative is led

by Action Manufacturing and building

on what we have learned from our first

eRV pilot programme in 2017–19.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl28thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT – OUR FUTURE FLEET CHALLENGE

We have built a clear understanding of our
most critical health and safety risks and

are actively managing these risks as a top

priority. Our global network of HSW Leads

provides advice, guidance and support

to our business groups, and we continue

to invest in safety equipment, facilities

improvements, training and resources

so our crew are equipped with the tools,

skills and training they need.

As we continue to take meaningful steps

on our HSW journey, we have seen a

marked increase in crew engagement,

hazard reporting and safety culture. As a

result of this increase, we have seen our

number of Lost Time Injuries increase,

albeit the total number of lost days has

decreased. Our LTIFR (Lost Time Injury

Frequency Rate*) for FY24 was 32.35,

Health, Safety and Wellbeing,

global alignment and growth

OUR CREW

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

THRIVE

Health, safety, and wellbeing (HSW) is of paramount importance at thl, and we take a positive,

proactive approach. It is a continuous journey that starts with our unwavering commitment

to HSW and flows from crew engagement through our policies and procedures to ongoing

investment in crew training and effective management and reporting systems. This is

underpinned by our focus on safety leadership, culture and an engaged crew.

We are committed to thl being a

workplace where every crew member

feels empowered to look out for their

own safety and their workmates, to

speak up when they see a risk or issue

and together own the work towards

a safer, healthier workplace every day.

Our values guide our individual and

collective commitment to provide safe

workplaces that prevent injury or illness

and improve people’s overall wellbeing.

In November 2023, leaders from across

our global businesses came together

for a three-day HSW leadership training

programme in Brisbane. This means

continuously seeking out ways to make

our environment safer, healthier and

better every day.

Protect

global safety programme


This year, we launched Protect:

a global programme focused

on preventing harm and empowering

all crew to be safer together

every day. Protect has created a

globally aligned, highly visible crew

engagement brand, with impactful

visuals, messages, resources, tools

and activities. Protect has been

implemented in all locations, with

clear and targeted safety signage,

regular Protect ‘power-up’ sessions,

content for safety huddles and easy

‘snap and solve’ reporting tools.

A highlight from the first year of

Protect was the ‘what’s your why’

contest where crew shared inspiring

photos of what matters most to them

beyond work: their ‘why’ or driving

force for keeping safe to go home

safely every day.

and we believe we have the right controls

in place to see a material reduction of this

metric into FY25.

Our HSW programme continues to

focus on protecting our crew, guests

and stakeholders from harm, a central

component of which is managing risk

in a practical way at all global locations.

We have seen an increase from 481 HSW

site-specific risks managed at the end of

FY23 to 938 at the end of FY24, giving our

leaders clear direction to safely control

hazardous activities.

12-month LTIFR*End FY23End FY24

Rental & Retail

businesses

13.7019.82

Tourism48.9162.64

Manufacturing35.9131.22

Group27.1132.35

* thl includes all Lost Time Injuries in LTIFR calculations,

including any other injury that involved any lost time

such as a Restricted Work injury that included any

lost time.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl29thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

To support our global transformation
programme, new Change Manager

roles in each country will support

business leaders to effectively implement

change projects, manage complexity,

support crew with changes and provide

assurance and feedback to improve future

transformation projects.

In FY24, we undertook a comprehensive

review of crew training to inform a new

global training and Human Resources

Information System to be deployed in FY25.

We are committed to being a business

that is open, inclusive, respectful and

culturally aware for all our crew, customers,

communities and the many stakeholders

with whom we engage. With the launch

of our first Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

(DEI) Strategy, we aim to improve the data

we gather and make a positive difference

to our crew (see page 41).

We believe that travel brings people

together and builds understanding

and connection across diverse cultures,

communities and experiences. Reflecting

our global commitment, we continued our

journey to build our cultural capability and

respectful relationships with First Nations

Peoples and promote Indigenous tourism

experiences to our guests.

We have been working hard to make

progress on our People Promise that all

crew will have the tools, training, and

identity to be successful. Through the

launch and roll out of our new thl story,

values and shared language, we have built

a collective culture and celebrate our crew

displaying our values through our monthly,

quarterly, and annual Torus Recognition

Awards. The labour market conditions

impacting crew recruitment and retention

in the previous year have eased, and we

are pleased to have experienced lower

levels of crew turnover.

Many of our crew have experienced

significant change over the past 12 months

as we continued to merge our businesses

together. This has been challenging at

times as teams adapted to new locations,

roles, systems, products and services,

and ways of working. The adaptability,

commitment and resilience shown by our

crew is to be commended. We are aware

that crew engagement in some areas has

been impacted by the level of change and

that we have more work to do.

Our crew thriving

OUR CREW

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

THRIVESUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT

We are a people business,

and our crew are key to

our success.

1. Cultural Awareness training,

Indigenous Tourism Alberta

2. Kōwhaiwhai Oranga programme,

NZ Rentals managers

3. NAIDOC Week event as part of our

Reconciliation Action Plan journey

1.

2. 3.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl30thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION



We are moving forward at pace to develop

and implement system improvements

to bring all our global operations onto

common systems across a number of

business areas. This will be transformative

for the business. This will enable thl to

deliver multiple synergies that translate

into hard cost savings, effectively

manage operations, plan, report

and track performance.

Moving to common platforms will create

for the first time (in the history of thl or

Apollo) the system capability to look for

improvements, synergies and efficiency

opportunities across all business

groups globally. This will support global

benchmarking, KPI setting, assurance

and sharing best practice. The revenue

and efficiency benefits to be realized

from operating a single platform are

worth pursuing.

To make this happen, thl has

implemented seven major digital

transformation projects across

our global business.

Digital transformation continues

as global systems go live

FINANCIAL

KNOWLEDGE

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBONFUTURE FLEET

A core element of managing complexity and achieving growth

for thl globally is having the right technologies and systems in place.

While we recognise the temporary

burden this has created for the business

as we implement these changes,

this transformation is intended

to deliver outstanding returns over

the longer term.

In addition to the major transformation

projects, we are also piloting innovative

ways of working using the latest

technology tools to enable our crew

to work in a way that is connected to

share knowledge and best practice

that is efficient and enables easy global

collaboration. This will enable our crew

to co-create solutions to business needs

and drive our business forward.

1. Motek fleet management system

into Canada

2. Global dealer management

systems for retail sales, finance

and purchasing

3. A single content management

system for our websites

4. A new, global Human Resources

Information System (HRIS)

5. Global, single finance platform:

Microsoft D365

6. Databricks, a global data ‘lakehouse’

(platform)

7. A global fleet asset management

system for back-of-house process

improvements

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl31thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

STRATEGY IN ACTION

Our FY24 focus was on consolidation
and planning to set us for substantive

moves in FY25. These include new site

developments, location moves, branch

refurbishments and manufacturing site

and facility improvements. We continue

to invest in our existing sites and facilities,

improving standards, safety and

sustainability. This includes technology,

new equipment and system development

underlying infrastructure.

Our successful Ignition future-fit

branches sustainability programme has

been extended to all branches globally.

Each Branch Action Plan focuses on our

largest site-based impacts of energy,

water, waste, operational emissions

and community contribution. We also

apply a future-fit framework lens to

any site developments and changes,

assessing the impacts on future-fit

goals to make progress, working with

a future-fit mindset and methodology.

In FY25, we will develop and embed

Future-Fit Branch Action Plans into our

retail and vehicle sales operations. The

Action Manufacturing sustainability

strategy focuses on four strategic pillars:

reducing emissions, eliminating waste,

promoting wellbeing, and leading our

community and now includes Brisbane

manufacturing.

Fit for the future –

site and infrastructure

development

RELATIONSHIPS

INFRASTRUCTURE

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBONIGNITION

In light of our expanded global presence following the merger, we’re

reviewing and refreshing several of our sites and infrastructure in

anticipation of scaling our operations as tourism recovers.

1. Artist render of Waitomokia – our new flagship Auckland site

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl32thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

New sites – in development
We are hugely excited to be

developing Waitomokia, the new

flagship Auckland site bringing

branch, retail and head office

teams together. This will be a

transformative step, creating

a new global headquarters

for thl and connecting our

crew, customers, guests and

communities, with positive

impacts for our future-fit progress.

We have plans to develop new site

locations in Queenstown and Perth

in the coming years.

Manufacturing alignment

Our expanded manufacturing

facilities and capabilities in Australia

and New Zealand present good

opportunities to bring operations

together to better leverage sites

and investments in equipment

and facilities and to share skills

and knowledge.

Retail experience design

We have restarted our retail design

programme with a focus on

enhancing customer experiences

and product management.

Development work to improve

margins and metrics for retail will

be a focus in FY25.

Australian site moves

and changes

In Australia, we are maximising the

potential synergies, efficiencies and

ease of connection for our crew and

customers by developing shared

locations for retail and sales.

Our Adelaide branch and sales

site will move to the Camperagent

dealership site, creating a combined

rental, sales and services site

with improved sustainability

performance provided by on-

site solar energy and water

capture systems.

USA branches refreshed

We have invested in an extensive

branch refresh programme focused

on lifting standards of presentation

and functionality, improving visitor

areas and workspaces to enhance

our guest and crew experience. This

included refurbishing and updating

the three largest branches to reflect

thl new brand standards.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl33thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

STRATEGY IN ACTION

FIT FOR THE FUTURE: SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

We initially identified three high-priority
future-fit goals to tackling our biggest

challenges and impacts and eight future-

fit goals we would progress through

addressing knowledge and data gaps

about our impacts.

We have made substantial progress on

nine of these goals but remain off-track

on Break-Even Goals 18 ‘Products emit

no greenhouse gases’ and 19 ‘Products

can be repurposed’. We will tackle

these goals head-on in FY25 as part of

our Climate Transition Plan that we are

calling Changing Gear.

The priority future-fit goals that underpin

our global sustainability programme have

been updated to reflect the progress we

have made, our expanded manufacturing

and retail vehicle sales activities and

changing context.

We remain confident that we are

focused on the highest-impact areas

of our global business. We are proud to

be recognised as a Future-Fit System-

Changer and know we must continue

to make progress. Our FY24 Future-Fit

Health Check for all 23 goals is available

on page 38.

This year, we also reviewed how

effectively we have integrated future-fit

into our decision-making throughout

the business, from global strategy to

site-based actions. We have made

good progress embedding a future-fit

mindset and methodology throughout

thl but still have more to do. In FY25,

we will further develop our approach to

applying a future-fit lens at key points in

our processes, projects and performance

reporting and within our People Plan.

Applying a future-fit lens will require

decision makers, including the Board,

Executive Team and our crew, to take a

systems-based approach when initiating

new projects. This means considering

sustainability risks and opportunities

(including impacts on and from climate

change), reporting on the project’s

future-fit performance and supporting

our crew to understand their role in

creating a sustainable future for thl.

Our future-fit sustainability

journey – the first five years

RELATIONSHIPS

INFRASTRUCTURE

OUR RESOURCES

FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY

CLIMATE & CARBONIGNITION

It has been five years since we first made a commitment to

becoming a future-fit business, using the 23 science-based

sustainability goals of the Future-Fit Business Benchmark.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl34thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

Global Sustainability Programme Progress
CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY

DECARBONISING OUR BUSINESS

FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME

TRANSITIONING TO A LOW-CARBON FLEET

SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT

OUR GLOBAL FRAMEWORK AND

CIRCULAR ECONOMY PILOTS

THRIVE

SUPPORTING OUR CREW, CREATING

A HEALTHY CULTURE AND BUILDING

CULTURAL CAPABILITY

ACCELERATE

PARTNERSHIPS FOR POSITIVE IMPACTS

IGNITION

CREATING FUTURE-FIT BRANCHES

Our Climate & Carbon Strategy remains

central to progress on our future-fit journey.

In FY24, we extended our carbon inventory of

Scope 1, 2 and all material Scope 3 emissions

sources to create a new, comprehensive

baseline carbon footprint. Key to this has been

the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) software

Planet Price.

We have reviewed our global climate risks

and opportunities and further developed our

Climate-Related Disclosures (see page 37).

Future-fit progress depends on working with

our supply chain. We have implemented

‘Level 3’ of our five-year sustainable

procurement framework and will deliver

‘Level 4’ in FY25.

We have a well-established Sustainable

Procurement Policy, Supplier Code of Conduct

and sustainable procurement practices and

projects in place (such as our Global Uniform

Project) and have rolled out training for leaders.

The Global Sustainable Procurement Working

Group provides leadership, engaging suppliers

on our sustainability journey in each region.

Training will be a key focus for FY25.

We work with partners across our value

chain to progress our future-fit journey.

We are an active member of tourism and

RV industry forums such as the RVIA,

Caravan and Camping Association and the

Tourism Reconciliation Industry Network

Group in Australia and The Aotearoa Circle.

We promote responsible travel and work

with industry partners to create positive

impacts for communities and destinations.

Our greatest future-fit challenge remains

the emissions from our vehicles, and we are

frustrated by the lack of suitable low/zero-

emission, long-range RV vehicle technology.

We continue to seek solutions and have

completed our annual Future Fleet Scan

of technology tipping points, regulation

and infrastructure in each country in

which we operate.

We have been making progress where

possible, including launching our second

eRV pilot in New Zealand following our

first pilot in 2017–19.

Future-fit progress for all our crew continues.

In FY24, we developed a global Diversity,

Equity and Inclusion Strategy for thl and

continued our cultural capability journey

in each region.

Our second anti-modern slavery

statement will be published in October,

and we have embedded anti-modern

slavery roadmap actions into our

sustainable procurement framework.

Our site-based sustainability activities

are the foundation for our future-fit

work. In FY24, we extended our Future-

Fit Branch Action Plans to include

all our new businesses and locations

globally to address and improve our impacts

on energy, water, waste, operational

emissions and community contribution.

We track progress through regular Carbon

Impact reports. We also piloted new online

training modules for our crew.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl35thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION

36°27’ N — 116°52’ W
Disclosures

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl36thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

DISCLOSURES

Our carbon footprint
FY24 is the first full-year carbon

footprint for thl as a merged

business, having previously

reported seven months’ post-

merger data in FY23.

We are disclosing our Scope 1 and 2 direct

emissions and for the first time extending

our Scope 3 indirect emissions to include

all material Scope 3 categories across our

value chain. This extended FY24 footprint

will become our new baseline year.

We have also changed the way we

calculate our emissions from this year

from an ‘equity share’ approach to an

‘operational control’ approach.* This is

appropriate with no joint ventures at thl

in the past two years. This means our

customer journey emissions, previously

reported in Scope 1, are now being

reported as Scope 3 emissions. The size

of our total footprint would be consistent

under either approach, as we are now

reporting our extended Scope 3 footprint.

This year, we will be publishing our

GHG emissions data in our Climate

Statements report, which shares

our climate-related disclosures

aligned with New Zealand Climate

Standards (NZ CS) 1, 2 and 3. We

have focused on completeness (per

NZ CS 3) for our merged entity and

extended Scope 3 data. As a result

of including our extended Scope

3 emissions, our FY24 reported

footprint will increase significantly.

We will not be sharing comparative

data for this year with FY23 data as

it would not provide a representative

comparison with our reset baseline,

which includes additional locations in

New Zealand (such as new RV Super

Centre sites), improved data for retail

and manufacturing (including for Action

Manufacturing subsidiaries) and a full

year of Apollo business data (versus

seven months in FY23), including

the CanaDream high season. FY23

and prior years’ data is available in

our FY23 Integrated Annual Report.

In FY25, we will be refining our Scope 1

and 2 science-aligned target from the

new baseline year and developing a robust

Climate Transition Plan – ‘Changing Gear’ –

to engage the business using our extended

FY24 footprint and industry data. This

will include setting interim and intensity

GHG reduction targets as part of a realistic

and evidence-based plan to mitigate

our climate risks and seek to realize

our opportunities.

* The three consolidation approaches under the

GHG Protocol Reporting Standards (and the same

for ISO 14064-1) are:

1. Equity share: a company accounts for GHG

emissions from operations according to its share

of equity in the operation. The equity share reflects

economic interest, which is the extent of rights a

company has to the risks and rewards flowing from

an operation.

2. Financial control: a company accounts for 100%

of the GHG emissions over which it has financial

control. It does not account for GHG emissions from

operations in which it owns an interest but does not

have financial control.

3. Operational control: a company accounts for 100%

of the GHG emissions over which it has operational

control. It does not account for GHG emissions from

operations in which it owns an interest but does not

have operational control.

Our Climate-Related Disclosures (CRD)

thl is a climate-reporting entity under

the New Zealand Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013. Information about

our GHG emissions, our climate risks and

opportunities and how these are being

managed will be disclosed in a separate

Climate Statements report to be published

by 31st October 2024 on: www.thlonline.com

and www.thlsustainability.com.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl37thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

We are on track and can
continue our journey

We have minor gaps but

know how to close them

We have major gaps and

need to rethink

We are off track and need

to redesign our course

Our FY24 Future-Fit Health Check

KEY – Health Check assessments, done in accordance

with the internationally-recognised Future-Fit Business

Benchmark, show how thl is performing against the

Future-Fit Break-Even Goals.

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary 

BE01: Renewable

Energy

PRIORITY GOAL

Renewable energy is a priority future-fit goal. In the prior year, electricity was over 25% of operational emissions (excluding

customer journey). Analysis of renewable energy in grid and purchase options is an ongoing focus in areas with high fossil

fuel in the grid mix. Our San Francisco locations switched to purchasing 100% renewable electricity in FY23, and the new

Camperagent dealership in Australia runs on solar power. Energy efficiency actions are a priority for all branches under our

Ignition programme, focusing on high-impact areas (heating, cooling, lighting, equipment). Canadian branches upgraded

to LED lights in their first year in this programme.

BE02:

Water Use

Water saving is a priority in areas experiencing high water stress, and we have assessed water stress for our new locations.

US sites have maintained a reduction in water use of 50% over the last five years by improving efficiency of high water-use

activities and crew awareness of water saving and leak detection. We are currently testing a new vehicle wash bay water

recycling system in Los Angeles and plan for our new headquarters in New Zealand to recycle 80% of wash bay water. In

Australia, work is under way on options for installing water tanks following site moves. In Waitomo, we work to manage

the health of the water in the cave and karst ecosystem and in water and wastewater treatment plants.

BE03:

Natural

Resources

Waitomo is our only location where we directly manage natural resources we operate in. Our environmental management

practices at Discover Waitomo meet a high standard, guided by the Environmental Management Plan, intensive monitoring

and oversight by the Environmental Management Advisory Group.

BE04:

Procurement

PRIORITY GOAL

Sustainable procurement is a high-priority goal, and we continue to make good progress on our global sustainable

procurement framework. Our first global modern slavery statement was published in October 2023. We have an anti-

modern slavery roadmap in place, and these actions are integrated into a five-year sustainable procurement maturity

framework. We successfully delivered level 3 Practice in FY24 through the work of the Global Sustainable Procurement

Group. We have extended our Supplier Code of Conduct engagement and include this and sustainability clauses in

contracts and tenders. A new sustainable procurement training module for leaders has been rolled out. The SpeakUp

mechanism is now available on the website for any suppliers or others to raise concerns. Future-fit hotspot assessments

were reviewed with a focus on climate and carbon and modern slavery risks. Work to better understand our supplier data is

under way, but as a global business, there is a significant amount to do to fully understand our supply chain risks.

BE05: Operational

(Chemical)

Emissions


Our branch activities do not directly generate measurable liquid, gas or solid emissions released directly into

nature. However, use of some chemical products and a potential for spills is an ongoing risk we manage. For example,

globally, we have had four spills including oil into stormwater drains, chemical AdBlue into a drain and oil spilt on the ground,

which we are addressing through a global project uplift at all locations and improving containment. We are reviewing how

we track, report and measure emissions that may occur from spills at our locations. We will be expanding the scope of this

goal to reflect our expanded manufacturing operations and next year will have separate ratings for manufacturing to reflect

our findings.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl38thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary 
BE06:

Operational GHGs

PRIORITY GOAL

Reducing operational GHG emissions is a high-priority future-fit goal. Operational emissions increased last health check

as new businesses and locations (an additional 20 sites) and Kiwi Experience tours also resumed. We have added new site

data to the carbon footprint, and this data is used for Carbon Impact reports to track site action plan targets and progress.

We measure, monitor and report operational emissions as part of our annual verified carbon footprint (future-fit Break-Even

Goal 18 relates to our fleet emissions). We have previously set a Science-Aligned Target for Scope 1 and 2 emissions and in

FY25 will be refining this and adding interim and intensity targets based on work undertaken in FY24 to extend our Scope 1,

2 and 3 GHG inventory.

BE07: Operational

Waste

Tackling waste to landfill continues to be a challenge and a priority for improvement in site action plans globally, taking a

refuse, reduce, reuse/repurpose then recycle approach. Successes include expanded surplus item donation programmes,

improving recycling and providing crew training. We are working with suppliers to reduce packaging waste, investigate

product stewardship options and find more circular products. Location moves and site upgrades also generated additional

waste in FY24. In manufacturing, waste reduction efforts focus on expanding recycling and repurposing of materials,

including plywood, cardboard, omnipanel offcuts, pallets and soft plastics.

BE08:

Operational

Encroachment

Our branch and manufacturing operations are generally located in developed, industrial areas with low risk of impact on

sensitive areas, ecosystems and community health. We have a Future-Fit framework to assess encroachment impacts for

new locations that considers these impacts. For the development of our new headquarters Waitomokia in Auckland, future-

fit goals have been considered throughout the design and redevelopment of the site. In Waitomo, we manage operational

impacts on communities and the cave and karst ecosystem and care for cultural sites.

BE09:

Community

Health

We continue to work with partners to protect the health of communities where we operate and where our products

impact, but we have more to do. As part of our global commitment to building our cultural capability and developing

respectful relationships with First Nations Peoples, we have cultural capability plans in place to guide this work. In Australia,

we completed our first Reflect Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) and work is under way on our next Innovate level RAP.

In Canada, 40 leaders completed a full-day cultural awareness training with Indigenous Tourism Alberta. In Aotearoa

New Zealand, our crew were given the opportunity to take te reo Māori classes and our Kōwhaiwhai Oranga groups visited

the Māori Tokikapu Marae (meeting grounds) to develop a deeper understanding of Māori culture and of the local hapū

(sub-tribe) whose caves we manage and many of whom work with us at Discover Waitomo.

BE10: Employee

Health

The business continues to have a firm focus on accelerating our health, safety and wellbeing (HSW) journey. We continue to

invest in training, systems, process and assurance as well as Protect – our new communication programme to connect our

crew to why HSW is a priority at thl. We have developed robust practices to manage our critical risks in a practical, site-based

system as we continue to challenge the effectiveness of our controls.

BE11:

Living Wage

We continue to make progress on this goal. We have extended our assessment of the Living Wage model to the UK, Ireland

and Canada in addition to the US and NZ. We will continue to regularly assess our Future-Fit Wage approach through an

annual review considering minimum wage and Living Wage reference points alongside the Consumer Price Index and any

other external or internal factors.

BE12:

Fair Employment

Terms

We have good fitness for most of the criteria for this goal in each region. We improved our fitness for this goal in the US this

year with changes to increase paid time off for crew that align with this future-fit goal. The USA variation in employment

regulations, including paid leave, had impacted this goal previously.

BE13: Employee

Discrimination

We have the policies, procedures and training in place to achieve this goal. This year, we have commenced work on our

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) Strategy, underpinned by our DEI policy. We have also extended our cultural capability

training globally. These initiatives will continue to evolve and embed through FY25.

BE14: Employee

Concerns

We achieved this goal last year with our new crew concerns anonymous reporting mechanism, our SpeakUp policy, and the

associated campaign and training have been widely communicated throughout the business and have been well received.

We will continue to promote and encourage our crew and suppliers to raise any concerns, including through SpeakUp,

mechanism available internally and externally.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl39thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary 
BE15:

Product

Communications

Providing guests and customers with information and support for the safe use of products is critical. We meet this goal and

regularly refresh information materials for guests, responding to feedback to continuously improve. We continue to work

with partners to promote responsible travel in each country. In FY24, we launched the new CanaDream Cares – RV with

Respect programme to guests.

BE16:

Product Concerns

We have robust mechanisms in place for customers to raise concerns at any stage, including roadside assistance so that

guests have the information and support they need before, during and after their journey. Our customers and owners

have channels in multiple languages to raise concerns and get support and advice, and we proactively manage any issues

identified. Our SpeakUp mechanism is now available online for anyone to raise concerns at: www.thlsustainability.com/

suppliers.

BE17:

Product Harm

We are committed to taking steps to minimise the risk of our products causing harm to people or the environment. This

includes issues connected to freedom camping and driving accidents in addition to traffic management on site. We share

responsible travel tips in each country (Tiaki Promise, Travel with Heart, RV with Respect and Leave No Trace) and promote

safe driving to support our customers to avoid causing harm when using our products.

BE18:

Product GHGs

PRIORITY GOAL

This is our highest priority future-fit goal with the highest impact and is the greatest challenge due to the GHG

emissions from our fleet. We continue to engage with suppliers and OEMs in each region to understand transition and

tipping points for low- or zero-emission vehicles suitable for RVs through our Future Fleet programme. We also continue to

measure and report the customer journey emissions for our rental fleet in our carbon footprint.

In FY24, our Carbon Footprint includes all locations, with an operational control approach reflecting a more accurate

representation of the changes to the business following the merger (some of the new locations were partially reported

or excluded in the FY23 footprint). The FY24 footprint also includes extended Scope 3 emissions, calculated using the AI

platform Planet Price, to capture emissions across our business value chain from upstream to downstream emissions.

BE19:

Products can be

Repurposed

PRIORITY GOAL

This goal has been reviewed and is a high-priority future-fit goal following a review of progress on previous priority

goals and reflecting our expanded manufacturing and vehicles sales activity. While recycling infrastructure and rates

for vehicles are established in each region, the complexity and variety of components and materials in a motorhome

make this a challenging goal. Repurposing begins at the design stage of manufacturing from the choice of material

to designing components to be more circular, through the use phase and then proper management to recover materials

at end of life. Understanding new product stewardship, extended producer responsibility and right to repair regulations

and opportunities for circular economy pilots is a focus for the Global Sustainable Procurement Group.

BE20:

Business Ethics

We continue to meet this goal through our Code of Ethics and a Governance and Ethics Committee, ethics training and

regular reviews.

BE21:

Right Tax

As a publicly-listed company, we engage reputable tax advisers to give us confidence that we meet the standards required

for this goal.

BE22:

Lobbying &

Advocacy

We do not undertake lobbying activities directly but continue to engage with tourism and RV industry groups. Through

engagement in these forums, we promote the importance of addressing future-fit sustainability issues and impacts as

an industry.

BE23:

Financial Assets

As a company, we do not directly manage financial investment assets beyond standard financing activities. We have

reviewed this goal and many of the risk areas identified do not apply directly to our activities or are managed in other goals.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl40thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK

Analysis
The table reflects an overall participation

rate of women within the thl workforce

of 36.6%, the same as last year. The overall

participation rate of women in the thl

workforce (excluding manufacturing) in

FY24 was 46%.

Female representation in Senior Executive

and Management dropped marginally

to 31.3% from 32.9%. However female

representation of Middle Manager and

Supervisory Positions has increased to

40.5% from 38.6%. Female representation

of Non Managers remained static at 36.1%

from 36.4%.

New Zealand increased female

representation across all categories to

52.5% of the workforce (from 50.5% in

FY23. Australia also increased female

representation across all categories with

40.1% of the workforce, up from 36.7%

in FY23. This included a solid increase in

female representation at Senior Executive

and Management level. Our manufacturing

businesses in Australia and New Zealand

have also increased female representation

in the Middle Manager and Supervisory

positions.

In FY24, US female representation across

all categories decreased to 37.5% of

the workforce from 40.1% the previous

year. Female representation across all

categories in Canada also decreased to

44% of the workforce from 52.6% in FY23.

However, female representation at the

Senior Executive and Management level

in Canada increased by 33% (10 pts).

In the UK and Ireland business female

representation decreased across all

categories to 40.8% of the workforce

from 44.1% in FY23. However, female

representation at the Senior Executive and

Management level increased by 8.3 pts and

at the Middle Manager and Supervisory

level female representation increased by

25% (12.5 pts).

We are working to accelerate equitable

pathways at thl, guided by our global DEI

Strategy. Priorities in FY25 include fostering

and developing a diverse leadership

pipeline, proactively encouraging

diverse applicants to apply for all roles,

creating mentoring opportunities to

support emerging leaders and working

to understand and address barriers to

inclusion.

Diversity and inclusion reporting

We continue to report data on gender diversity in FY24 and share

this data here. We aim to mature our understanding of dimensions

of diversity as we move forward with our new global Diversity, Equity

and Inclusion (DEI) Strategy. We will look to report on DEI more broadly

as we improve data collection over time.

Female Representation Summary by Business Units

Female %KMP

Senior Executives

and Management

Middle Managers

and Supervisory

PositionsNon-Managers

Overall

combined Female

representation

across all categories

NZ30.0%61.5%51.6%52.5%

AU3 7. 5%34.9%41.2%40.1%

US26.7%2 7. 9 %40.0%3 7. 5%

CA40.0%52.0%41.8%44.0%

UK and IRE33.3%62.5%34.8%40.8%

ANZ Manufacturing23.1%16.9%12.0%12.9%

Combined Representative35.3%31.3%40.5%36.1%36.6%

Out of balance

(male dominant) (if <40%)

Out of balance

(female dominant)

Balance achieved (40 – 60% or more)

(i.e. female representation is achieved)

Diversity and inclusion reporting is currently

focused on female representation across

the business in four main categories: Key

Management People (KMP) representing

C-Suite executives, senior management,

middle and supervisory level management

and non-management roles. The table

below reflects the outcome of the analysis

undertaken to date.

We continue to learn, improve and

advance our commitment guided

by our DEI Strategy and Roadmap.

We are open to new and diverse

perspectives and are actively seeking input

and guidance from our crew, communities

and partners to identify needs,

opportunities and areas for focus.

The Board endorses and supports the thl

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy and

the global DEI Strategy. It has reviewed and

approved the diversity data categorisation

approach and recognises that there is

more work to be done.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl41thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

Enterprise Risk Management
At thl, we take an integrated

approach to Enterprise Risk

Management (ERM), seeking

to manage risks at all levels of

the organisation. We identify

and manage our strategic,

operational and regulatory

risks using our ERM Framework:

a suite of policies and tools such

as our ERM Policy and our online

Risk Register which allows us

to monitor our risks, including

material risks from, and

contributing to, climate change.

Risks and opportunities identified by our

operational Risk Champions are reviewed

and reported up to Risk Owners in the

Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC).

RIC provides executive-level governance

and a consistent approach to ERM across

thl. In turn, RIC reports key strategic and

‘front and centre’ operational risks up to

the Audit & Risk Committee (ARC), which

provides Board-level oversight of our ERM.

Our critical risks are detailed below,

noting that climate-related risks are

reported to the ARC. Please visit

www.thlsustainability.com for our full

Climate-Related Disclosures drafted

in accordance with the New Zealand

Climate Standards and available online

from 31 October 2024.

FY24 has seen the Responsible

Management team focus on climate

risks and opportunities with an aim to

understand how physical climate risks

could impact our business. We undertook

a Risk Simulation exercise where, with

the support of an external facilitator, we

workshopped how we would respond if

a climate-related cyclone impacted our

Australia and New Zealand businesses,

crew, customers and communities. A wide-

reaching exercise, it showed that thl has

a good resilience ‘muscle’, having been

through a number of challenging situations

over the years and across our international

locations. However, we are not complacent:

we expect that climate-related extreme

weather events will become more frequent

and severe. The Risk Simulation was a

useful exercise to test our response at an

operational level.

In February, we undertook our annual Risk

Culture survey, but this year we surveyed all

our crew rather than just key stakeholders,

with the exception of Manufacturing (as

they had recently undertaken a separate

exercise). With the merger of thl and

Apollo businesses now in the rearview

mirror, we understand that it will still

take some time for risk management

to become embedded and normalised

at all levels of the business. We were

therefore not surprised that, while our Risk

Champions and RIC members have a good

understanding of ERM, this comprehensive

survey with 1,121 responses showed that

we have more work to do in terms of

maturity, with a mixed understanding and

level of comfort with thl’s ERM framework

among our crew. There is a need for better

communication, education and resources

to improve understanding and application

of ERM within the business. This will be a

key focus for FY25.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl42thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK

RRN

RRN


NORTHERN HEMISPHERE

US, Canada, UK, Europe

SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE

Australia, New Zealand

OPERATIONAL

OVERSIGHTREPORTING, RECOMMENDING AND ESCALATION

EXECUTIVE / SENIOR MANAGEMENT

BOARD


The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for group-wide risks, including those related to climate and modern slavery.

The Board approves thl’s Climate Statements and CRD.

The thl Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC) is comprised of thl’s Executives and Senior Managers

who are Risk Owners. The RIC oversees progress of risk management using the ERM framework. The

Chief Responsibility Officer, who has skills and knowledge of climate and modern slavery risks, oversees

the ERM framework, Climate & Carbon Strategy, including the CRD process, and the Anti-Modern Slavery

Action Plan. The CRO reports key risks up to ARC.

The Executive Team provides Management-level approval, ownership and management of thl Enterprise

Risks including those relating to climate and modern slavery. Climate Risks and Opportunities (CR&O) are

discussed at executive ‘Front & Centre’ meetings and at offsite workshops. Executive Team Risk Owners

participate in the RIC.

The Responsible

Management

(RM) Team is

led by the Chief

Responsibility

Officer (CRO)

who oversees the

ERM framework

and ‘future-fit’

sustainability

programmes

delivered by the

Sustainability

Director and the

GHG Inventory

delivered by

the Risk &

Sustainability

Manager.

RIC


EXECUTIVE TEAM


The thl Regional Risk Networks (RRNs) are comprised of thl’s Risk

Champions and Owners, including Branch / Location Managers and crew

with operational roles. Our ERM framework is implemented at this level and

new risks identified are reported up to the RIC. The RRNs are chaired by the

Risk & Sustainability Manager who is a member of the RM Team.


The thl Health, Safety & Sustainability Committee (HSSC) oversees

the operationalisation of thl’s sustainability efforts, including

the prioritisation of future-fit goals and sustainability initiatives.

The HSSC recommends the setting of science-aligned carbon

reduction targets to the thl Board, oversees thl’s sustainability

strategy and monitors thl’s progress in the achievement of its

carbon reduction targets on behalf of the thl Board.

KEY

ARC


thl


BOARD

RRN


HSCC


RM TEAM


The thl Board Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) oversees thl’s

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) system and the management of

sustainability risks (including climate and modern slavery risks). The

ARC reviews thl’s CRD and makes recommendations to the Board.

Enterprise Risk Management

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl43thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Cyber securityWithin our global digital landscape, we face

numerous cyber threats that can severely

impact operations, reputation and customer

trust. One of the most significant risks is the

potential for a data breach and unauthorised

access to sensitive information.

Financial losses due to regulatory

fines, legal settlements and

recovery costs. Loss of customer

trust may also result in reduced

revenue. Business disruption:

for business-critical systems,

productivity could be affected

along with customer service and

overall business continuity.

Implementation of appropriate cyber and data policies,

standards, software and processes outlining how we will address

cyber security risks and protecting our assets in line with our

Written Information Security Programme. Prioritising cyber

risks, undertaking regular risk assessments to identify assets

across our global landscape and implementing strategies to

mitigate risks. Employee training and awareness programmes

tailored to specific business units to share best practices for data

handling procedures and phishing prevention. Several phishing

campaigns have been initiated to address cyber threats and

enhance crew training. There is an ongoing emphasis on data

security, utilising Microsoft products for data labelling and

managing data age. thl Digital will collaborate with the business

to implement a data retention policy.

KNOWLEDGE

FINANCIAL

OUR CREW

Supply chain

disruption

Supply chain issues (shipping delays,

product shortages, manufacturing

disruptions) contributing to delays and/or a

shortage of vehicles, increased manufacture

cost, potentially causing rental booking

cancellations and delaying retail vehicle

deliveries.

Impact on delivery for customers

and/or increase in cost of vehicle

buy/build/maintenance impacting

profitability. Potential reputational

and revenue impact.

Maintain ongoing relationships and communication with

existing suppliers and potential new suppliers; regular

monitoring, review and production meetings; fleet and revenue

planning; increased raw material stock. Reforecast revenue

quarterly in line with reforecasted manufacturing assumptions;

reschedule vehicle sale plans; and explore alternative rental/sales

product types.

NATURE

FINANCIAL

RELATIONSHIP

Major market

shocks or

cyclical/abnormal

macroeconomic

factors

Global or local macroeconomic factors

or market shocks that impact supply or

demand in all or some of the markets

we operate in, including pandemic,

war, terrorism, economic recession and

geopolitical tensions. Some markets in

which thl operates remain in recession with

the potential for other markets to revert

back into recession.

Market shocks or abnormal

macroeconomic factors can

lead to a material reduction and/

or increased volatility in rental

demand, positive or negative

vehicle sales margin and overall

tourism visitor numbers. This in

turn would have a significant

impact on profitability, liquidity

and potentially capital structure.

Active monitoring of global trends and the economic

environment; agility and diversification in business models,

product offerings and across geographies. Development of

domestic tourism and non-tourism markets and non-RV-related

manufacturing. Long-term fixed costs and commitments

minimised where appropriate to maintain cost flexibility.

Monitoring of the forward-booking trends to detect changes and

adapt pricing or fleet as required. Strong fiscal management of

balance sheet through means such as having a liquid fleet asset

base and re-financing of banking facilities with greater capacity

and more favourable terms, allowing us to quickly adjust debt

levels and tolerance.

KNOWLEDGE

FINANCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE

Long-term

global inflation

Long-term global inflation could cause

detrimental impact to vehicle sales margins

and overall business model, as seen with

OEM pricing, shipping and other supply

chain increases.

A significant reduction in

profitability could occur if long-

term inflation becomes embedded

in the manufacturing supply chain

and these cost rises are not able to

be passed on to vehicle purchasers,

causing a loss of sales margin and

threatening the overall business

model.

Fleet planning consideration given to impact on return on funds

employed (ROFE); regular meetings and active monitoring of

supply chain and availability; reviewing and adjusting fleet sales

scheduling.

FINANCIALS

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl44thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Competitor

behaviour

disrupts market

New or existing competitors entering

or expanding in the market (including

manufacturers entering the rentals space).

Peer-to-peer market continuing to grow.

Additional fleet supply and new

entrant behaviours alter market

dynamics, putting business model,

revenue and profitability at risk.

Regular fleet and pricing review; price checks; mystery shoppers;

competitor assessments; multi-channel distribution presence;

explore alternative rental / sales product types. Continued

product development based on current customer need.

KNOWLEDGE

FINANCIAL

RELATIONSHIPS

Megatrends in

tourism

Market shifts, technology advancements

and changing preference/attitudes can

cause shifts in tourism patterns and

demands both in the short and long-term.

Reduction in inbound tourism

reduces demand, impacting

profitability and ROFE.

External factors increase the

cost of air travel. Potential

reputational impact.

Maintain presence in core markets through geographic

spread of thl businesses; develop new markets; continue

to source non-tourism revenue opportunities and to

engage with tourism bodies; monitor economic/external

environment; manage balance sheet ratios, flex fleet; drive

and communicate sustainability progress to meet/anticipate

customer expectations.

NATURE

OUR CREW

Regulatory and

legal compliance

Changing governments or political contexts

can result in sudden changes in regulatory

and legal standards. With thl operating in

several countries and industries (including

tourism, automotive manufacturing and

transportation), the legislative context

is complex.

Potential legal, financial and

reputational impacts such as

exposure to litigation, revenue

loss and operational disruption.

Monitoring of upcoming legal policy and compliance

changes through engagement with legal advisers in each

region. The thl Future Fleet Global Scan highlights changing

regulation with regard to internal combustion engine vehicle

import cut-off dates and eRV charging infrastructure.

OUR CREW

FINANCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE

Vehicle

technological

and obsolescence

risks

Our business currently relies on motorhome

manufacturing, rentals and sales. There

are several potential risks associated with

the possible poor selection of future fleet

and investment in new, low-emission

vehicle technology alongside the expected

rapid pace of technology change. Evolving

technology and regulatory changes such as

internal combustion engine sales / import

cut-off dates may cause parts for repair

to no longer be available and/or entire

vehicles to become obsolete.

Early adoption of the wrong

product (in volume) leads to having

a fleet profile that is misaligned

with demand, a lack of reduction

in emissions contributing to

climate change and financial

consequences. Obsolescence of

existing fleet has a risk that it could

lead to impairment of all or some

of fleet, operational impacts of

poor decisions and disruption to

daily activity.

Continue delivery of the Future Fleet programme including

Future Fleet eRV trials and regular external Future Fleet Global

Scans providing an overview of regulation, low-emissions

technology tipping points, renewable energy infrastructure

and climate trends. ‘Small bets often’ is the mitigation mantra.

NATURE

FINANCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE

RELATIONSHIPS

Labour supply

risk: recruitment

and retention

Globally, recruitment challenges are easing

with some locational hotspots and some

roles still tight on supply. Overall, we remain

in a low unemployment environment with

continued wage pressures in all jurisdictions.

The challenge continues to prepare to have

the right number of crew with the right skills

to deliver operationally. This is a particular

risk in the lead-up to peak periods.

Lack of skilled labour and

sustainable labour force/high

churn impacting operations and

customer offering. Loss or lack

of key crew members (such as

from increased cost of working

holiday visas) resulting in loss of

knowledge, skills or reputation

that could impair the execution

of the business strategic plan.

Clear strategies to retain our crew through personal

development plans, wellbeing and appropriate remuneration

for each role where possible aligned with our Future-Fit Wage.

Regarding talent acquisition, our brand as an employer of choice

has been redefined to reflect the significant opportunities of

our merged businesses and development of assets to support

effective recruitment is under way. Continue to keep watching

brief on availability of visitor working visas and permits in the

different regions in which we operate.

OUR CREW

FINANCIAL

RELATIONSHIPS

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl45thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Health, Safety &

Wellbeing (HSW)

The safety of our crew and customers

remains a critical priority to thl. The key

operational health and safety risks to

our business to proactively manage are

onsite traffic management, working at

heights, manufacturing services and

adventure tourism.

Potential for serious injury

or loss of life; financial and

reputational consequences;

operational disruption; impact

on mental health of those

directly and indirectly impacted

by a HSW event.

Protect programme embedded throughout rental and retail

business to connect the purpose of managing HSW to all crew,

especially those in high-risk environments. Regular internal

and external site audits and assessments are undertaken, with

outcomes being captured as part of ongoing risk assessments.

HSW team working within operational business units to

capitalise on global learnings and implement best practices at a

site level; process, procedure and training remains a core growth

area in the business. Ongoing assessment of high-risk tasks,

equipment and products, including assessing latest technology

that may enable risk elimination. New HSW recording system

is being rolled out throughout business with clear connection

of risks to incidents and near misses, allowing us to continue to

monitor and improve our controls.

OUR CREW

FINANCIAL

RELATIONSHIPS

Extreme weather

events, including

from climate

change

Globally, extreme weather events continue

to cause disruption and ongoing impacts

to the communities we operate in and the

destinations our customers visit. According

to the IPCC’s most recent report on climate

adaptation, disasters fuelled by the climate

crisis are already worse than scientists

originally predicted. These weather events

have the potential to impact operations and

infrastructure, cause loss of fleet and disrupt

our customers’ travel plans to tourism

destinations as well as posing a potential

safety risk.

Disruption to travel infrastructure

impacting customers, crew

or suppliers and/or impacting

operations. Disruption to our

tourism businesses including

the Discover Waitomo tours,

cave and karst ecosystem and

glowworm population.

Continue to proactively monitor potential significant events

and climate conditions and their possible impact on our

customers, crew and assets; regular training and crew

awareness/engagement. Telematics enables us to identify

who is in/near impacted areas and provide advance warning.

Consider proactive improvements to locations to minimise

impacts from weather events.

We recently undertook a climate-related extreme weather

event Risk Simulation which tested the emergency

preparedness of Australian and New Zealand leaders.

thl Climate Risks & Opportunities will be disclosed separately

in thl’s Climate Statements report in alignment with the

XRB Climate Standards. See Our carbon footprint section

of this report for more information.

NATURE

FINANCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE

RELATIONSHIPS

Mass safety

recalls

Voluntary or required product recalls on

OEM-built product occur from time to time

and are overseen by a regulator. All factory

recalls are controlled and managed by

the manufacturer.

Serious safety concerns could lead to

grounding of fleets and could relate to

OEM-built product or vehicle components.

Potential serious injury or

death as a result of defective

manufacturing practices,

processes or component failure.

Impacts also include operational

disruption and impacts

to reputation.

Preventive controls include targeting reputable

manufacturers and aiming to have, where possible, a diverse

range of products, putting in place service-level agreements

with major suppliers and extended warranties.

We also have procedures in place covering recall processes

with regular Steering Committee meetings and a reporting

system to verify that all vehicles are actioned or repaired.

OUR CREW

FINANCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE

RELATIONSHIPS

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl46thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES

-38°31’ S — 143°57’ E
Financials

Directors’ Statement 48

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 49

Consolidated statement of financial position 50

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 51

Consolidated statement of cash flows 52

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 53

Independent Auditor’s Report 101

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl47thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCE

FINANCIALS

Directors’ Statement
The Directors of Tourism Holdings Limited (thl) are pleased to present to shareholders,

the Annual Financial Statements for thl and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’)

for the year ended 30 June 2024.

The Directors are responsible for presenting financial statements in accordance with

New Zealand law and generally accepted accounting practice, which present fairly,

in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024 and the

results of the Group’s operations and cash flows for the year ended on that date.

The Directors consider the financial statements of the Group have been prepared using

accounting policies which have been consistently applied and supported by reasonable

judgements and estimates and that all relevant financial reporting and accounting

standards have been followed.

The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been kept which enable, with

reasonable accuracy, the determination of the financial position of the Group and facilitate

compliance of the financial statements with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The Directors consider that they have taken adequate steps to safeguard the assets

of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Internal control

procedures are also considered to be sufficient to provide a reasonable assurance as

to the integrity and reliability of the financial statements.

This document constitutes the 2024 Annual Report to shareholders of

Tourism Holdings Limited.

This Annual Report is signed on behalf of the Board by:

Cathy Quinn ONZM

Chair of the Board

27 August 2024

Rob Hamilton

Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl48

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Notes
2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Sales of services2.1440,583 306,988

Sales of goods2.2481,148 356,853

Total revenue921,731 663,841

Cost of sales2.2(374,179) (257,654)

Gross profit547,552 406,187

Administration expenses4(110,288) (86,926)

Operating expenses4(328,542) (238,894)

Other operating income32,374 8,487

Impairment loss14.1(12,481)–

Operating profit before financing costs

(1)

98,615 88,854

Finance income3,265 629

Finance expenses6(43,470) (23,298)

Net finance costs(40,205) (22,669)

Share of profit from associates–812

Profit before income tax expense58,410 66,997

Income tax expense7.1(19,034) (17,139)

Profit for the financial year39,376 49,858

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve movement (net of tax)

19(315) 2,233

Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)19(855) 1,697

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Equity investment reserve movement (net of tax)

19(2,281) 1,638

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the financial year(3,451) 5,568

Total comprehensive income for the financial year35,925 55,426

Earnings per shareCENTSCENTS

Basic earnings per share818.226.4

Diluted earnings per share818.126.1

(1) The consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes one non-GAAP measure (that is, operating profit

before financing costs or ‘EBIT’) which is not a defined term in New Zealand International Financial Reporting

Standards (‘NZ IFRS’). The Directors and management believe that this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful

information to assist readers in understanding the Group’s financial performance. This measure should not be viewed

in isolation and is intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures. Therefore, it may not be comparable to similarly

titled amounts reported by other companies.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl49thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Notes
2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

10829,284659,291

Intangible assets14186,462190,315

Investments1714823,275

Derivative financial instruments261,2692,422

Right-of-use assets11130,089145,010

Deferred tax assets7.3683–

Total non-current assets1,147,9351,020,313

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

56,78576,794

Trade and other receivables2171,08364,035

Inventories13221,216181,928

Investments178266

Current tax receivables–13

Derivative financial instruments26357421

Total current assets349,523323,257

Total assets1,497,4581,343,570

Notes

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

20385,515250,715

Deferred tax liabilities7.345,49536,987

Lease liabilities126,909139,226

Employee benefits27300233

Total non-current liabilities558,219427,161

Current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

20117,157111,225

Trade and other payables2282,63362,033

Revenue in advance2369,24375,980

Employee benefits2719,91419,115

Provisions2,7523,495

Derivative financial instruments26105–

Current tax payables9,96812,903

Lease liabilities20,57920,703

Total current liabilities322,351305,454

Total liabilities880,570732,615

Net assets616,888610,955

Equity

Share capital

18516,402503,007

Cash flow hedge reserve191,1632,018

Other reserves1915,13418,081

Retained earnings84,18987,849

Total equity616,888610,955

Consolidated statement of financial position

As at 30 June 2024

The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

50PERFORMANCEABOUT thl50thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Notes
Share

capital

$000’s

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

$000’s

Other

reserves

$000’s

Retained

earnings

$000’s

Total

Equity

$000’s

Balance as at 1 July 2023503,0072,01818,08187,849610,955

Profit for the financial year–––39,37639,376

Other comprehensive loss

for the financial year

–(855)(2,596)–(3,451)

Total comprehensive

(loss)/income for the

financial year

–(855)(2,596)39,37635,925

Transactions with owners,

recorded directly in equity

Dividends paid9–––(42,031)(42,031)

Ordinary shares issued1812,233–––12,233

Transfers from employee

share scheme reserve

181,162–(1,754)592–

Share-based payments29––(194)–(194)

Transfer from equity

investment reserve

19––1,597(1,597)–

Balance as at 30 June 2024516,4021,16315,13484,189616,888

Notes

Share

capital

$000’s

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

$000’s

Other

reserves

$000’s

Retained

earnings

$000’s

Total

equity

$000’s

Balance as at 1 July 2022278,98332114,66437,700331,668

Profit for the financial year–––49,85849,858

Other comprehensive

income for the financial year

–1,6973,871–5,568

Total comprehensive

income for the

financial year

–1,6973,87149,85855,426

Transactions with owners,

recorded directly in equity

Ordinary shares issued for

the acquisition of Apollo

15.2,18212,889–––212,889

Ordinary shares issued as

part of consideration for

51% acquisition of Just go

15.3,188,031–––8,031

Ordinary shares issued18779–––779

Transfers from employee

share scheme reserve

182,325–(2,616)291–

Share-based payments29––2,162–2,162

Balance as at 30 June 2023503,0072,01818,08187,849610,955

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl51thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

446,001316,907

Proceeds from sale of goods471,742352,441

Interest received3,265531

Payments to suppliers and employees(619,716)(400,085)

Purchase of rental assets(345,121)(312,082)

Interest paid(41,756)(23,542)

Net income tax (paid)/received(10,057)4,403

Net cash flows used in operating activities30(95,642)(61,427)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

43058,619

Purchase of property, plant and equipment(12,078)(7,014)

Purchase of intangibles(4,010)(5,107)

Proceeds from sale of investments1720,821–

Purchase consideration for the Camperagent acquisition15.1(11,839)–

Net cash received as part of the Apollo business combination15.2–50,602

Net cash received as part of the step acquisition of Just go15.3–4,374

Advance to joint venture–(172)

Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities(6,676)101,302

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of share options

181,780975

Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings30.3733,317417,741

Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings30.3(593,934)(400,873)

Repayment of lease liability principal 30.3(25,304)(21,938)

Dividends paid(33,354)–

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities82,505(4,095)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(19,813)35,780

Opening cash and cash equivalents 76,79438,816

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and

cash equivalents

(196)2,198

Closing cash and cash equivalents 56,78576,794

The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl52thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Index

Section A – Financial performance 56

1 Segment reporting 56

2 Revenue 60

3 Other operating income 61

4 Administration and operating expenses 61

5 Employee benefits expense 62

6 Finance expenses 62

7 Income tax 62

8 Earnings per share 65

9 Dividends 65

Section B – Assets used to generate profit 66

10 Property, plant and equipment 66

11 Right-of-use assets 68

12 Capital commitments 70

13 Inventories 70

14 Intangible assets 71

Section C – Investments 75

15 Business combinations 75

16 Material subsidiaries of Tourism Holdings Limited 78

17 Investments 78

Section D – Managing funding 79

18 Share capital 79

19 Reserves 79

20 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 80

21 Trade and other receivables 82

22 Trade and other payables 83

23 Revenue in advance 83

24 Financial instruments 84

Section E – Managing risk 87

25 Financial risk management 87

26 Derivative financial instruments 90

Section F – Other 92

27 Employee benefits 92

28 Key management personnel and related party disclosures 92

29 Share-based payments 93

30 Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows 98

31 Auditor’s remuneration 99

32 Contingencies 100

33 Subsequent events 100

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl53thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
About this report

Basis of preparation

The primary operations of Tourism Holdings Limited (the ‘Company’ or ‘thl’) and its

subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) are the manufacture, rental and sale of recreational

vehicles (RVs) including motorhomes, campervans and caravans and other tourism

related activities. The Company is domiciled in New Zealand.

Tourism Holdings Limited is a company registered under the Companies Act 1993 and

is an FMC reporting entity under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The Company’s shares are dual listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and the

Australian Securities Exchange (ticker code: THL).

The registered office is:

Level 1, 83 Beach Road

Auckland 1010

New Zealand

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared:

• in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ GAAP)

and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting

Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as

applicable for a ‘for profit’ entity;

• in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013

and the NZX Main Board Listing Rules;

• under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain

assets and liabilities as identified in specific accounting policies; and

• in New Zealand dollars with values rounded to thousands ($000’s) unless

otherwise stated.

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue on 27 August 2024.

Throughout this document, critical accounting estimates are identified using the

following key:

Material accounting policies

Critical accounting estimates

Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Consolidation

The Group consolidates its subsidiaries, as these are the entities over which the Group

has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to,

variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date

on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that

control ceases.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between

Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated but considered

an impairment indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have

been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the

Group. Information on the Group’s subsidiaries can be found in note 16.

(b) Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured

using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates

(‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in

New Zealand dollars, rounded to the nearest thousand, which is the Company’s

functional and presentation currency.

Translation into presentation currency

The results and financial position of all the Group entities with foreign operations (none

of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency

different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency

as follows:

(i) assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position (‘balance sheet’)

presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

(ii) income and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates; and

(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are

treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl54thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Transactions and balances in the functional currency

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the

exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and

losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at

year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when deferred in equity as qualifying

cash flow hedges.

At the end of each reporting period:

(i) Foreign currency monetary items are translated using the closing rate;

(ii) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign

currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction; and

(iii) Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are

translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was measured.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl55thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
In this section

This section explains the financial operations of thl, providing additional information

about individual items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,

including segmental information, certain expenses and dividend distribution information.

1. Segment reporting

thl is organised into geographic and service type operating segments. They are made up

of the following business operations:

New Zealand Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental

fleet direct to the public and through a dealer network;

Action Manufacturing – Manufacturing and the sale of motorhomes and other speciality

vehicles;

Tourism – Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo Caves Group experiences;

Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing – Rental of motorhomes and 4WD vehicles,

manufacture of RVs, the sale of new and used RVs and ex-rental fleet direct to the public

and through a dealer network and Australian Group Support Services;

United States Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental

fleet directly to the public and through a dealer network;

Canada Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental fleet

directly to the public and through a dealer network;

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental

fleet directly to the public and through a dealer network; and

Corporate – New Zealand Group Support Services and thl digital.

Section A – Financial performance

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting

provided to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible

for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been

identified as the executive management team together with the Board of Directors

(the Board), who make strategic decisions.

Operating profit/(loss) before interest and tax is the main financial measure used by the

CODM to review the Group’s performance.

All revenue is reported to the executive team on a basis consistent with that used in the

consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group is not reliant on any one

external individual customer for 10 per cent or more of the Group’s revenue. Operating

expenses incurred by one segment on behalf of another and recharged on a cost-recovery

basis are presented on a net basis. Intra-group dividends are presented net of

eliminations. Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the

consolidated statement of financial position. These assets and liabilities are allocated

based on the operations of the segment, and the physical location for assets.

Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets,

right-of-use assets, inventories, trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents

used in the operations of the segments. The investments and derivatives designated as

hedges of borrowings are allocated to the ‘Corporate’ operating segment as these are

managed and monitored on a Group basis.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl56thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
1. Segment reporting (continued)

2024

New Zealand

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Action

Manufacturing

$000’s

Tourism

$000’s

Australia

Rentals, Sales &

Manufacturing

$000’s

United States

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Canada

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

UK/Ireland

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Corporate

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Sales of services110,6286041,952129,37087,32951,21218,9971,035440,583

Sales of goods - external37,01573,939–246,82270,06836,69216,612–481,148

Sales of goods - inter-segment–104,503––2,01299915,621–123,135

Total segment revenue147,643178,50241,952376,192159,40988,90351,2301,0351,044,866

Depreciation(20,151)(4,364)(1,464)(32,289)(23,838)(9,313)(3,960)(563)(95,942)

Amortisation(19)(16)(623)544(123)310–(1,493)(1,420)

Impairment loss––––––(12,481)–(12,481)

Other costs - external(81,797)(61,980)(26,889)(302,518)(132,481)(66,722)(32,060)(10,419)(714,866)

Other costs - inter-segment–(98,253)––(1,925)(1,022)(15,484)–(116,684)

Segment operating profit/(loss)

before finance costs

45,67613,88912,97641,9291,04212,156(12,755)(11,440)103,473

Interest income–131–319317931101,5573,265

Interest expense(3,839)(1,194)(999)(12,872)(12,516)(8,633)(3,308)(109)(43,470)

Segment profit/(loss) before income tax41,83712,82611,97729,376(11,157)4,454(16,053)(9,992)63,268

Segment income tax (expense)/benefit(11,169)(3,591)(4,357)(7,500)3,012(739)3731,889(22,082)

Segment profit/(loss) for the financial year30,6689,2357,62021,876(8,145)3,715(15,680)(8,103)41,186

Other segment disclosures

Capital expenditure

129,1832,55438582,88477,83731,97637,9103,153365,882

Non-current assets245,29324,17413,865358,319265,419167,26156,13125,8821,156,344

Total assets285,97373,87716,134525,848302,559194,03867,05940,4401,505,928

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl57thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023

New Zealand

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Action

Manufacturing

$000’s

Tourism

$000’s

Australia

Rentals, Sales &

Manufacturing

$000’s

United States

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Canada

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

UK/Ireland

Rentals & Sales

$000’s

Corporate

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Sales of services77,029–25,069106,41478,65612,0666,6141,140306,988

Sales of goods - external47,20447,007–132,33297,74122,37210,052145356,853

Sales of goods - inter-segment–71,497––––––71,497

Total segment revenue124,233118,50425,069238,746176,39734,43816,6661,285735,338

Depreciation(13,144)(3,394)(1,470)(22,251)(21,176)(2,959)(2,366)(665)(67,425)

Amortisation(155)(32)(621)(459)(117)(73)–(1,018)(2,475)

Other costs - external(78,806)(39,572)(16,686)(179,996)(141,635)(30,822)(16,157)(1,707)(505,381)

Other costs - inter-segment–(67,208)––––––(67,208)

Segment operating profit/(loss)

before financing costs

32,1288,2986,29236,04013,469584(1,857)(2,105)92,849

Interest income–60–408123106(45)(23)629

Interest expense(682)(752)(61)(6,285)(5,758)(4,346)(1,222)(4,192)(23,298)

Share of profit from associates––––––812–812

Segment profit/(loss) before income tax31,4467,6066,23130,1637,834(3,656)(2,312)(6,320)70,992

Segment income tax (expense)/benefit(9,260)(2,130)(1,856)(4,682)(2,042)1,810345676(17,139)

Segment profit/(loss) for the financial year22,1865,4764,37525,4815,792(1,846)(1,967)(5,644)53,853

Other segment disclosures

Capital expenditure

67,0434,03845462,725125,31549,43817,587742327,342

Non-current assets138,69926,90315,659284,072267,109195,43061,29240,3341,029,498

Total assets

(1)

170,40580,75017,538431,358305,853209,66876,43061,3011,353,303

(1) Provisional goodwill of $102.1 million at 30 June 2023 acquired from the Apollo business combination was reallocated from the Corporate segment to the Australia Rentals & Sales and New Zealand Rentals & Sales operating segments

of $95.1 million and $7.0 million respectively.

1. Segment reporting (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl58thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Reconciliation of reportable segment revenue and profit before income tax

RevenueProfit before tax

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Segment total1,044,866735,33863,26870,992

Consolidation adjustments relating to intra-group sale of goods

(1)

(123,135)(71,497)(4,858)(3,995)

Consolidated total921,731663,84158,41066,997

Reconciliation of reportable segment assets

Non-current assetsTotal assets

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Segment total1,156,3441,029,4981,505,9281,353,303

Consolidation adjustments relating to intra-group sale of goods

(1)

(8,409)(9,185)(8,470)(9,733)

Consolidated total1,147,9351,020,3131,497,4581,343,570

(1) This consolidation adjustment relates to the elimination of internal sales and purchases of rental fleet vehicles between the Group’s operating segments. Sales and purchases of rental fleet vehicles and inventory between the

Australian manufacturing, retail and rental businesses are eliminated within the Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing operating segment.

1. Segment reporting (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl59

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2. Revenue

The revenue earned by the Group is derived from the satisfaction of one or more

performance obligations, which are satisfied at a point in time or over a period

of time.

(i) Sales of services

Sales of services comprises rental income and service revenue.

Rental income

Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards

of ownership of an asset are classified as operating leases as a lessor. Rental

income is recognised in the accounting period in which the services are rendered,

by reference to completion of the specific transaction. Where the rental covers a

period of more than one day, revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis based

on the number of days of the booking that have occurred by year-end as a

proportion of the total number of days in the booking. The portion of the revenue

that occurs after year-end is shown as revenue in advance on the statement of

financial position.

Service revenue

Service revenue comprises various performance obligations (rental add-ons such

as accessories and customer liability reduction) in which satisfaction in most cases

occurs evenly over the rental period and is recognised accordingly. The Group

recognises this revenue over time, as the customer simultaneously receives and

consumes the benefits provided by the Group’s performance.

Sales from tourism services are recognised when the service is rendered to the

customer and are recognised in the accounting period in which the performance

obligation is satisfied, being when the customer obtains the benefit from the

service. It relates to the satisfaction of a number of performance obligations at a

point in time; the contract price that is determined for any single performance

obligation is based with reference to the stand-alone price and no significant

financing components exist, as the transaction is settled within 12 months from

the transaction date. There are no costs to obtain or fulfil the contract.

The Group prices its services on a fixed basis and the pricing is fixed and

determinable when the duly executed arrangement is finalised. It has also been

determined that there are no significant financing components as part of the

Group’s sale of services arrangements.

Revenue from these sales is recognised net of the estimated discounts or other

promotions. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the

discounts, using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the

extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

(ii) Sales of goods

The Group sells a range of RVs including motorhomes, campervans, caravans,

accessories and other merchandise. Sales are recognised when control of the

goods has transferred, being when the goods are delivered to the customer and

the customer has the ability to direct the use of the goods. It relates to the

satisfaction of a single performance obligation at a point in time; the contract price

is determined and no significant financing components exist as the transaction is

settled within 12 months from the transaction date and there are no costs to obtain

or fulfil the contract.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl60thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2.1 Sales of services

Sales of services includes revenue from rental of motorhomes, Wi-Fi, accessories,

additional services relating to the rental of motorhomes, revenue from RV repairs

and servicing and the sale of tourism experiences (for Kiwi Experience and Waitomo)

and app subscriptions income (thl digital).

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Rental revenue315,596232,853

Service revenue124,98774,135

Total sales of services440,583306,988

The expected minimum lease payments to be received on lease of motorhomes, based on

the booked rentals as of balance date, are as follows:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Within one year27,65427,104

Within one to two years426

Total minimum lease payments27,65827,130

2.2 Sales of goods

Sales of goods includes revenue from the sale of motorhomes, caravans, other specialty

vehicles and other merchandise.

Cost of goods includes the net book value of ex-rental fleet sold and the purchase price of

new vehicles, trade-ins and retail goods sold.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Sales of goods481,148356,853

Cost of sales(374,179)(257,654)

Gross profit106,96999,199

3. Other operating income

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Other income2,5953,339

Fair value gains on financial assets recognised at fair value through

profit or loss

181,638

Gain on previously held equity instrument

(1)

–3,510

Loss on disposals of non-fleet assets(239)–

Other operating income2,3748,487

(1) For the financial year ended 30 June 2023, $3.5 million relates to the Group’s revaluation of its previously held 49%

shareholding in Just go.

4. Administration and operating expenses

Administration and operating expenses include:

Notes

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Depreciation10,1194,35467,131

Amortisation141,4202,475

Repairs and maintenance including damage repairs40,37532,259

Marketing costs13,2639,370

Information technology costs11,3257,822

Raw materials and consumables5,6483,099

Rental and lease costs5,4353,614

Transaction costs

(1)

–5,760

Net foreign exchange gain(612)(812)

(1) For the financial year ended 30 June 2023 transaction costs from the Apollo merger of $5.8 million were expensed

through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

2. Revenue (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl61thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
5. Employee benefits expense

Employee entitlements to salaries and wages and annual leave to be settled

within 12 months of the reporting date represent present obligations resulting

from employees’ services provided up to the reporting date. These are calculated

at undiscounted amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects

to pay.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Wages and salaries167,975120,109

Share-based payments6931,226

Other employee benefits5,7984,123

Total employee remuneration174,466125,458

6. Finance expenses

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Interest on interest-bearing loans and borrowings35,43616,949

Interest on lease liabilities8,0346,349

Total finance expenses43,47023,298

7. Income tax

The Group is subject to income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Significant judgement

is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many

transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is subject of a

thorough review. In the event of uncertain tax positions, the Group recognises a tax

liability when there is an expected future outflow of funds to a taxation authority. In

such cases, a provision is made for the most likely amount or expected value to be

settled. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts

that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred

tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Current and deferred income tax

Income tax expenses comprises current tax and deferred tax.

Current tax is the amount of income tax payable based on the taxable profit for the

current year, plus any adjustments to income tax payable in respect of prior years.

Current tax is calculated using rates that have been enacted or substantially

enacted by balance date.

Deferred tax is the amount of income tax payable or recoverable in future periods

in respect of temporary differences and unused tax losses. Temporary differences

are differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the

financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation

of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that

taxable profits will be available, against which the deductible temporary

differences or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred tax is not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial

recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of an asset and liability in a

transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction,

affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.

Deferred tax is recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on

investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the company can control

the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary

difference will not be reversed in the foreseeable future.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl62thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period

when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, using tax rates that have been

enacted or substantially enacted by balance date.

Current tax and deferred tax are charged or credited to profit or loss, except when

it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is

classified within equity.

7.1 Income tax expense

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Income tax expense

Current tax expense for the financial year

14,16315,182

Adjustment for prior financial years(2,048)–

Total current tax expense12,11515,182

Deferred tax expense

Increase in deferred tax assets

(5,106)(3)

Increase in deferred tax liabilities12,0251,960

Total deferred tax expense6,9191,957

Total income tax expense19,03417,139

7.2 Reconciliation of income tax expense

The tax on profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise

using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated companies.

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024 the weighted average effective tax rate was

32.6% (2023: 25.6%). The impairment of goodwill allocated to the UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales

operating segment has resulted in a higher weighted average effective tax rate and an

increase in expenses not deductible for tax purposes for the 2024 financial year.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Profit before income tax expense58,41066,997

Tax calculated at domestic rates applicable to the profits/(losses) in

the respective countries

16,40318,947

Prior year adjustments(3,345)(775)

Non-assessable income

(1)

(155)(2,454)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes5,0211,655

Recognised deferred tax on share-based payments602(234)

Adjustment from removal of depreciation on New Zealand

commercial buildings

588–

Other adjustments(80)–

Income tax expense19,03417,139

(1) The non-assessable income includes income from the Group’s equity investment in Just go to 30 September 2022

and fair value gain from acquiring the remaining 51% shareholding in Just go (note 15.3).

7. Income tax (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl63thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
7.3 Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forward to the

extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable

profits is probable.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally

enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current liabilities and

when the deferred income tax relates to the same fiscal authority.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset in the consolidated statement of financial

position and presented as a net deferred tax liability where the Group has a legally

enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and when the Group either intends

to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Deferred tax assets683–

Deferred tax liabilities(45,495)(36,987)

Net deferred tax liabilities(44,812)(36,987)

The movement in the deferred tax assets and liabilities is provided below:

2024

Opening

balance

as at

1 July

2023

$000’s

Recognised

in profit

or loss

$000’s

Recognised

in equity

$000’s

Closing

balance

as at

30 June

2024

$000’s

Tax losses45,843(2,163)–43,680

Provisions13,0467,519–20,565

Derivative financial instruments2,43272–2,504

Lease liabilities4,006(367)–3,639

Reserves1,12145(1,166)–

Deferred tax assets66,4485,106(1,166)70,388

Property, plant and equipment(92,536)(11,015)–(103,551)

Intangible assets(5,967)(1,720)–(7,687)

Derivative financial instruments(3,823)–384(3,439)

Trade and other receivables(1,109)710–(399)

Reserves––(124)(124)

Deferred tax liabilities(103,435)(12,025)260 (115,200)

Net deferred tax liabilities(36,987)(6,919)(906)(44,812)

7. Income tax (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl64thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023

Opening

balance

as at

1 July

2022

$000’s

Acquired

from

business

combina-

tions

$000’s

Recognised

in profit

or loss

$000’s

Recognised

in equity

$000’s

Closing

balance

as at

30 June

2023

$000’s

Tax losses

(1)

33,8455,7836,215–45,843

Provisions3,8504,2954,901–13,046

Derivative financial instruments6391,793––2,432

Lease liabilities2,4051,601––4,006

Reserves–804–3171,121

Deferred tax assets40,73914,27611,11631766,448

Property, plant and equipment(54,837)(24,419)(13,280)–(92,536)

Intangible assets–(6,174)207–(5,967)

Derivative financial instruments(1,639)(1,396)–(788)(3,823)

Trade and other receivables(340)(769)––(1,109)

Deferred tax liabilities(56,816)(32,758)(13,073)(788) (103,435)

Net deferred tax liabilities(16,077)(18,482)(1,957)(471)(36,987)

(1) Balances recognised and assumed from business combinations from Just go and Apollo were $2.3 million and

$16.2 million respectively.

8. Earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of

ordinary shares to assume conversion of all dilutive shares arising from the employee

share scheme (refer to note 29).

Basic and diluted profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company is

$39,376,000 (2023: $49,858,000).

20242023

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic)216,763,433189,009,054

Effect of conversion of redeemable shares and options

if exercised

1,040,2631,808,000

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)217,803,696190,817,054

9. Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability

in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are

approved by the Board.

20242023

Cents

per share$000’s

Cents

per share$000’s

2023 final dividend15.032,247––

2024 interim dividend4.59,784––

Total dividends on ordinary shares42,031–

Dividends not recognised in the consolidated

statement of financial position

Dividends determined since reporting date

2024 final dividend (refer note 33)

5.0 10,911––

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Imputation credits available for use in subsequent

reporting periods

New Zealand imputation credit account (NZD)

11,67314,682

Australia franking credit account (AUD)439 7,903

The above amounts represent the balance of the imputation and franking account as at

the end of the financial year, adjusted for:

• Imputation credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision

for income tax;

• Imputation debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability

at the reporting date; and

• Imputation credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables

at the reporting date.

7. Income tax (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl65thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
10. Property, plant and equipment

The Group estimates the residual values of the fleet in order to depreciate

motorhome assets using the straight-line method. This estimate of the useful life

and the residual value of the vehicle is based on when it is expected to be taken out

of the rental fleet. The residual value is influenced by its condition, the mileage on

the motorhome and the consumer demand within the relevant resale market. The

Group also considers the market conditions and the impact any changes could have

on the estimates as part of the overall fleet management programme. The Group

completes an annual review of the appropriateness of the residual values and useful

lives that have been used by reviewing the gains/losses made on recent sales and

forecasts of similar motorhomes. The estimated useful lives of motorhomes on the

rental fleet are 1 - 7 years. The annual depreciation rates for motorhomes, ranging

from 2% to 15% of the original costs, are influenced by the residual value at the time

of sale. If the depreciation rate increases/(decreases) by 1% for motorhomes, the

depreciation expense will increase/(decrease) by approximately $7.5 million for the

financial year (2023: $5.0 million).

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate

their cost amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful lives.

Land and buildings are shown at historical cost, less subsequent accumulated

depreciation for buildings. Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and

equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical

cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a

separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic

benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item

can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit

or loss during the period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to

allocate their cost amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful

lives as follows:

Buildings 8 - 50 years

Leasehold improvements Term of the lease

Motor vehicles (non-fleet) 3 - 14 years

Other plant & equipment 2 - 40 years

Section B – Assets used to generate profit

In this section

This section describes the assets thl uses in the business to generate profit, including:

• Property, plant and equipment

The most significant component is the motorhome fleet. Premises in general are

leased, however significant owned properties are the Waitomo Caves Visitor Centre

and the Waitomo Caves Homestead.

• Right-of-use assets

The most significant leased assets relate to the premises in New Zealand, Australia,

Canada and the United States.

• Inventories

The most significant inventory items are vehicles available for sale including ex-rental

motorhome fleet assets and new or trade-in motorhomes, campervans, and caravans.

Other inventory items include spare parts, living equipment used inside rental

motorhomes, and retail shop stock.

• Intangible assets

Intangible assets include:

– goodwill arising from the acquisitions of the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, and

Apollo businesses;

– the cost of the Waitomo Caves leases;

– software;

– supplier relationships;

– brands; and

– trademarks and licenses.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl66thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The assets’ useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance

date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable

amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable

amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the

carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

Property, plant and equipment is made up of the following assets:

• Motorhomes - this comprises the rental fleet of the New Zealand, Australian, Canadian,

United States and UK/Europe rentals businesses. Motorhomes that are available for sale

are reclassified from property, plant and equipment to inventory;

• Motor vehicles - this comprises vehicles owned by the business, including shuttles and

company cars;

• Land and buildings - this comprises owned land and buildings in Waitomo;

• Other plant and equipment - this comprises office equipment, furniture, and other plant

used to operate the business; and

• Capital work in progress - this represents capital purchases and projects that are not yet

in service. The most significant work in progress relates to the motorhome fleet built for

the next season.

2024

Motor-

homes

$000’s

Motor

vehicles

$000’s

Land

and

buildings

$000’s

Other plant

and

equipment

$000’s

Capital

work in

progress

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value as at

1 July 2023

590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291

Additions and

transfers from work

in progress (net)

311,4839402,0436,96135,772357,199

Additions through

business combinations

(refer note 15)

–––435–435

Disposal and write-offs(2,284)(115)–(552)–(2,951)

Reclassification of

motorhomes to

inventories

(109,922)––––(109,922)

Foreign exchange

rate movements

(3,976)–38575–(3,363)

Depreciation(64,534)(358)(2,063)(4,450)–(71,405)

Net book value as at

30 June 2024

721,0191,58913,32720,30673,043829,284

Cost833,5953,30036,11258,09673,0431,004,146

Accumulated

depreciation

(112,576)(1,711)(22,785)(37,790)–(174,862)

Net book value as at

30 June 2024

721,0191,58913,32720,30673,043829,284

10. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl67thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023

Motor-

homes

$000’s

Motor

vehicles

$000’s

Land

and

buildings

$000’s

Other plant

and

equipment

$000’s

Capital

work in

progress

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value

as at 1 July 2022

301,52076411,1066,97120,848341,209

Additions and

transfers from work

in progress (net)

299,9196201,4614,93320,409327,342

Additions through

business combinations

(refer note 15)

165,460652,2438,294–176,062

Disposal and write-offs(3,391)(86)(58)(99)(3,986)(7,620)

Reclassification of

motorhomes to

inventories

(153,215)––––(153,215)

Foreign exchange rate

movements

12,5357408185–13,135

Transfers from

right–of–use assets

(1)

12,245––––12,245

Depreciation(44,821)(248)(1,851)(2,947)–(49,867)

Net book value

as at 30 June 2023

590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291

Cost676,8103,05633,89658,85237,271809,885

Accumulated

depreciation

(86,558)(1,934)(20,587)(41,515)–(150,594)

Net book value

as at 30 June 2023

590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291

(1) This transfer relates to Apollo vehicles purchased under a hire purchase agreement, previously accounted for under

NZ IFRS 16 Leases and recognised as a right-of-use asset.

11. Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets

The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia, Canada,

United Kingdom and the United States. Lease agreements may contain both

lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in

the agreement to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative

standalone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Group is a

lessee, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components

and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of

different terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. The lease agreements do

not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets

that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for

borrowing purposes.

Right-of-use assets are measured at value comprising the following:

• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease

incentives received;

• any initial direct costs;

• restoration costs.

The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and

the expected lease term on a straight-line basis.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the lease payments,

discounted using a discount rate derived from the incremental borrowing rate

for each relevant jurisdiction when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not

readily available. Incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range

between 2.5% - 9.1% (2023: 2.5% - 9.1%). The Group is exposed to potential future

increases in variable lease payments based on the change of an index or rate,

which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When

adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the

lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.

10. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl68thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Short-term and low-value leases

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are

recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of

12 months or less and predominantly relate to property leases and computer

equipment. Extension and termination options are included in a number of

property leases across the Group. In determining the lease term, management

considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to

exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option.

Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the

lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

The assessment of the lease term is reviewed if a significant event or a significant

change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within

the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable by the Group

and not by the lessor. Where an extension is reasonably certain of being exercised,

that extension period and related costs are recognised on the consolidated

statement of financial position.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group uses a build-up approach

that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the

Group and makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency

and security.

2024

Buildings

$000’s

Vehicles

and

equipment

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value as at 1 July 2023144,92783 145,010

Additions3,2268 3,234

Additions through business combinations (refer note 15)3,337–3,337

Modifications2,668–2,668

Termination(312)–(312)

Foreign exchange rate movements(897)(2)(899)

Depreciation(22,924)(25) (22,949)

Net book value as at 30 June 2024130,02564 130,089

Cost192,560126 192,686

Accumulated depreciation(62,535)(62) (62,597)

Net book value as at 30 June 2024130,02564 130,089

2023

Buildings

$000’s

Vehicles

and

equipment

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value as at 1 July 202270,766–70,766

Additions48,72112 48,733

Additions through business combinations (refer note 15)34,37712,32546,702

Transfer to motorhome property, plant and equipment–(12,245)(12,245)

Modifications7,201–7,201

Foreign exchange rate movements1,1107 1,117

Depreciation(17,248)(16) (17,264)

Net book value as at 30 June 2023144,92783 145,010

Cost190,429136 190,565

Accumulated depreciation(45,502)(53) (45,555)

Net book value as at 30 June 2023144,92783 145,010

11. Right-of-use assets (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl69thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Cash outflows from lease liabilities

Interest paid on leases (operating activities)

8,848 6,670

Payments for lease liability principal (financing activities)25,304 21,938

Total cash outflows from lease liabilities34,15228,608

12. Capital commitments

Capital commitments relate to the build of the Group’s motorhome fleet. Purchase orders

placed for capital expenditure at balance date but not yet incurred are as follows:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Property, plant and equipment106,372 153,436

13. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is

determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods

and work in progress comprises design costs, raw materials, direct labour, other

direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating

capacity). It excludes borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling

price in the ordinary course of business, less all costs necessary to sell inventories.

Ex-rental motorhomes held for sale at balance date have been reclassified as

inventory.

Inventories are made up of the following categories:

• Raw materials and work in progress - this comprises parts, factory, direct labour and

workshop stock;

• Vehicles held for sale - this mainly comprises new and ex-rental motorhome fleet, which

are now on the sale yard and goods in transit;

• Finished goods - this comprises living equipment to be used in motorhomes and retail

shop stock; and

• Inventory provision - a provision is created to allow for the value of inventory which is

obsolete or to recognise the net realisable value when it is lower than cost.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Raw materials and work in progress51,334 51,270

Vehicles held for sale148,472 120,408

Finished goods22,80212,177

Provision for obsolescence(1,392) (1,927)

Total inventories221,216 181,928

11. Right-of-use assets (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl70thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
14. Intangible assets

Brands

The Road Bear RV brand acquired in the United States rentals business

combination was valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised at

fair value at the acquisition date.

The Just go Motorhomes brand acquired in the UK rentals business combination

was valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised at fair value at the

acquisition date.

A number of rental and retail brands were acquired as part of the Apollo business

combination and were valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised

at fair value at the acquisition date. The rental brand is Apollo. Retail brands include

Windsor and Coromal, which are produced by the Australian manufacturing

facility and sold through the dealership network across Australia. The dealership

network includes Apollo RV, Sydney RV Group, Kratzmann Caravans and

Motorhomes, George Day Caravans and Motorhomes and Camperagent RV

Centre Adelaide.

Brand values are included in the net assets of the cash-generating unit (CGU).

Brands are deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has determined that

there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to

generate net cash inflows for the entity. Brands are tested annually for impairment

and are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Brands are

reviewed periodically to assess whether events and circumstances still justify the

assessment of an indefinite useful life.

Supplier relationships

These relate to Winnebago and Adria with exclusive arrangements to manufacture

and distribute Winnebago RVs and import and distribute Adria RVs in Australia.

Provisional supplier agreement values are included in the net assets of the CGU

and determined using the “with and without” valuation approach which estimates

the fair value of an asset by comparing cash flows of the business ‘with’ the asset

to the hypothetical cash flows of the business ‘without’ the asset.

Supplier relationships are included in the net assets of the cash-generating unit

(CGU). Supplier relationships are deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has

determined that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the supplier

relationship is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. Supplier

relationships are tested annually for impairment and are carried at cost less any

accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of

the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the

date of acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for

impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment

losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity

include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment

testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-

generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in

which the goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the lowest

level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

Trademarks, leases and licences

Trademarks, leases and licences are shown at historical cost of acquisition by the

Group less amortisation.

Amortisation of trademarks, leases and licences are calculated using the straight

line method over the life of the underlying assets. These costs are amortised over

their estimated useful lives (15-49 years).

Other intangibles

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs

incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are

amortised over their estimated useful lives (3-15 years).

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are

recognised as an expense, as incurred. Costs that are directly associated with the

production of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group,

and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one

year, are recognised as intangible assets. Direct costs include the software

development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Computer software development and application costs are recognised as assets

and are amortised over their estimated useful lives, only if such costs create an

intangible asset that the Group controls and the intangible asset meets the

recognition criteria. Costs that are not capitalised as computer software are

expensed as incurred.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl71thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Intangible assets of the Group comprise:

• Brands – includes Road Bear RV in the United States and Apollo retail brands;

• Supplier relationships – relates to the exclusive Apollo arrangements to manufacture

and distribute Winnebago RVs and import and distribute Adria RVs in Australia;

• Goodwill – relates to the Road Bear, El Monte RV, Camperagent and Apollo

business combinations;

• Trademarks, leases and licences – includes intellectual property rights on the Fleet

technology platform and a licence to operate the Waitomo Glowworm Caves until 2027,

and licences to operate other caves in the Waitomo region, with licence terms expiring

in 2032, 2033 and 2039; and

• Other intangibles – relates to acquired software licences and software development costs.

2024

Goodwill

$000’s

Brands

$000’s

Supplier

relationships

$000’s

Trademarks,

leases and

licenses

$000’s

Other

intangibles

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value as at

1 July 2023

151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315

Additions––––4,0104,010

Additions through

business combinations

(refer note 15)

3,758––––3,758

Impairment loss

(refer note 14.1)

(12,061)(420)–––(12,481)

Foreign exchange

rate movements

1,350487215–2282,280

Amortisation–––(1,047)(373)(1,420)

Net book value as at

30 June 2024

144,7017,6007,3399,11017,712186,462

Cost203,0588,0207,33929,13834,942282,497

Accumulated

amortisation and

impairment

(58,357)(420)–(20,028)(17,230)(96,035)

Net book value as at

30 June 2024

144,7017,6007,3399,11017,712186,462

2023

Goodwill

$000’s

Brands

$000’s

Supplier

relationships

$000’s

Trademarks,

leases and

licenses

$000’s

Other

intangibles

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Net book value

as at 1 July 2022

34,230908–11,1979,07255,407

Additions2,475–––5,1077,582

Additions through

business combinations

(refer note 15)

113,2446,9657,228–1,039128,476

Foreign exchange rate

movements

1,705(340)(104)–641,325

Amortisation–––(1,040)(1,435)(2,475)

Net book value

as at 30 June 2023

151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315

Cost197,9527,5337,12429,13835,699277,446

Accumulated

amortisation and

impairment

(46,298)––(18,981)(21,852)(87,131)

Net book value

as at 30 June 2023

151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315


14. Intangible assets (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl72thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
14.1 Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

The table below details the cash-generating units (CGU) that goodwill, brands and

supplier relationships are attributable to:

2024

Goodwill

$000’s

Brands

$000’s

Supplier

relationships

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing100,2336,6747,339114,246

United States Rentals & Sales34,976926–35,902

New Zealand Rentals & Sales 7,017––7,017

Action Manufacturing2,475––2,475

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales––––

Total intangible assets with an indefinite

useful life

144,7017,6007,339159,640

2023

Goodwill

$000’s

Brands

$000’s

Supplier

relationships

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing95,1406,1857,124108,449

United States Rentals & Sales35,000929–35,929

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales12,055419–12,474

New Zealand Rentals & Sales6,984––6,984

Action Manufacturing2,475––2,475

Total intangible assets with an indefinite

useful life

151,6547,5337,124166,311

For the purpose of the annual impairment test, goodwill is allocated to the CGUs that

are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, which represent

the Group’s operating segments (refer to note 1). The value of goodwill allocated to the

New Zealand Rentals & Sales and Action Manufacturing operating segments is not

significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of goodwill, brands,

and supplier relationships. The recoverable value for New Zealand Rentals & Sales

and Action Manufacturing are determined based on its value in use.

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales

The UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales business has experienced a longer than expected recovery

in the post COVID-19 period. As part of the annual impairment test, management has

updated its key assumptions in its value in use calculation, resulting in its recoverable

value being less than the carrying value. Subsequently, the Group impaired the carrying

value of goodwill and brands allocated to UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales and recognised an

impairment loss of $12.5 million (2023: nil) in profit or loss in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.

In determining the value in use, a weighted average cost of capital is used as the post-tax

discount rate. The discount rates reflect an equity beta and a market risk premium

sourced from observable market inputs.

20242023

Discount rates (%)Post-tax

Pre-tax

equivalentPost-tax

Pre-tax

equivalent

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales11.814.511.814.8

Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing and USA Rentals & Sales

The recoverable amount of the Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing and USA Rentals

& Sales is its value in use. The recoverable values are determined by discounting the

future cash flows generated from the continued use of the CGU which are based on the

latest 2025 financial year business plans and are projected for years two to five using key

assumptions to cover a five-year period. A terminal growth rate of 2.5% (2023: 2.5%) is used

to extrapolate cash flows beyond the five-year projections.

The key assumptions include rental fleet yield, utilisation and fleet size, vehicle sales

margin, and operating costs. Capital expenditure and disposal proceeds are projected

forward based on current build or purchase costs, realisable sale values and expected

fleet rotation by vehicle type. The cash flow projections and values assigned to the key

assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends and the expected

growth rates in the markets the businesses operate in and are based on both external

and internal sources of data.

The weighted average cost of capital is used as the post-tax discount rate. The discount

rates reflect an equity beta and a market risk premium sourced from observable market

inputs. The annual free cash flows are then discounted by a country specific post-tax

discount rate to arrive at a recoverable amount of the CGU which is compared to the

carrying amount.

20242023

Discount rates (%)Post-tax

Pre-tax

equivalentPost-tax

Pre-tax

equivalent

Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing

(1)

12.29.2

USA Rentals & Sales11.317.08.514.4

(1) As the goodwill and intangible asset allocation following the merger with Apollo was provisional at 30 June 2023 and

there were no indicators of impairment identified, no further impairment testing was required.

14. Intangible assets (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl73thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The annual impairment test determined the recoverable value for Australia Rental, Sales &

Manufacturing is not sensitive to reasonably foreseeable changes in key management

assumptions. The following table shows the sensitivity of the recoverable value of USA

Rentals & Sales based on changes in the key management assumptions.

Key assumptions

Change in

Key assumption

Reduction in

recoverable

amount

$000’s

Increase in

recoverable

amount

$000’s

Where headroom is

reduced, would the

indicated sensitivity

result in impairment

Discount rate +/- 1.0%(10,415)12,960No

Terminal growth rate +/- 0.5%(3,899)4,368No

Rental yield+/- 5.0%(21,166)21,166Yes

Rental utilisation+/- 5.0%(16,804)16,804Yes

Vehicle sales margin+/- 2.0%(11,795)11,795No

A change in any of the key management assumptions of USA Rentals & Sales as noted

below would result in a breakeven position with no remaining headroom.

Key assumptionSensitivity to breakeven

Discount rate An increase of 1.2%

Terminal growth rate A decrease of 1.7%

Rental yield A decrease of 3.0%

Rental utilisationA decrease of 4.5%

Vehicle sales margin A decrease of 2.2%

14. Intangible assets (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl74

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.1 Acquisition of Camperagent

On 22 January 2024, the Group entered into a sales and purchase agreement to acquire the

trading assets and liabilities (including the property lease and business intellectual property)

of Camperagent RV Service Pty Ltd and Camperagent RV Sales Pty Ltd (collectively referred

to as Camperagent). Following the completion of contractual conditions, on 31 January 2024,

the acquired assets and liabilities were transferred and recognised through a newly formed

100%-owned Australian subsidiary THL RV Sales Adelaide Pty Ltd.

The parties agreed to a cash consideration of AUD 11.0 million (NZD 11.8 million) on

31 January 2024. The following table summarises the amounts determined for the

purchase consideration and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:

As at 31 January 2024

Fair value

$000’s

Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised

Inventories

7,981

Property, plant and equipment435

Right-of-use assets3,337

Total assets11,753

Trade and other payables335

Lease liabilities3,337

Total liabilities3,672

Net identifiable net assets acquired8,081

Goodwill on acquisition3,758

Net assets acquired11,839

Purchase consideration – paid in cash11,839

Total fair value of the consideration11,839

The goodwill balance of $3.8 million on acquisition is attributed to expected synergies in

Australia and has been allocated to the Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing operating

segment (refer to note 14).

The contribution of Camperagent for the five months to the Group results for the period

ended 30 June 2024 was revenue of $16.7 million and operating loss before interest and

tax of $0.3 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2024 financial

year, the contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2024

financial year is estimated at $38.6 million and $1.1 million respectively.

Section C – Investments

In this section

This section explains the investments held by thl and the acquisitions made during the

financial year.

15. Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business

combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are

acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary

comprises the:

• fair values of the assets transferred

• liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business

• equity interests issued by the Group

• fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration

arrangement, and

• fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a

business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition

date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on

an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling

interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the consideration transferred, amount of any non-controlling interest

in the acquired entity, and acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity

interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net identifiable assets

acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of

the net identifiable assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognised

directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts

payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of

exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate,

being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an

independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability.

Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to

fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl75thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.2 Acquisition of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd

On 10 December 2021, the Group announced that it had entered into a conditional

Scheme Implementation Deed with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd (‘Apollo’ or ‘ATL’) to

merge through an Australian Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme thl would

acquire all outstanding shares in ATL. The scheme was conditional upon thl receiving

approval to list on the Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’) and subject to approval of

ATL shareholders and finalisation of appropriate funding arrangements for the merged

entity. In addition, there were various court and regulatory approvals in Australia and

New Zealand, including competition regulatory clearance and other conditions specified.

Following the satisfaction of all conditions, the Group acquired ATL on the 30 November

2022 with the implementation of the Scheme of Arrangement. ATL shareholders were

issued one thl share for every 3.210987 ATL shares held resulting in 57,693,364 shares

being issued. thl’s closing share price on 30 November 2022 of $3.69 was used to calculate

the acquisition consideration of $213.9 million as per the requirements under NZ IFRS 3

Business Combinations. The consideration value is comprised of the fair value of the new

shares issued and the fair value of 898,150 ATL shares that were previously held by thl.

The following table summarises the amounts determined for the purchase consideration

and the provisional fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:

As at 30 November 2022

Fair value

$000’s

Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised

Cash and cash equivalents

50,602

Trade and other receivables18,724

Assets classified as held for sale59,052

Inventories92,330

Current tax receivables36

Property, plant and equipment158,101

Intangible assets14,839

Right-of-use assets44,617

Investments14,934

Deferred tax assets5,229

Total assets458,464

As at 30 November 2022

Fair value

$000’s

Trade and other payables31,003

Revenue in advance22,666

Employee benefits6,615

Provisions508

Current tax liabilities1,450

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings224,433

Deferred tax liabilities21,434

Lease liabilities38,271

Total liabilities346,380

Net identifiable net assets acquired112,084

Goodwill on acquisition101,837

Net assets acquired213,921

Purchase consideration – thl ordinary shares issued to Apollo shareholders212,889

Purchase consideration – value of Apollo shares previously held by thl1,032

Total fair value of the consideration213,921

The goodwill balance of $101.8 million on acquisition is attributed to expected synergies

in Australia and New Zealand and has been allocated to the Australia Rental, Sales &

Manufacturing ($94.9 million) and New Zealand Rentals & Sales ($6.9 million) operating

segments (refer to note 14).

The contribution of Apollo for seven months to the Group results for the period ended

30 June 2023 was revenue of $187.6 million and operating profit before interest and tax

of $24.4 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2023 financial year,

the contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2023

financial year is estimated at $392.6 million and $66.5 million respectively.

15. Business combinations (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl76thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.3 Acquisition of 51% of Just go

On 4 October 2022, thl purchased the remaining 51% shareholding in THL UK and Ireland

Limited (trading as Just go) from its joint venture partners, resulting in Just go becoming

a  wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. At this time thl ceased equity accounting and

consolidated the subsidiary in the Group’s financial statements from that date. Previously

the Group had a 49% shareholding in Just go, which was accounted for under the equity

method of accounting.

The parties agreed to a purchase price of GBP 5,355,000 (NZD 10.7 million), which was

satisfied through a cash payment of GBP 1,350,000 (NZD 2.7 million) and the issue of

2,941,857 new ordinary shares in thl. thl’s closing share price on 3 October 2022 was

$2.73 with the fair value of the shares issued being NZ $8.0 million.

The following table summarises the amounts determined for the purchase consideration

and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:

As at 4 October 2022

Fair value

$000’s

Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised

Cash and cash equivalents

7,054

Trade and other receivables828

Inventories1,305

Property, plant and equipment17,961

Intangible assets393

Right-of-use assets2,085

Total assets29,626

As at 4 October 2022

Fair value

$000’s

Trade and other payables1,457

Revenue in advance516

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings13,697

Deferred tax liabilities2,277

Lease liabilities2,085

Total liabilities20,032

Net identifiable net assets acquired9,594

Goodwill on acquisition11,407

Net assets acquired21,001

Fair value of existing 49% shareholding in Just go10,290

Purchase consideration – thl ordinary shares issued8,031

Purchase consideration – paid in cash2,680

Total fair value of the consideration21,001

NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations also requires the acquirer to re-measure its previously

held equity interest in the acquiree at its acquisition date fair value. Just go is not publicly

traded so the fair value of the previously held equity interest was derived by reference to

the consideration transferred for the remaining 51%, which is $10.7 million. As a result, a fair

value gain of $3.5 million was recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income in 2023 for the previously held 49% equity interest.

The goodwill of $11.4 million is attributable to expected synergies within the wider global

Group and its strategic position in the United Kingdom and Europe and has been

allocated to the UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales operating segment (refer to note 14).

The contribution of Just go for nine months to the Group results for the period ended

30 June 2023 was revenue of $11.4 million and operating loss before interest and tax of

$1.8 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2023 financial year, the

contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2023 financial

year is estimated at $18.8 million and $0.3 million respectively.

15. Business combinations (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl77thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
16. Material subsidiaries of Tourism Holdings Limited

Material subsidiariesPrincipal activity

Country of

incorporation

Equity holding

2024

%

2023

%

Action Manufacturing Group

GP Limited

ManufacturingNew Zealand

100 100

TH2Connect GP Limitedthl digitalNew Zealand

100 100

Waitomo Caves LimitedTourismNew Zealand

100 100

Apollo Investments Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia

100 100

Apollo Motorhome Holidays Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia

100 100

Apollo Motorhome Industries Pty LtdManufacturingAustralia

100 100

Apollo RV Service & Repair Centre

Pty Ltd

Retail salesAustralia

100 100

Apollo RV West Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia

100 100

GRL Enterprises Pty LtdManufacturingAustralia

100 100

Outdoria Pty Ltdthl digitalAustralia

100 100

Sydney RV Group Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia

100 100

THL RV Sales Adelaide Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia

100 –

Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LtdRentals & salesAustralia

100 100

CanaDream IncRentals & salesCanada

100 100

THL UK and Ireland LimitedRentals & salesUnited

Kingdom

100 100

El Monte Rents IncRentals & salesUnited States

of America

100 100

All subsidiaries have 30 June balance dates.

17. Investments

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Camplify Holdings Limited–23,127

Caravans Away Limited148148

Other equities8266

Total investments23023,341

On 11 March 2024, the Group sold its 14.14% shareholding in ASX-listed peer-to-peer

RV Rental operator, Camplify Holdings Limited (CHL). In 2024, the Group realised net

proceeds from the sale of $20.8 million, based on a sale price of AU$1.90 per share.

The CHL shares were classified as a financial asset measured at fair value though

other comprehensive income with changes in fair value recognised in the equity

investment reserve.

The fair value loss through other comprehensive income, net of tax for the 2024 financial

year was $2.3 million (2023: gain, net of tax of $1.6 million). Following the sale, the

closing balances in the equity investment reserve of $1.6 million was transferred to

retained earnings.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl78thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The Group received $1.8 million (2023: $1.0 million) in cash proceeds from employees

for the exercise of 784,468 (2023: 533,361) share options during the financial year ended

30 June 2024.

19. Reserves

Cash flow hedge reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on hedging instruments

that are recognised directly in equity. The hedging instruments are used to manage

interest rate risk. Amounts are recognised in profit or loss when the associated hedged

transaction affects profit or loss.

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are taken to

the foreign currency translation reserve. When any net investment is disposed of,

the related component of the reserve is recognised in profit or loss as part of the

gain or loss on disposal.

The closing exchange rates used to translate the statement of financial position are

as follows:

20242023

NZD/AUD0.91390.9182

NZD/USD0.60800.6075

NZD/CAD0.83300.8052

NZD/GBP0.48140.4816

Employee share scheme reserve

The employee share scheme reserve is used to recognise the accumulated value of share

options and rights granted which have been recognised in profit or loss. In accordance

with the Group’s accounting policy, amounts accumulated in the executive share scheme

reserve have been transferred to share capital on the exercise of the options or to retained

earnings when they have been forfeited.

Equity investment reserve

The equity investment reserve is used to recognise increments and decrements in the fair

value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Section D – Managing funding

In this section

This section summarises thl’s funding sources and financial risks.

18. Share capital

Number of

ordinary shares

Share capital

$000’s

Balance as at 1 July 2022152,060,700278,983

Ordinary share issued during the 2023 financial year:

As the consideration for Apollo merger

57,693,364212,889

As part consideration for 51% of Just go acquisition2,941,8578,031

Exercise of share options granted to employees533,3611,012

Exercise of share rights granted to employees831,6922,045

In lieu of directors' fees16,14947

Balance as at 30 June 2023214,077,123503,007

Ordinary share issued during the 2024 financial year:

Dividend reinvestment plan

2,665,8749,156

Global NZD 1000 share bonus to employees383,0241,295

Exercise of share options granted to employees784,4682,145

Exercise of share rights granted to employees313,920799

Balance as at 30 June 2024218,224,409516,402

All issued shares are fully paid and have no par value. Holders of ordinary shares are

entitled to receive dividends when declared and are entitled to one vote per share at

shareholders’ meetings.

On 29 September 2023, 1,869,755 ordinary shares were issued and allotted at the issue

price of $3.5873 per share (inclusive of a 2% discount) under the Dividend Reinvestment

Plan in respect of the 2023 final dividend. On 5 April 2024, 796,119 ordinary shares were

issued and allotted at the issue price of $3.068 per share (inclusive of a 2% discount)

under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan in respect of the 2024 interim dividend.

On 30 October 2023, 383,024 ordinary shares were issued and allotted at the issue price

of $3.38 to eligible employees as part of the Group’s global NZD$1000 share bonus.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl79thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Movement in reserves during the financial year

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

$000’s

Foreign

currency

reserve

$000’s

Employee

share

scheme

reserve

$000’s

Equity

investment

reserve

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Balance as at 1 July 202232110,9484,670(954)14,985

Change in fair value during the

financial year

2,451––1,6384,089

Deferred tax on fair value gain(687)–––(687)

Ineffective interest rate swap

transferred to profit or loss

(net of tax)

(67)–––(67)

Foreign currency translation

(net of tax)

–2,233––2,233

Value of employee services

charged to profit or loss

––2,162–2,162

Transfers to retained earnings––(291)–(291)

Transfers to share capital––(2,325)–(2,325)

Balance as at 30 June 20232,01813,1814,21668420,099

Change in fair value during the

financial year

(1,217)––(2,281)(3,498)

Deferred tax on fair value loss341–––341

Ineffective interest rate swap

transferred to profit or loss

(net of tax)

21–––21

Foreign currency translation

(net of tax)

–(315)––(315)

Value of employee services

charged to profit or loss

––(194)–(194)

Transfers to retained earnings––(592)1,5971,005

Transfers to share capital––(1,162)–(1,162)

Balance as at 30 June 20241,16312,8662,268–16,297

20. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Interest-bearing loans and borrowing (borrowings) are recognised initially at fair

value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at

amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs)

and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the

borrowings using the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an

unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after

the balance date.

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are

incurred, except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition,

construction or production of a qualifying asset, which are capitalised.

Qualifying assets are those assets that necessarily take an extended period

of time (six months or more) to get ready for their intended use.

The Group’s borrowing structure includes a syndicated corporate debt facility, asset

financiers and floor plan finance.

The Group has at 30 June 2024, multi-currency revolving credit facilities in place

with Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank

New Zealand Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited plus Australia

and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (London branch). The Guaranteeing Group

consists of Tourism Holdings Limited and all material New Zealand, Australian, United

States and United Kingdom 100% owned subsidiaries. The Guaranteeing Group has

provided first ranking security over its assets and undertaking. Certain members of the

Group also have asset finance facilities in place. In support of these asset finance facilities,

the relevant members of the Group have granted security over the assets financed under

these facilities as well as other property.

In aggregate, the total funding available exceeds the current requirements of the Group.

The Group has sufficient working capital and undrawn financing facilities to service its

operating activities and ongoing fleet investment.

19. Reserves (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl80thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The Group has the following borrowing facilities:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Non-current

Syndicated bank borrowings

180,446107,357

Asset finance205,069143,358

385,515250,715

Current

Asset finance

63,86772,771

Floor plan finance53,29036,828

Other loans–1,626

117,157111,225

Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings502,672361,940

2024

Total

facility

$000’s

Used at

reporting

date

$000’s

Unused at

reporting

date

$000’s

Syndicated bank borrowings250,544180,44670,098

Asset finance420,726268,936151,790

Floor plan finance92,68553,29039,395

Other loans1,801–1,801

Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings765,756502,672263,084

2023

Total

facility

$000’s

Used at

reporting

date

(1)

$000’s

Unused at

reporting

date

$000’s

Syndicated bank borrowings250,898107,357143,541

Asset finance411,014216,129194,885

Floor plan finance54,45736,82817,629

Other loans3,4891,6261,863

Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings719,858361,940357,918

(1) In July 2023, GBP borrowings of £15.0 million was subsequently repaid and the facilities closed. These borrowings

were reflected as current borrowings at 30 June 2023.

The carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings (NZD equivalent) are denominated in the

following currencies:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

New Zealand dollar139,55238,422

Australian dollar132,67786,026

United States dollar110,375107,872

Pounds sterling41,54541,307

Canadian dollar78,52388,313

Total Interest-bearing loans and borrowings502,672361,940

Syndicated bank borrowings

The Group has committed facilities for debt funding equivalent to approximately NZD 250

million and encompass various multi-currency tranches, all with maturity dates set for July

2025. These facilities are part of a syndicated banking arrangement involving Westpac

Banking Corporation, Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited,

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, and Australia and New Zealand Banking

Group Limited (London branch). The Group’s covenants include leverage ratio, debt service

cover ratio, Guaranteeing Group coverage ratio, equity ratio and loan to value ratio. Interest

rates applicable at 30 June 2024 range from 6.1% to 7.4% p.a (2023: 7.3% to 8.7% p.a).

Asset finance

Loans from asset financiers are fully secured debt in relation to motor vehicle assets and may

only be used for the purchase of fleet assets and subject to a number of covenants ratios,

including a current ratio, debt service coverage and debt to tangible net worth ratio. Interest

rates applicable at 30 June 2024 range from 3.5% to 9.0% p.a (2023: 3.2% to 9.5% p.a).

Floor plan finance

Floor plan facilities are maintained to fund the inventory of new motorhomes and

caravans held for resale at retail sales outlets in Australia. Terms are interest only for the

first six months and then interest plus principal at a range from 8.8% to 9.3% (2023: interest

between 7.5% to 8.6% p.a plus principal). For some lenders, balances are secured through

retention of title until point of sale.

Other loans

Other loans are mortgages over land and buildings and COVID-19 support loans previously

provided to Apollo entities in the United Kingdom, were repaid during the financial year.

Covenants

The consolidated Group is subject to lending covenants across several of its borrowing

facilities. As at the date of these consolidated financial statements the Group is within the

banking covenant requirements.

20. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl81thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
21. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction

costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest

method, less provision for impairment. The Group assesses on a forward-looking

basis the expected credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables

which are carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends

on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by NZ IFRS 9 Financial

Instruments, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial

recognition of the receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade and

other receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and

the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the historical credit losses

experienced. Where appropriate, the historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect

current and forward-looking information.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Trade receivables29,14832,200

Allowance for expected credit losses(502)(375)

Trade receivables - net28,64631,825

Prepayments15,52111,174

Other receivables22,40214,012

Receivable under buy-back arrangement4,5147,024

Total trade and other receivables71,08364,035

At 30 June 2024 trade and other receivables includes $4.5 million (2023: $7.0 million)

relating to vehicles purchased under a short-term buy-back arrangement. This agreement

involves purchasing vehicles to be used in the fleet for a period less than 12 months and

then sold back to the supplier. On initial recognition, thl recognised the cash paid for the

vehicles, the price expected to be received upon resale, and the balancing amount of the

two is considered the lease expense. The transaction is accounted for as a short-term lease

on the basis that:

• thl have an economic incentive to exercise their put option (sell the vehicles back to

the supplier);

• thl have the right to use the vehicles for a fixed period at a predetermined price; and

• the vehicles do not meet the definition of property, plant and equipment.

Due to low risk of the counterparties for these arrangements, the assessed expected

credit losses are immaterial.

There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, as the Group

has a large number of customers, internationally dispersed.

The Group has recognised an increase of $127,000 (2023: increase of $118,000) in the

provision for the impairment of its trade receivables which has been included in other

operating expenses. The Group has written off, to other operating expenses, $504,000

(2023: $29,000) of balances of receivables during the financial year ended 30 June 2024.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl82thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
22. Trade and other payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been

acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are

classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the

normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as

non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value net of transaction costs and

subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Trade payables49,67635,390

Accrued expenses and other payables32,95726,643

Total trade and other payables82,63362,033

23. Revenue in advance

Revenue in advance

Revenue in advance relates to:

• Payments received for rental and tourism services for future reservations in

advance of service delivery.

• The portion of rental income for rental bookings on hire at year-end, that relates

to the period after year-end.

The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation

to transfer services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration

from the customer. The average timing of satisfaction of performance obligations

in relation to the payment of the revenue in advance is between 1-6 months.

Vehicle deposits

Vehicle deposits are received in advance for pending vehicle sales for which the

customer has not yet taken delivery.

The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation

to transfer goods to a customer for which the Group has received consideration

from the customer. The vehicle deposit is recognised as revenue when the Group

performs under the contract by delivering the vehicle. The full balance of contract

liabilities in relation to vehicle deposits is expected to be recognised in revenue

between 1-12 months.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Revenue in advance58,83061,317

Vehicle deposits10,41314,663

Total revenue in advance69,24375,980

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl83thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
24. Financial instruments

Classification of financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

• those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other

Comprehensive Income (OCI) or through profit or loss), and

• those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the business model for managing the financial

assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model

for managing those assets changes.

Measurement of financial assets

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus,

in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL),

transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial

asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit

or loss.

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business

model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset.

There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its

debt instruments:

Amortised cost

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows

represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised

cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income

using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition

is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses)

together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are

presented as a separate line item in profit or loss.

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the

financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of

principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount

are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses,

interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in

profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or

loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and

recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets

is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign

exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment

expenses are presented as a separate line item in profit or loss.

Fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at

FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL

is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the

period in which it arises.

The interest rate swaps in place as at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023 qualified

as cash flow hedges. The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge

documentation are aligned with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9 Financial

Instruments and these relationships are therefore treated as hedges.

Financial instruments of the Group that are measured in the consolidated statement

of financial position at fair value are classified by level under the following fair value

measurement hierarchy:

Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for

the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived

from prices).

Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

(that is, unobservable inputs).

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl84thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised, is determined based on the lowest input to the fair value measurement. If a fair

value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustment based on unobservable inputs, the measurement is a Level 3 measurement. The Group’s policy

is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

24.1 Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value categorised by fair value hierarchy.

20242023

Level 1

$000

Level 2

$000

Level 3

$000

Total

$000

Level 1

$000’s

Level 2

$000’s

Level 3

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Financial assets

Investments

82–14823023,193–14823,341

Derivative financial instruments–1,626–1,626–2,843–2,843

821,6261481,85623,1932,84314826,184

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

–105–105––––

The fair value of investment and derivative financial instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, valuation techniques include the use of

discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield curve or available forward price data for the duration of the instruments.

The following inputs are used for fair value calculations of derivatives:

Interest rate forward price curvePublished market swap rates

Foreign exchange forward pricesPublished spot foreign exchange rates and interest rate differentials

Discount rate for valuing interest rate derivatives

The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are published market interest rates as applicable to the

remaining life of the instrument

Discount rate for valuing forward foreign exchange contracts

The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are published market interest rates as applicable to the

remaining life of the instrument

24. Financial instruments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl85thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
24.3 Measurement categories of financial assets and liabilities

The tables below represent the measurement categories of the financial instruments.

2024

Amortised

cost

$000’s

FVPL

$000’s

FVOCI

$000’s

Derivatives

used for

hedging

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Financial assets

Investments

–230––230

Cash and cash equivalents56,785–––56,785

Trade and other receivables

(1)

46,370–––46,370

Derivative financial instruments–––1,6261,626

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and

borrowings

502,672–––502,672

Derivative financial instruments–––105105

Trade and other payables

(2)

74,842–––74,842

2023

Amortised

cost

$000’s

FVPL

$000’s

FVOCI

$000’s

Derivatives

used for

hedging

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Financial assets

Investments

–21423,127–23,341

Cash and cash equivalents76,794–––76,794

Trade and other receivables

(1)

52,861–––52,861

Derivative financial instruments–––2,8432,843

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and

borrowings

361,940–––361,940

Trade and other payables

(2)

64,170–––64,170

(1) Excludes prepayments and GST/VAT receivables included in ‘Trade and other receivables’.

(2) Excludes GST/VAT payables and other payroll-related liabilities included in ‘Trade and other payables’.

24. Financial instruments (continued)

24.2 Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The following table discloses a comparison of the carrying value and fair value of interest-

bearing loans and liabilities which are not measured at fair value after initial recognition.

Interest-bearing loans and liabilities are designated as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

20242023

Carrying

value

$000’s

Fair value

$000’s

Carrying

value

$000’s

Fair value

$000’s

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

502,672503,366361,940362,266

The carrying amount of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are

short-term in nature and therefore approximate fair value.


PERFORMANCEABOUT thl86

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Section E – Managing risk

In this section

This section explains the financial risks thl faces, how these risks affect thl’s financial

position and performance, and how thl manages these risks. In this section of the

notes there is information:

(a) outlining thl’s approach to financial risk management; and

(b) analysing financial (hedging) instruments used to manage risk.

In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks

including foreign currency, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. To manage this risk

the Group’s treasury activities are performed by a central treasury function and are

governed by Group policies approved by the Board of Directors.

The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability

of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s

financial performance. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments

for trading or speculative purposes.

25. Financial risk management

25.1 Currency risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising

from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Australian dollar, the

United States dollar, the Canadian dollar and the British Pound sterling. Foreign

exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions are in currencies other

than functional currency.

Foreign exchange exposures on future commercial transactions incurred by operations

in currencies other than their functional currency are managed by using forward

currency contracts in accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.

The Parent makes purchases in foreign currency and is exposed to foreign currency risk.

This is managed by utilisation of forward currency contracts from time to time in

accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.

Exchange rate sensitivity

The following table shows the impact on profit before tax and equity increase/(decrease)

in relation to currency risk, as described above, and does not include the impact of

translation risk, as described in note 19. A 5-cent change is considered a reasonable

possible change based on prior year movements.

Impact on a 5-cent change in the New Zealand dollar

20242023

Increase

$000’s

Decrease

$000’s

Increase

$000’s

Decrease

$000’s

Profit before tax

Australian dollar

(426) 476(859) 958

United States dollar872 (1,028) (241) 285

Canadian dollar(232) 262 (411)466

British pound sterling(245) 301 (54)67

Impact on equity

Australian dollar

11,428(12,751)14,427(16,089)

United States dollar7,898(9,313)8,547(10,080)

Canadian dollar2,292(2,584)3,073(3,480)

British pound sterling33(41)1,698(2,092)

25.2 Interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk primarily arises from long-term borrowings, cash and cash

equivalents. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest

rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate

derivative contracts. Such interest rate derivative contracts have the economic effect of

converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises

long-term borrowings at floating rates that are lower than those available if the Group

borrowed at fixed rates directly.

Under the interest rate derivative contracts, the Group agrees with other parties to

exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed contract

rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional

principal amounts.

The Group’s borrowings are carried at amortised cost. The borrowings are periodically

contractually repriced and to that extent are also exposed to the risk of future changes

in market interest rates.

The Group maintains cash on overnight deposit in interest-bearing bank accounts.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl87thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The following tables set out the interest rate repricing profile and current interest rate of

the interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities.

2024

Effective

interest

rate

%

Floating

$000’s

Fixed

up to

1 year

$000’s

Fixed

1-2 years

$000’s

Fixed

2-5 years

$000’s

Fixed

>5 years

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Assets

Cash and cash

equivalents

2.2 56,785––––56,785

Liabilities

Interest bearing loans

and borrowings

7.0 435,08716,72036,35314,512–502,672

Interest rate derivative

contracts

(1)

3.0–35,1058,22426,318–69,647

2023

Effective

interest

rate

%

Floating

$000’s

Fixed

up to

1 year

$000’s

Fixed

1–2 years

$000’s

Fixed

2–5 years

$000’s

Fixed

>5 years

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Assets

Cash and cash

equivalents

0.9 76,794––––76,794

Liabilities

Interest bearing loans

and borrowings

7.4 279,75341,60620,99819,583–361,940

Interest rate

derivative contracts

(1)

3.3–15,63835,09927,9846,58485,305

(1) Notional contract amounts and include forward starting interest rate swaps.

The effective interest rate of Group borrowings is 7.0% (2023: 7.4%) including the impact of

the interest rate swaps and the fees on facilities.

Interest rate sensitivity

The Group’s floating bank borrowings and cash deposits are subject to interest rate

sensitivity risk. The remaining borrowings are fixed using interest rate derivative contracts.

If the Group’s floating borrowings and deposits year-end balances remained the same

throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1.0% then the impact on profitability

and equity is as follows:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Pre-tax impact of:

An increase in interest rates of 1%

(3,762)(2,212)

A decrease in interest rates of 1%3,7622,212

At year-end the value of interest rate derivative contracts used as cash flow hedges were

subject to interest rate risk in relation to the value recognised in equity. If interest rates

moved by 1% across the yield curve, then the impact on the fair value of the swaps on equity

is shown in the following table. A movement of 1%, or 100bps, is considered by management

as a reasonable estimate of a possible shift in interest rates for the financial year based on

historical movements. There is nil ineffective interest rate swaps recognised in profit or loss

in relation to the valuation of the interest rate swaps (2023: $38,000 loss). The remaining

interest rate swaps were effective as at 30 June 2024.

Hedge ineffectiveness for interest rate swaps is assessed using the same principles as for

hedges of foreign currency purchase. It may occur due to:

• the credit value/debit value adjustment on the interest rate swaps which is not matched

by the loan; and

• differences in critical terms between the interest rate swaps and loans.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Post-tax impact on equity of:

An increase in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve

607932

A decrease in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve(253)(965)

25. Financial risk management (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl88thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25.3 Credit risk

The Group has a concentration of credit risk in respect of the amount outstanding from

the buy-back fleet arrangement. The Group has no other significant concentrations of

credit risk. Policies are in place to ensure that wholesale sales of products and other

receivables arising are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. Sales to retail

customers are made in cash or via major credit cards. Derivative contract counterparties

and cash on deposit are limited to quality financial institutions in accordance with the

Board’s approved treasury policy.

The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk as follows:

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Cash and cash equivalents56,78576,794

Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit losses)28,64631,825

Other receivables22,40214,012

Receivable under buy-back arrangement4,5147,024

Derivative financial assets1,6262,843

113,973132,498

The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. The terms vary from cash

monthly and greater depending on the service and goods provided and the customer

relationship. Collateral is not normally required. All trade receivables are individually

reviewed regularly for impairment as part of normal operating procedures and, where

appropriate, a provision is made. Trade receivables less than three months overdue are

not considered impaired. Overdue amounts that have not been provided for, relate to

customers that have a reliable trading credit history and no recent history of default.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Trade receivable analysis

Debtors past due

13,75115,381

Allowance for expected credit losses(502)(375)

Debtors past due but not impaired13,24915,006

Debtors current15,39716,819

Total trade debtors28,64631,825

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Ageing of debtors past due

1-30 days

7,28611,844

31-60 days4,1942,846

61-90 days1,10955

91+ days1,162636

Total debtors past due13,75115,381

There is no overdue balance in other receivables and receivables under buy-back

arrangements as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).

25.4 Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable

securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of credit facilities and

the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying

businesses, Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by rolling the draw

downs on a short-term basis and keeping credit lines available.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings

based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.

The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

2024

Up to

1 year

$000’s

Between

1-2 years

$000’s

Between

2-5 years

$000’s

Greater

than

5 years

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Carrying

value

$000’s

Trade and other

payables

74,842–––74,84274,842

Interest-bearing loans

and borrowings

147,184277,70385,54057,161567,588502,672

Lease liabilities27,32423,62456,81481,253189,015147,488

Interest rate and foreign

currency derivative

contracts

(1)

(1,498)(901)(971)–(3,370)(1,521)

Total undiscounted

contractual cash flows

247,852300,426141,383138,414828,075723,481

(1) The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using

forward interest rates applicable at the reporting date.

25. Financial risk management (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl89thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023

Up to

1 year

$000’s

Between

1-2 years

$000’s

Between

2-5 years

$000’s

Greater

than

5 years

$000’s

Total

$000’s

Carrying

value

$000’s

Trade and other

payables

64,170–––64,17064,170

Interest-bearing loans

and borrowings

171,837187,285123,428–482,550361,940

Lease liabilities27,98325,06557,04496,089206,181159,929

Interest rate and

foreign currency

derivative contracts

(1)

(1,219)(918)(1,621)(806)(4,564)(2,843)

Total undiscounted

contractual cash flows

262,771211,432178,85195,283748,337583,196

(1) The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using

forward interest rates applicable at the reporting date.

25.5 Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for

other stakeholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

The Group considers capital to be share capital and interest-bearing debt. To maintain or

alter the capital structure, the Group has the ability to review the amount of dividends paid

to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, reduce or increase debt

or sell assets.

There are a number of externally imposed bank covenants required as part of seasonal

and term debt facilities. These covenants are calculated monthly and reported to banks

quarterly. The most significant covenants relating to capital management are Net Interest-

bearing Debt to EBITDA ratio, and an Equity to Total Assets ratio (net of intangible assets).

There have been no breaches or events of review for the current or prior period.

25.6 Seasonality

The tourism industry is subject to seasonal fluctuations with peak demand for tourism

attractions and transportation over the summer months. The operating revenue and

profits of the Group’s segments are disclosed in note 1. New Zealand and Australia’s profits

are typically generated over the southern hemisphere summer months and the United

States, Canada and the United Kingdom and Europe’s profits are typically generated over

the northern hemisphere summer months. Due to the seasonal nature of the businesses,

the risk profile at year-end is not representative of all risks faced during the year.

26. Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

The Group enters into interest rate swaps and other derivatives to hedge interest rate risk.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is

entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at the end of each

reporting period. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on

whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of

the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular

risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction

(cash flow hedge).

The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between

hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and

strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its

assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives

that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair

value or cash flows of hedged items.

Movements on the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in note 19. The

full fair value of hedging derivatives is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the

remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset

or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading

derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and

qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the

ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the interest rate

swaps are recognised in interest expense.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the periods when the

hedged item affects profit or loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged

takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps

hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within ‘finance expenses’.

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts

hedging export sales is recognised in profit or loss within ‘sales’. However, when the

forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset

(for example, inventory) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred

in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost

of the asset or liability.

25. Financial risk management (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl90thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the

criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time

remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised

in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. When a forecast transaction is

no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is

immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

20242023

Assets

$000’s

Liabilities

$000’s

Assets

$000’s

Liabilities

$000’s

Forward foreign exchange contracts–105415–

Interest rate swap contracts357–6–

Cash flow hedges - total current portion357105421–

Interest rate swap contracts –

non-current portion

1,269–2,422–

Toal cash flow hedges1,6261052,843–

The ineffective portion recognised in the profit or loss that arises from cash flow hedges is

nil (2023: $93,000 loss) for the financial year.

Interest rate swaps

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at 30 June

2024 were $69,647,000 (2023: $63,309,000).

At 30 June 2024, the fixed interest rates vary from 1.9% to 4.6% (2023: 2.4% to 4.6%).

The liquidity table in note 25 identifies the periods in which the cash flows are expected

to occur.

26. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl91

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
28. Key management personnel and related party disclosures

28.1 Key management personnel

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits8,6666,431

Post-employment benefits261234

Share-based payments benefits795805

Termination benefits282–

Total compensation to key management personnel10,0047,470

Total positions included in key management compensation at 30 June 2024 are 15

(2023: 16). Executive management do not receive any directors’ fees as directors of

subsidiary companies.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Directors’ fees758642

In the 2023 financial year, 16,149 ordinary shares with an issued capital value of $47,000

were issued to Directors in lieu of cash, refer to note 18.

Section F – Other

In this section

This section includes the remaining information relating to thl’s consolidated financial

statements which is required to comply with financial reporting standards.

27. Employee benefits

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave

and long service leave expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the

reporting date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the

liabilities are settled.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Annual leave11,10810,433

Long service leave2,6352,430

Employee benefits6,4716,485

Total employee benefits20,21419,348

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl92thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
28.2 Related party disclosures

Trouchet Family

As a result of the merger with Apollo on 30 November 2022, the Trouchet family hold an

interest of 26,070,109 ordinary shares (2023: 27,910,023) via a number of holding companies

and intermediary trusts. Luke Trouchet is an Executive Director of thl.

The following transactions occurred with the Trouchet family and related entities during

the financial year:

20242023

Revenue

$000’s

Receivables

$000’s

Revenue

(7 months)

$000’s

Receivables

$000’s

Motorhomes sold to Caravans Away Pty Ltd

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

2,0013121,806925

Servicing and repairs sold to Caravans Away

Pty Ltd (Director related entity of L Trouchet)

185444

Administration fees received from

Caravans Away Pty Ltd

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

222–

Administration fees paid RV Boss Pty Ltd

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

222–

20242023

Expenses

$000’s

Payables

$000’s

Expenses

(7 months)

$000’s

Payables

$000’s

Rental expenses paid to KL One Trust

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

1381173–

Rental expenses paid to Eastglo Pty Ltd

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

246–156–

Advertising expenses paid to RV Boss Pty Ltd

(Director related entity of L Trouchet)

831657–

Annual salary paid to A Trouchet inclusive

of superannuation

(A related party of L Trouchet)

44–29–

28. Key management personnel and related party disclosures

(continued)

29. Share-based payments

29.1 Long-term incentive share scheme 2017

In the 2017 financial year, the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based long-term

incentive plan for the Chief Executive and other senior executives under which the Group

receives services from the executives as consideration for Options to purchase ordinary

shares of the Group.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Options is

recognised as an expense in profit or loss in the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income. The total amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the

Options granted. Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are

transferred to share capital on the exercise of the Options or to retained earnings

where they are forfeited.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number

of Options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions.

It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss

in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding

adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.

The terms of the 2017 scheme are contained in a document entitled ‘The Rules of the

Tourism Holdings Long-term Incentive Scheme 2017’:

• Options to purchase ordinary shares are issued to executives by the Board.

• The option price is set based on the volume weighted average price of Tourism

Holdings  Limited ordinary shares over the 20 days leading up to the grant date.

• The options can be exercised at the election of the employee after a minimum

of two years from the grant date. A maximum of one third of the options can be

exercised after two years, two thirds after three years and all options can be

exercised after four years. After six years, the options lapse and there is no further

right to exercise. The exercise price payable by the executive is the option price

plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years, less dividends paid for two years.

• The participants holding options have no interest in the ordinary shares that are the

subject of the options, until the options are exercised and ordinary shares issued.

• Valuation of the options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the

Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to profit or loss in the

consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the life of the scheme/option

with a corresponding credit to the employee share scheme reserve.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl93thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Inputs into the model include expected volatility which is based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price, dividend yield and a risk-free interest rate based on

New Zealand Government bonds. The inputs for measurement of grant date fair value and the number of unvested share options at the financial year end are as follows:

Grant date

Fair value at

grant date

Inputs for measurement of fair value at grant date2024

No. of share

options

unvested

2023

No. of share

options

unvestedIssue price

Expected

volatility

Risk free

interest rate

Exercise price at

balance dateExpiry date

3 April 2018$0.52$6.0821.0%2.90%$7.003 April 2024–586,666

3 April 2019$0.35$4.8121.0%2.33%$5.683 April 2025675,000735,000

1 April 2020$0.35$1.2932.3%1.17%$1.571 April 2026465,001416,668

1 October 2020$0.47$2.0835.0%0.19%$2.491 October 2026–290,000

6 April 2021$0.36$2.3135.0%0.58%$2.796 April 20271,300,0002,075,000

7 April 2022$0.46$2.8332.5%2.48%$3.327 April 20281,157,0001,522,000

10 May 2023$0.84$4.0332.5%4.73%$4.7610 May 20291,395,0001,706,000

20 March 2024$0.67$3.3632.0%5.10%$4.1020 March 20302,619,000–

17 June 2024$0.42$1.8137.6%5.15%$2.2417 June 2030440,000–

8,051,0017,331,334

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options at 30 June 2024 was 4.2 years (2023: 3.9 years).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of the share options exercised during the year ended was $3.59 (2023: $3.37).

The final exercise price payable for the share options granted in 2023 and 2024 will be calculated as the issue price multiplied by a cost of equity adjustment, less dividends paid

in cash since the second anniversary of the grant date.

29. Share-based payments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl94thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29.2 Short-term incentive share scheme 2020

In the 2021 financial year, the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based short-term

retention plan in lieu of the cash based short-term incentive scheme for employees that

are eligible per the terms of their employment.

Under the 2020 Scheme, the Group receives services from employees as consideration for:

(a) Share Options to purchase ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited at a pre-

determined exercise price, and/or

(b) Share Rights that can be exercised for the issue of ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings

Limited, with no exercise price.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Share

Options and Share Rights is recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive

income, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve. The

total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the Share

Options and Share Rights granted. Amounts accumulated in the employee share

scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on the exercise of the Share Options

and Share Rights, or to retained earnings where they are forfeited or not exercised after

the vesting date.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of Share

Options and Share Rights that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting

conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or

loss in the statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to the

employee share scheme reserve.

The terms of the 2020 Scheme are contained in a document entitled the ‘Tourism

Holdings Short-term Incentive Scheme 2020’ (Scheme 2020):

• Share Options to purchase ordinary shares, and Share Rights that can be exercised

for the issue of ordinary shares, are issued to eligible employees by the Board.

• The Share Option price is equal to the volume weighted average price of Tourism

Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the 20 trading days leading up to the date

on which the offer is provided.

• 50% of the Share Options and Share Rights vest 12 months after the grant date, and

the remaining 50% vest 24 months after the grant date. After the Share Options and

Share Rights have vested, they can be exercised by the employee by giving notice to

the Group.

• The Share Rights lapse if not exercised by the employee by the latter of:

(a) sixty (60) days after the applicable vesting date; and

(b) the end of the calendar year in which the vesting date occurred.

The Share Options lapse if not exercised by the employee within six years of the grant date.

• The exercise price payable by the employee for the Share Rights is nil. The exercise price

payable by the employee for the Share Options is the option price.

• The participants holding Share Rights and Share Options have no interest in the

ordinary shares that are the subject of the Share Options or Share Rights, until the

Share Options or Share Rights are exercised and ordinary shares issued.

• A valuation of the Share Options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the

Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to profit or loss in the

statement of comprehensive income over the life of the option with a corresponding

credit to the employee share scheme reserve.

29. Share-based payments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl95thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Share options

Inputs into the model include expected volatility which is based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price, dividend yield and a risk-free interest rate based on

New Zealand Government bonds. The inputs for measurement of grant date fair value and the number of unvested share options at the financial year end are as follows:

Grant date

Fair value at

grant date

Inputs for measurement of fair value at grant date2024

No. of share

options

unvested

2023

No. of share

options

unvestedIssue price

Expected

volatility

Risk free

interest rate

Exercise price at

balance dateExpiry date

5 July 2020$0.59$2.0030.0%0.42%$2.005 July 2026297,466297,466

13 September 2020$0.56$2.0835.0%0.19%$2.0613 September 2026–76,668

5 July 2021$0.57$2.5240.0%4.73%$2.555 July 2027479,603727,500

777,0691,101,634

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options at 30 June 2024 was 2.6 years (2023: 3.7 years).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of the share options exercised during the financial year ended was $3.83 (2023: $3.21).

Share rights

On 5 July 2023, the remaining share rights of 350,763 vested and were converted to ordinary shares.

Grant date

Fair value at

grant date

Inputs for measurement of

fair value at grant date

2024

No. of share

options

unvested

2023

No. of share

options

unvestedIssue priceExpiry date

5 July 2021$2.55$2.555 July 2023–350,763

29. Share-based payments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl96thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29.3 Reconciliation of outstanding share scheme plans

The following table summarises the movement and weighted average exercise prices of the share scheme plans during the financial year.


Share scheme 2017Share scheme 2020

Total share

options

No. of share

options

Weighted

average

exercise

price

No. of share

options

Weighted

average

exercise

price

No. of share

rights

Outstanding and exercisable as at 1 July 20226,686,999$3.051,357,771$2.331,291,2708,044,770

Granted during the financial year1,706,000$4.09––1,706,000

Vested and converted during the financial year(288,332)$1.29(245,029)$2.13(916,781)(533,361)

Forfeited or cancelled during the financial year(773,333)$3.84(11,108)$2.55(23,726)(784,441)

Outstanding and exercisable as at 30 June 20237,331,334$3.281,101,634$2.37350,7638,432,968

Granted during the financial year3,059,000$3.83––3,059,000

Vested and converted during the financial year(491,667)$2.18(292,801)$2.42(350,763)(784,468)

Forfeited or cancelled during the financial year(1,847,666)$4.59(31,764)$2.55–(1,879,430)

Outstanding and exercisable as at 30 June 20248,051,001$3.15777,069$2.34–8,828,070

During the 2024 financial year, 3,059,000 share options were granted at a total fair value of $1,945,000 (2023: $1,428,000).

The share-based payment expense for all share schemes for the 2024 financial year was $693,000 (2023: $1,272,000) which is included in ‘Operating expenses’ in the

consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

29. Share-based payments (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl97thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30. Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows

30.1 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

In accordance with NZ IAS 7 the Group classifies cash flows from the sale and purchase

of rental assets as operating cash flows. Where the timing of receipts and payments is of

a short-term nature, the cash flows are presented on a net basis.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Profit for the financial year39,37649,858

Non-cash items

Depreciation and amortisation

95,77469,606

Impairment of goodwill and brands12,481–

Net loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment239(10,429)

Net fair value gain on other financial assets and liabilities(630)(5,106)

Share of profit from associates–(812)

Share-based payments expense6931,226

Impairment expense on financial assets76091

Non-cash directors' remuneration–49

Total non-cash items109,31754,625

Reclassification of cashflows associated with rental assets

Net book value of rental assets sold

143,911124,130

Purchase of rental assets(345,121)(312,082)

Total cash flows associated with rental assets(201,210)(187,952)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in trade and other receivables

(6,814)(14,119)

Increase in inventories(32,859)(20,945)

Increase in trade and other payables15,0026,985

Increase/(decrease) in revenue in advance(6,831)25,270

Increase/(decrease) in current tax(2,918)16,705

Movement in deferred taxation(9,006)5,085

Increase in provisions3013,061

Total movement in operating assets and liabilities(43,125)22,042

Net cash flows used in operating activities(95,642)(61,427)

30.2 Net debt reconciliation

This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in the net debt.

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings, short-term(117,157)(111,225)

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings, long-term(385,515)(250,715)

Lease liabilities, short-term(20,579)(20,703)

Lease liabilities, long-term(126,909)(139,226)

Gross debt(650,160)(521,869)

Cash and cash equivalents56,78576,794

Net debt(593,375)(445,075)

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, cheques, deposits held at call with

financial institutions and bank overdrafts.

There is no restricted cash as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl98thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30.3 Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Interest-

bearing

loans and

borrowings

$000’s

Lease

liabilities

$000’s

Gross debt

$000’s

Balance as at 1 July 202297,29882,619179,917

Cash flows

Proceeds

417,741–417,741

Repayments(400,873)(21,938)(422,811)

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange movements

9,64442110,065

Apollo and Just go step acquisition238,13040,356278,486

Issues and modification of lease liabilities–58,47158,471

Balance as at 30 June 2023361,940159,929521,869

Cash flows

Proceeds

733,317–733,317

Repayments(593,934)(25,304)(619,238)

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange movements

1,349–1,349

Camperagent acquisition–3,3373,337

Issues and modifications of lease liabilities–9,5269,526

Balance as at 30 June 2024502,672147,488650,160

31. Auditor’s remuneration

2024

$000’s

2023

$000’s

Ernst & Young New Zealand

Audit and review of financial statements

(1)

1,195–

Other assurance-related services

(2)

63–

Other engagements

(3)

7–

1,265–

Hillier Hopkins LLP

Audit and review of financial statements

(4)

7738

Tax compliance23–

Other engagements10–

11038

PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand

Audit and review of financial statements

(1)

–1,093

Agreed upon procedures

(5)

–32

–1,125

BDO Audit Pty Ltd and network firms

(6)

Audit and review of financial statements–454

Tax compliance–5

Agreed upon procedures–44

–503

Total auditors’ remuneration1,3751,666

(1) The fee includes fees for the annual audit of the consolidated financial statements and review of the interim

financial statements of thl.

(2) Other assurance-related services relate to reasonable and limited assurance over thl’s greenhouse gas

emissions inventory.

(3) Other engagements relate to the provision of remuneration market survey data.

(4) The fees incurred for Hillier Hopkins LLP are for the audit and review of the Group’s controlled entities in

United Kingdom/Europe.

(5) Agreed upon procedures in 2023 are in relation to financial information of Tourism Holdings USA, Inc. for the

purpose of reporting to one of the Group’s financiers and the compliance with banking covenants.

(6) The fees incurred for BDO Audit Pty Ltd and its network firms are for the audit and review of the Group’s Apollo

controlled entities in Australia, New Zealand and Canada. Agreed upon procedures in 2023 are in relation to the

acquisition opening balance review of the Apollo values at 30 November 2022.

30. Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl99thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
32. Contingencies

As at 30 June 2024 the Group has bank guarantees of $3.6 million in place (2023: $4.1 million).

Predominantly these are in lieu of bonds paid relating to leased assets.

33. Subsequent events

On 15 August 2024, the Group completed a refinancing of the multi-currency

syndicated bank facilities. The new agreement increased total committed facilities

from NZD 250 million equivalent at 30 June 2024 to NZD 475 million equivalent.

In addition to Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited and

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (London Branch), ASB Bank Limited

and Royal Bank of Canada were added to the banking syndicate. The facilities include

NZD 190 million equivalent two-year, NZD 152 million equivalent three-year and

NZD 133 million equivalent four-year tranches, maturing in August 2026, August 2027

and August 2028 respectively.

On 26 August 2024, the Directors approved a fully imputed, unfranked final dividend

of 5.0 cents per share payable on 4 October 2024.

There are no other events after the reporting period which materially affect the

information within the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl100

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

For the financial year ended 30 June 2024

Independent Auditor’s Report
Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of

Tourism Holdings Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Tourism Holdings Limited (the “Company”)

and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 49 to 100, which comprise the

consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, and the

consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes

in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,

and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material accounting

policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 49 to 100 present fairly, in

all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024

and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

and International Financial Reporting Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been

undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are

required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest

extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than

the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this

report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1

International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International

Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and

Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in

accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our opinion.

Ernst & Young provides other assurance related services and provision of remuneration

market survey data to the Group. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the

Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of

the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most

significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These

matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a

separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our

audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the

audit of the financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to

these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to

respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial

statements. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to

address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying

consolidated financial statements.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl101thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives impairment assessment

Why significantHow our audit addressed the key audit matter

The Group holds goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (“intangibles”)

of $160 million at 30 June 2024. An impairment loss of $12.4 million has been recognised

during the year ended 30 June 2024.

The recoverable amount of the Group’s Cash Generating Units (“CGUs”) is determined

each reporting period by reference to value in use assessments prepared using

discounted cash flow models (“DCF models”). DCF models contain significant judgement

and estimation in respect of future cash flow forecasts, discount rate and terminal

growth rate assumptions. Changes in certain assumptions can lead to significant

changes in the assessment of the recoverable amount.

Disclosures regarding the Group’s key assumptions adopted and the sensitivity to

reasonably possible changes in key assumptions which could result in impairment are

included in note 14 of the financial statements.

Disclosures regarding the Group’s impairment recognised are included in note 14 of the

financial statements.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence, we:

• understood the Group’s goodwill and intangibles impairment assessment process and

identified relevant controls;

• assessed the Group’s determination of CGUs based on our understanding of the nature

of the Group’s businesses;

• obtained the Group’s DCF models and agreed earnings forecasts to the Board

approved FY25 budget;

• assessed key inputs to the DCF models including future cash flow forecasts, discount

rates and terminal growth rates;

• involved our internal valuation specialists to assess the Group’s discount and terminal

growth rates. Our valuation specialists were also involved in benchmarking the Group’s

assessed recoverable values with relevant market multiples and assessing the logical

integrity of the DCF models;

• performed sensitivity analysis in relation to the discount rate, terminal growth rate and

forecast cash flows to consider the potential impact of changes in these assumptions;

• for the CGU where goodwill and intangibles were determined to be impaired and an

impairment recognised, we assessed the output of the DCF models against the

carrying value of the CGU to assess the calculation of the impairment recognised;

• considered the adequacy of the associated disclosures in the financial statements,

particularly focusing on the disclosure of the CGUs where the impairment assessment

is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions and the disclosure related

to the CGU where an impairment has been recognised.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl102thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the annual report, which includes

information other than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information

and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility

is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information

is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge

obtained during the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material

misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have

nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair

presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial

Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary

to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for

assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,

disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern

basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated

financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud

or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is

a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect a material

misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected

to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated

financial statements.

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial

statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/

standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/.

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is

Simon O’Connor.

Chartered Accountants

Auckland

27 August 2024

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl103thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Governance
42°21’ N — 120°48’ W

Corporate Governance 105

Remuneration 117

Board of Directors 128

Corporate Information 130

Global Footprint 131

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl104

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance
Tourism Holdings Limited (‘thl’) operates under a set of corporate

governance principles designed to see that thl is effectively

managed. The Board is committed to the continued development

of thl’s corporate governance practices by reviewing and developing

its corporate governance policies and monitoring developments to

keep abreast of corporate governance best practice.

thl’s corporate governance framework includes:


The constitution of thl, which describes the ‘rules’ under which the Company operates,

including share issuances and other share transactions, distributions, shareholder

meetings, Director appointment, remuneration and powers, and the conduct of

Board and shareholder meetings.


The Board Charter and sub-committee charters, which set out the roles and

responsibilities of the Directors.


The Code of Ethics, which outlines the standards of ethical behaviour expected of

Directors, staff and contractors.


The Market Disclosure Policy, which outlines the policy around disclosure of company

information, including the commitment to compliance with continuous disclosure

requirements.


The Securities Trading Policy, which outlines policy and guidelines around trading

in thl securities by Directors, officers and staff.


The Diversity Policy, which outlines the commitment to diversity in Board, Executive

and staff appointments.


The Delegated Authority Policy, which outlines the delegation of authority by the Board

to management, and the authorisation levels at which Board approval is required.

thl’s governance practices have been reviewed against the recommendations of the NZX

Corporate Governance Code, dated 1 April 2023 (‘Code’). The Board considers that the thl

governance framework and practices for the year ended 30 June 2024 are in compliance

with the recommendations of the Code. The information in this Governance Report is

current as at 26 August 2024 and has been approved by the thl Board.

thl’s corporate governance policies and charters are available on its website at

www.thlonline.com.

Principle 1 – Ethical standards

“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and

hold management accountable for these standards being followed throughout

the organisation.”

thl is committed to being a good corporate citizen. The Company expects Directors,

employees and contractors to practise high ethical standards in the performance of their

duties, to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, cooperate with all regulatory

bodies and Government agencies, and use Company assets and resources only for the

legitimate and ethical achievement of its objectives.

thl has adopted a Code of Ethics which applies to all Directors, employees and contractors

of thl to see that it maintains high ethical standards and reinforces thl’s commitment

to the community. The Code of Ethics addresses the areas of ethical business practices,

insider trading, conflicts of interest and use of Company property, amongst other matters.

The thl Code of Ethics is available at www.thlonline.com. thl undertakes annual ethics

training for leaders in the business with the most recent round completed in August 2023.

Securities Trading Policy

thl has in place a formal Securities Trading Policy and guidelines which applies to all Directors,

officers and employees of thl and its subsidiaries who intend to trade in thl listed securities.

All individuals defined as “restricted persons” under that policy must notify thl of their

intention to trade and obtain approval from the Board before trading in thl’s shares.

No trading in shares is permitted in ‘blackout periods’ from 1 June each year until 48 hours

after the release of the full year results and from 1 December each year until 48 hours

after the release of the half year results, except in exceptional circumstances.

Trading is permitted outside the blackout periods, provided the restricted person confirms

that they do not hold any material information and that they are not aware of any reason

that would prohibit them from trading. Any trading must be completed within 10 trading

days of approval being given. Restricted persons are defined in the policy as:


all Directors;


the Chief Executive Officer (CEO); all members of the senior management team (being

the C-suite executives, General Managers and equivalent roles) and their direct reports;


the administrative staff of the senior management team;


all employees in the finance department;


trusts and companies controlled by such persons;


anyone notified by the CFO from time to time; and


anyone participating in the Long-Term Incentive Scheme.

The thl Securities Trading Policy is available at www.thlonline.com.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl105thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

Principle 2 – Board composition and performance
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills,

knowledge, experience and perspectives.”

Board skills and expertise

thl’s Board is comprised of Directors who have a mix of skills, knowledge, experience

and diversity to adequately meet and discharge its responsibilities and to add value to

the Company through efficient and effective governance and leadership. The current

Directors have a varied and balanced mix of skills, including extensive operational

experience, knowledge of the tourism industry, as well as extensive experience in

capital markets, growth and global transactions.

The Board skills matrix table outlines the key skills that are considered most relevant

to effectively fulfilling the Board’s current objectives.

Capability

Number of Directors

Highly

CompetentCompetentAware

Public company corporate governance experience530

Financial and audit oversight including expertise in

treasury, funding & debt management

440

Legal and regulatory expertise143

RV and/or tourism experience440

Risk management experience440

HR/People leadership including executive remuneration350

Experience in development, innovation and execution of

growth and change strategies

440

Investment banking, capital markets and M&A

transaction experience

431

Experience in managing/governing operations across

multiple countries

530

Business leadership experience in international markets

where thl operates

224

C-suite executive level experience431

Health and safety governance/management experience260

Experience in managing/governing ESG/sustainability

frameworks

071

Digital transformation experience044

Customer service experience260

Within the table above, ‘Highly Competent’ reflects extensive experience, including

serving as a key resource and advising others. Competent reflects a complete

understanding and experience in practical application, and Aware reflects a

fundamental understanding and knowledge of an area.

Individual Director profiles are set out in the Board of Directors section.

Roles and Responsibilities of the Board

The Board is committed to managing thl in an ethical and professional manner, and in

the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. thl has a Board Charter, available

on its website, which amongst other matters sets out the specific responsibilities of the

Board, including the following:


Oversight of thl, including its control and accountability procedures and systems;


Appointment, performance and removal of the Chief Executive Officer;


Confirmation of the appointment and removal of the senior executives (being the

C-Suite executives, General Managers and equivalent roles);


Setting the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,

approval of the remuneration of the senior executives, and the adoption of thl’s

remuneration policy;


Overseeing the development, adoption and communication of the corporate strategy

and objectives and oversight of the adequacy of thl’s resources required to achieve the

strategic objectives;


Approval of and monitoring of actual results against the annual business plan and

budget (including the capital expenditure plan);


Approval and monitoring of the progress of capital expenditures, capital management

initiatives, and acquisitions and divestments;


Overseeing accounting and reporting systems and thl’s compliance with its continuous

disclosure obligations;


Approval of the annual and half-year financial statements;


Setting measurable objectives for achieving diversity with the organisation; and


Seeing that thl has in place the appropriate protocols to be followed in the case of

a takeover.

Management is responsible for implementing the strategic objectives set by the Board.

The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities (including a Delegated

Authorities Policy) clearly defining responsibilities delegated to management and

those retained by the Board. The Delegated Authorities Policy is approved by the

Board and is subject to annual review by the Board.

Board performance evaluation and training

On an annual basis the Chair conducts a review of Board performance. A review using

an independent external facilitator is conducted every second year. Board Committees

review performance against their Charters on an annual basis. The Remuneration and

Nomination Committee is responsible for seeing that Directors remain up to date with

relevant training.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl106thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Director appointment and nomination
The policy for appointment and retirement of Directors is contained within thl’s

constitution and Board Charter. In accordance with the NZX Listing Rules, Directors

must not hold office (without re-election) past the third Annual Meeting following their

appointment or three years, whichever is longer. There are no Directors that are required

to retire at the upcoming 2024 Annual Meeting.

The process for the nomination of Directors is set out in the Remuneration and

Nomination Committee Charter. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is

responsible for identifying and assessing the necessary and desirable competencies

and characteristics for Board membership and maintaining a skills matrix setting out

the mix of skills and diversity that the Board currently has or is looking to achieve in

its membership.

thl has entered into a written agreement with each of its Directors setting out the terms

of their appointment. thl’s terms of appointment for Directors is set out at Schedule 1

of the thl Board Charter.

The thl Board Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.

Director independence

The criteria to determine whether Directors are independent is set out in the Board

Charter which includes the factors set out in the NZX Corporate Governance Code (as

required by the NZX Listing Rules). All the Directors holding office on 30 June 2024, with

the exception of Executive Directors Grant Webster and Luke Trouchet, are considered to

be independent. Directors are required to inform the Board of any relevant information

that may impact independence. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee

reviews the independence of Directors on behalf of the Board.

Board Diversity Policy

The thl Diversity Policy endorses and supports diversity in Board, Executive and staff

appointments, encompassing differences including but not limited to gender, ethnicity,

race, marital status, sexual orientation, age, employment status, religious belief, ethical

belief or political opinion. When making appointments, the Board and management are

committed to considering diversity as well as the mix of skills and experience needed

to expand the perspective and capability of the Board and the management team

as a whole.

The thl Diversity Policy is available at www.thlonline.com. It requires the Board to consider

the diversity position of thl annually and whether to set any measurable objectives,

which may be numerical and non-numerical. Information regarding thl’s current female

representation and Board approved gender objectives can be found on page 41. Diversity

is considered in several thl future-fit goals within our Thrive sustainability programme

which aims to support our crew, building a healthy culture and cultural capability across

thl globally.

The Board considers that it currently has the appropriate mix of skills, experience

and diversity to fulfil its responsibilities under the NZX Listing Rules and the thl

Diversity Policy.

Principle 3 – Board Committees

“The Board should use Committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key

areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”

There are four standing Committees described below, each of which operates under

a written charter. The performance of the standing Committees is reviewed annually

against the Charters.

Each Committee is authorised to deal with matters as set out in its Charter or falling within

its mandate. Where the Board has delegated decision-making authority to a Committee,

that Committee is entitled to make decisions on such matters, otherwise the Committee

is to submit recommendations to the Board for consideration. From time to time, the

Board delegates specific matters to the appropriate Committee in order to ensure that a

detailed review and analysis is undertaken. The Committee then reports back to the Board

regarding their findings and recommendations.

The Audit and Risk Committee

The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors of the

Board, a majority of whom must be Independent Directors. The Chair of the Audit and Risk

Committee must not be the Chair of the Board and must be an independent Director.

The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year. The Audit and Risk

Committee has oversight of and assists the Board to fulfil its responsibilities in the areas of

financial reporting, financial risk management and controls, audit functions and enterprise

risk management. thl employees are able to attend Audit and Risk Committee meetings

from time to time by invitation from the Committee.

The Audit and Risk Committee oversees thl’s internal audit work programme based on

thl’s risk management framework. An internal audit work plan is developed each year,

with internal audit assignments completed by the internal finance function, with external

support as required.

The current composition of the Audit and Risk Committee is Rob Hamilton (Chair),

Cathy Quinn, Robert Baker and Sophie Mitchell.

The thl Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-

Executive Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be independent Directors.

The Committee meets a minimum of two times each year. The Remuneration and

Nomination Committee supports the Board on matters relating to people and

remuneration. It assesses the role and responsibilities, composition, training and

membership requirements and remuneration for the Board, including recommendations

for the appointment and removal of Directors.

The current composition of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee is Sophie

Mitchell (Chair), Cathy Quinn, Grainne Troute and Rob Hamilton. Management may attend

meetings of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee by invitation only.

The thl Remuneration and Nomination Committee Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl107thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee
The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is comprised of at least two Non-

Executive Directors of the Board. The current composition of the Health, Safety and

Sustainability Committee is Rob Baker (Chair, appointed August 2024), Gráinne Troute,

Cathy Quinn and Debbie Birch (Chair to August 2024).

The Committee supports the Board and management on sustainability policies and

practices and employee health, safety and wellbeing matters. The Committee meets

a minimum of three times each year, as required.

The thl Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee Charter is available at

www.thlonline.com.

Market Disclosure Committee

The Market Disclosure Committee is comprised of Cathy Quinn (Chair), Rob Hamilton

and Sophie Mitchell. Also in attendance are Grant Webster (Chief Executive Officer) and

Cameron Mathewson (Chief Financial Officer). The Committee monitors compliance

with the Group’s Market Disclosure Policy which covers compliance with NZX Listing

Rules, ASX Listing Rules (to the extent applicable), the Companies Act 1993, the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013 and other guidelines issued by the Financial Markets Authority

and the NZX.

The Committee meets if required outside of normal Board meetings to approve

market disclosures.

The thl Market Disclosure Policy, which also sets out the roles and responsibilities of

the Market Disclosure Committee, is available at www.thlonline.com.

Other Committees

The thl Board establishes other temporary Committees from time to time when required

for a specific purpose. This includes Committees for the governance of capital raising

processes or for the progression of acquisition opportunities. Membership of these

Committees is assessed on a case-by-case basis.

Takeover protocols

thl has a written protocol that describes the process to be followed in the event

of a takeover offer. The protocol includes the appointment of a sub-Committee

of independent Directors.

Principle 4 – Reporting and disclosure

“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the

timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”

The Board is committed to seeing that shareholders and the market are provided with

complete and timely information about the activities of the business to allow proper

accountability between thl and shareholders, employees and other stakeholders. The

Board has overall responsibility for the integrity of thl’s reporting and disclosure.

Continuous disclosure

thl’s obligations under the NZX Listing Rules require it to advise the market about any

material events promptly and without delay once the Company becomes aware of

such information. As an entity with a foreign exempt listing on ASX, such information

is also required to be released to ASX when released to NZX. The Board has in place a

Market Disclosure Policy to see that the Company is able to comply with its continuous

disclosure obligations.

The Market Disclosure Policy contains a procedure for the escalation of potential

material information to the Market Disclosure Committee, in order to allow the

Committee to determine whether the information is material and whether an

announcement is required. The Market Disclosure Policy is provided to all thl staff and

is also available on www.thlonline.com. Additionally, thl provides training regarding its

continuous disclosure obligations to all staff, sends annual reminders of thl’s Market

Disclosure Policy and information escalation procedures, and monitors compliance on

an ongoing basis.

Financial reporting

The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible to the thl Board in relation to financial

reporting. It reviews the interim and annual financial statements and reports to the Board

regarding compliance with relevant laws and recognised accounting policies. It is also

responsible for seeing that thl retains accurate financial and accounting records, and

that all financial reporting is done in an accurate and timely manner.

Non-financial reporting

thl has adopted the internationally recognised International Integrated Reporting <IR>

Framework so that its disclosure of non-financial reporting is balanced, transparent,

connected to the financial, social and environmental performance, and easily comparable

to other companies.

The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for thl’s Climate-Related Disclosures. The Audit

& Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, oversees the preparation process including the

engagement of assurance providers, and is responsible for seeing that the disclosures

comply with the relevant regulations and standards. The thl Board approves the final set

of disclosures.

thl’s FY24 reporting of its carbon footprint and Climate-Related Disclosures are shared

in a separate Climate Statements report, to be published on www.thlonline.com and

www.thlsustainability.com by 31st October 2024.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl108thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Principle 5 – Remuneration
“The remuneration of Directors and Executives should be transparent,

fair and reasonable.”

thl is committed to a fair approach to remuneration which seeks alignment between

remuneration levels and business needs. A clear set of boundaries and process to guide

thl’s philosophy for remuneration has been set by the Remuneration and Nomination

Committee in the thl Remuneration Policy.

This year thl has introduced its first Remuneration Report, which is available on page 117

of this Integrated Annual Report.

thl also has a Remuneration Policy which is available on thl’s website at

www.thlonline.com.

Principle 6 – Risk management

“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the

issuer and how to manage them. The Board should regularly verify that the issuer has

appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”

thl maintains an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework for the identification,

assessment, monitoring and management of material risks to thl’s business. The thl Board

has ultimate responsibility for reviewing thl’s risk management framework, however

the ongoing oversight is delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee, who reports

to the Board in respect of potential issues or risks that require further consideration and

response.

Enterprise risk management

A responsibility of the Audit and Risk Committee is to consider, assess and respond to

enterprise risks to thl’s business. This includes oversight and management of thl’s risk

register and risk contingency plans. thl management maintains the material risk register

and reports to the Audit and Risk Committee regularly on such risks. The Audit and Risk

Committee conducts a detailed review of all thl risks on a twice-yearly basis.

Management monitors risks on an ongoing basis to identify any new risks as well as

any potential changes to the threat posed to thl’s business from previously identified

risks. Further information regarding the key material risks to thl can be found from

pages 42-46 of this report.

Financial risk management

The Audit and Risk Committee is also responsible for seeing that thl has appropriate

control and systems in place to manage any financial risks and to protect thl’s assets.

This involves reviewing thl’s risk management system, business policies and practices

and internal control framework. The Committee is also responsible for seeing that

thl maintains insurance coverage that protects earnings from potential adverse

circumstances.

Health and safety

The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is responsible for monitoring matters

relating to occupational health and safety, and physical and mental wellbeing of thl staff,

and reports to the Board on such matters.

The Committee works with Management to identify and maintain a register of workplace

hazards, and to see that thl has in place and appropriately documents its health and safety

policies and procedures.

thl Management report to the Board on any health and safety incidents, including

implementation of responses to prevent further incidents, on a regular basis.

thl Management report to the Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee on progress on

its global ‘future-fit’ sustainability programme including Climate and Carbon and on the

23 goals of the Future-Fit Business Benchmark.

Principle 7 – Auditors

“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”

The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for recommending the appointment and

removal of external auditors, ensuring their independence and regularly monitoring and

reviewing both internal and external audit practices. The Committee closely monitors thl’s

relationship with the external auditor, including:


The rotation of the external auditor or lead partner and peer review partner at least

every five years;


Obtaining confirmation of the auditor’s independence in writing;


Monitoring and approving any other services provided by the external auditor to thl

other than in its audit role; and


monitoring total non-audit fees.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the types of services which the external

auditor is prohibited from providing to thl in order to ensure that their ability to provide

audit services is not impaired and that they remain independent.

thl’s current external auditor is EY New Zealand. Following a formal request for proposal

process that was overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee, EY was appointed as thl’s

new external auditor in October 2023. In accordance with thl’s Board Charter, EY New

Zealand will attend the 2024 Annual Meeting and be available to answer questions about

the conduct of its audit and the preparation and content of its audit report.

Throughout the year, there is ongoing dialogue between the Audit and Risk Committee,

management and EY in their role as external auditors. Additionally, EY regularly attend

meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee at the invitation of that Committee and have

direct engagement with that Committee without management presence, as appropriate.

thl has an internal audit function which is based on an annual plan prepared

by management, reflecting thl’s risk management framework. The Audit and Risk

Committee receives and reviews reports from the internal audit team, and is responsible

for seeing that recommendations, actions and timelines for internal audits are agreed and

undertaken with management.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl109thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Principle 8 – Shareholder rights and relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive

relationships with shareholders that encourage them to engage with the issuer.”

Access to information

The Board aims to ensure that shareholders are able to access up-to-date information

regarding thl’s business and ongoing developments in an easy-to-access format.

thl makes available on its website a description of each of its businesses, historical

interim and annual reports and other shareholder communications, and key corporate

governance documents as required by the Code.

Shareholders have the option to receive communications from thl electronically by

electing to do so with thl’s share registrar, MUFG Market Services (formerly Link Market

Services). thl encourages all shareholders to opt in to receiving electronic communications

where practical to reduce waste.

A brief biography of each of thl’s Directors and key members of the Executive team is

available on thl’s website.

Annual Meetings

The Board encourages all shareholders and stakeholders to attend its Annual Meetings.

It aims for all Annual Meetings to be attended by all Directors as well as the CEO, the CFO

and the Company Secretary, and to ensure that they are available for questions from

shareholders. Notice of the Annual Meeting is communicated to shareholders (including

by being posted on thl’s website) as soon as possible, with at least 20 working days prior

notice being given in accordance with the NZX Corporate Governance Code.

The 2023 Annual Meeting was held as a hybrid meeting, with all shareholders being

able to either attend physically or via live-stream and submit questions online. Where

an Annual Meeting is held physically, thl also provides the option to live-stream the

Annual Meeting for those shareholders that are unable to attend in person. Shareholders

attending via the live-stream have the ability to submit questions online. A recording of

each Annual Meeting is subsequently made available on the thl website.

Board composition

thl’s constitution allows no less than three and up to 10 Directors. As at 30 June 2024, the

Board of Directors comprised eight Directors, being six Non-Executive Directors, and two

Executive Directors.

DirectorRolesDirector SinceIndependence

Cathy QuinnBoard Chair, Member Health, Safety

and Sustainability Committee, Member

Audit and Risk Committee, Chair

Market Disclosure Committee, Member

Remuneration and Nomination

Committee

September 2017Independent

Director

Rob BakerMember Audit and Risk Committee,

Member Health, Safety and Sustainability

Committee (appointed Chair in

August 2024)

November 2022Independent

Director

Debbie BirchChair Health, Safety and Sustainability

Committee (to August 2024)

September 2016Independent

Director

Rob HamiltonChair Audit and Risk Committee,

Member Remuneration and Nomination

Committee, Member Market Disclosure

Committee

February 2019Independent

Director

Sophie MitchellChair Remuneration and Nomination

Committee, Member Audit and Risk

Committee, Member Market Disclosure

Committee

November 2022Independent

Director

Luke TrouchetExecutive DirectorNovember 2022Executive

Director

Grainne TrouteMember Remuneration and Nomination

Committee, Member Health, Safety and

Sustainability Committee

February 2015Independent

Director

Grant WebsterChief Executive Officer and Managing

Director

November 2022Executive

Director

Debbie Birch has given notice of her resignation as a Director of the Board, effective from

30 September 2024. Rob Baker replaced Debbie Birch as the Chair of the Health, Safety

and Sustainability Committee in August 2024.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl110thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Table of Board attendance
DirectorBoard

Audit

and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

and

Nomination

Committee

Health,

Safety and

Sustainability

Committee

Disclosure

Committee

Cathy Quinn137642

Rob Baker138340

Debbie Birch114240

Rob Hamilton138632

Sophie Mitchell138632

Luke Trouchet135230

Grainne Troute125540

Grant Webster127632

Total meetings held138642

Note: Cells in orange identify Director membership in a Committee.

Director and Officer gender composition

As at 30 June 2024, being the balance date, thl’s Director and Officer gender composition

was as follows:

20242023

MaleFemale

Gender

DiverseMaleFemale

Gender

Diverse

Directors4 (50%)4 (50%)0 (0%)4 (50%)4 (50%)0 (0%)

Officers

1

9 (75%)3 (25%)0 (0%)10 (77%)3 (23%)0 (0%)

Executive team

2

10 (67%)5 (33%)0 (0%)11 (69%)5 (31%)0 (0%)

1 As per the definition for “Officers” in the NZX Listing Rules.

2 The thl Executive team are thl’s C-suite leaders, as detailed on www.thlonline.com/about/executiveteam.

Use of company information

No disclosures were made of information disclosures under s145(2) and s145(3) of the

Companies Act 1993.

Directors’ shareholdings

As at 30 June 2024, Directors had relevant interests in ordinary shares in thl as set out

below. There is no requirement for thl Directors to own shares in thl.

DirectorInterestShares

Cathy QuinnBeneficial54,835

Rob BakerLegal and beneficial41,635

Debbie BirchN/A0

Rob HamiltonLegal and beneficial58,483

Sophie MitchellBeneficial73,032

Luke Trouchet

1

Beneficial26,070,109

Grainne TrouteLegal and beneficial99,080

Grant Webster

1

Legal and beneficial2,638,106

1 Refer to the Remuneration Report for details of various convertible securities owned by each of Grant Webster and

Luke Trouchet.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl111thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Directors’ share dealings
Details of the Directors’ acquisitions and disposals of relevant interests during the

financial year ending 30 June 2024 in the ordinary equity securities issued by the

Company are as follows:

Director

Nature of relevant

interest

Date of

transaction

Number of

securities

acquired/

(disposed)Consideration

Cathy QuinnBeneficial owner5 April 2024793Acquired 793 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.068 per share.

Beneficial owner29 September

2023

2,169Acquired 2,169 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.587 per share.

Debbie BirchLegal and

beneficial owner

27 February

2024

(44,062)On-market sale of 44,062

Ordinary Shares at $3.39

per share.

Rob BakerLegal and

beneficial owner

5 April 2024303Acquired 303 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.068 per share.

Legal and

beneficial owner

29 September

2023

846Acquired 846 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.587 per share.

Rob HamiltonLegal and

beneficial owner

5 April 2024787Acquired 787 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.068 per share.

Legal and

beneficial owner

29 September

2023

2,160Acquired 2,160 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.587 per share.

Sophie

Mitchell

No acquisitions or disposals during the financial year

Director

Nature of relevant

interest

Date of

transaction

Number of

securities

acquired/

(disposed)Consideration

Luke TrouchetBeneficial owner5 April 20243,208Acquired 3,208 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.068 per share.

Beneficial owner20 March 20241,500,000On-market sale of

1,500,000 Ordinary Shares

at $3.10 per share.

Beneficial owner20 March 2024351,900On-market sale of 351,900

Ordinary Shares at $3.11 per

share.

Beneficial owner29 September

2023

8,778Acquired 8,778 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.587 per share.

Grainne TrouteLegal and

beneficial owner

5 April 20241,333Acquired 1,333 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.068 per share.

Legal and

beneficial owner

29 September

2023

1,914Acquired 1,914 Ordinary

Shares pursuant to thl’s

Dividend Reinvestment

Plan at $3.587 per share.

Grant WebsterBeneficial owner6 September

2023

165,000Acquired 165,000 Ordinary

Shares upon exercise of

165,000 Options at $1.57

per Option.

Beneficial owner7 July 202326,588Acquired 26,588 Ordinary

Shares upon conversion

of vesting of 26,588 Share

Rights.

The relevant interests in the above shares are as disclosed in the Directors’ shareholdings

section.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl112thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Substantial product holders
The following information is provided in compliance with section 293 of the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013 and records Substantial Product Holder notices received as

at 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024, the total number of voting securities on issue was

218,224,409.

Shareholder

Number of

Ordinary Shares

in which a

relevant interest

was heldPercentage %

Trouchet Shareholders26,066,90111.94%

Accident Compensation Corporation19,442,4078.91%

Tourism Holdings Limited

1

15,480,0127.09%

ANZ New Zealand Investments Limited,

ANZ Bank New Zealand and ANZ Custodial Services

New Zealand Limited

11,567,3865.30%

1 Tourism Holdings Limited’s relevant interest relates to certain Ordinary Shares held by the Trouchet Shareholders, for

which thl has the power to prevent a sale pursuant to Escrow Deeds entered into with the Trouchet Shareholders.

Spread of shareholders

The ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited are listed on the NZX Main Board and the

Official List of the ASX under a foreign exempt listing.

As at 30 June 2024 the total number of voting securities on issue was 218,224,409.

Size of Holdings

Number of

Holders

Number of Shares

Held

% of Total Issued

Shares

1 – 1,0002,3061,131,7710.52%

1,001 – 5,0003,4138,888,7664.07%

5,001 – 10,0001,0607,636,5613.50%

10,001 – 50,00087816,889,6997.74%

50,001 – 100,000886,050,8092.77%

100,001 and over90177,626,80381.40%

Total7,835218,224,409100.00%

The above shows the spread of shareholders as at 30 June 2024. The shareholding of

New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been reallocated to the

applicable members of NZCSD.

Twenty largest shareholders

As at 30 June 2024

Number of

Ordinary

Shares

% of

Total Issued

Shares

1Barmil Enterprises Pty Ltd

1

25,653,53911.76%

2HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited23,886,30710.95%

3Accident Compensation Corporation20,222,2359.27%

4Premier Nominees Limited10,026,6084.59%

5Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited8,429,3923.86%

6FNZ Custodians Limited7,802,3093.58%

7Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited5,911,7112.71%

8New Zealand Depository Nominee5,784,9702.65%

9Hantec Securities Company Limited5,145,5832.36%

10New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited4,891,5882.24%

11Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd4,851,6022.22%

12Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited4,834,0122.22%

13Tea Custodians Limited4,464,5682.05%

14Custodial Services Limited3,541,3671.62%

15J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited3,457,0561.58%

16Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited3,260,8701.49%

17JPMORGAN Chase Bank2,287,2181.05%

18Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited2,246,9351.03%

19Grant Gareth Webster & Stephen David Webster

2

2,246,5181.03%

20Mirrabooka Investments Limited2,111,0880.97%

Total151,055,47669.22%

1 Holding beneficially owned by Luke Trouchet. Refer to Directors’ shareholdings section.

2 Holding beneficially owned by Grant Webster. Refer to Directors’ shareholdings section.

The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been

reallocated to the applicable members of NZCSD.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl113thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

General notice of Directors’ interest
Directors have made general disclosures of interests in accordance with s140(2) of the

Companies Act. Current interests as at 30 June 2024, and those which ceased during the

year, are tabulated below. New disclosures advised during FY24 are italicised.

Cathy QuinnFertility Associates Holdings LimitedChair

Fletcher Building Industries LimitedDirector

Fletcher Building LimitedDirector

Fonterra Co-operative Group LimitedDirector

MinterEllisonRuddWattsConsultant

Rangatira LimitedDirector

University of AucklandPro-Chancellor

Robert BakerFlight Centre Travel Group LimitedDirector

Gathid LimitedChair

Goodman Private Wealth LtdDirector

Robert is a retired partner of PwC Australia and receives an annual post-

retirement payment in accordance with the Partnership Agreement he was

party to. PwC Australia is a separate entity to PwC New Zealand, who were

previously engaged as thl’s external auditor. Robert has no past or present

relationship with PwC New Zealand

Debbie BirchBirch & Associates LimitedDirector

Eastland Generation Group Director

Eastland Group LimitedDirector

Eastland Port LimitedDirector

Gisborne Airport LimitedDirector

Hawkes Bay Regional Investment

Company Limited

Director – interest advised

July 2023

Human Rights Measurement Initiative

Charitable Trust

Trustee – resignation

advised February 2024

Miraka Limited (and subsidiaries)Director

NZTE AIP Advisory PanelMember – resignation

advised February 2024

Raukawa ki te Tonga AHC LimitedChair – resignation advised

February 2024

Taupo Moana Investments LimitedChair – resignation advised

August 2023

Te Puia Tapapa GP LimitedDirector

Tuaropaki TrustTrustee Elect

Tuwhateroa Hau Rau GP LimitedDirector – resignation

advised August 2023

Westpac New Zealand LimitedDirector – interest advised

April 2024

Rob HamiltonAuckland Grammar School Foundation TrustMember

Oceania Healthcare LimitedDirector

Kamari Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder

Stelvio Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder

Synlait Milk LimitedConsultant – resignation

advised December 2023

Westpac New Zealand LimitedDirector

Sophie MitchellCorporate Travel Management LimitedDirector

Firstmac LimitedDirector

Healthcare Logic Global LimitedChair – resignation advised

August 2023

Multi-year Investment Finance & Governance

Panel, Australia Council for the Arts

Member – term ended

December 2023

Morgans Foundation LimitedDirector

Morgans Holdings (Australia) LimitedDirector

Myer Family Investments LimitedDirector

Luke TrouchetBarmil Enterprises Pty LtdDirector

Eastglo Pty LtdDirector

LGT Holdings Pty LtdDirector

Salamanda Travel Pty LtdDirector

Camp Stay Holding Pty LtdDirector

Camp Stay Pty LtdDirector

Jamonji Pty LtdDirector

Jamonji Corp Pty LtdDirector

KRLG Pty LtdDirector

RV Boss Pty LtdDirector

Caravans Away Pty LtdDirector

Luke is a Director of thl subsidiaries as listed on pages 115-116.

Grainne TrouteInvestore Property LimitedDirector

Summerset Group Holdings LimitedDirector

Duncan CotterillBoard Member

Montana Group LimitedChair

Grant WebsterLes Mills Holdings LimitedChair

Grant is a Director of thl subsidiaries as listed on pages 115-116.

NZX Waivers

On 27 February 2017 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Rule 8.1.7 (which ensures that

options may not be subsequently amended by an issuer in a manner that is detrimental

to the interests of the holders of the underlying Equity Securities). The waiver was granted

to the extent that the Rule would otherwise prevent the issue of options under thl’s long-

term incentive scheme for senior executives, introduced in 2017. The ruling allows for a

formula to be used for the exercise price of the options that will result in a fluctuating

exercise price.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl114thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

On 22 May 2019 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Listing Rule 6.5.2 under the revised
NZX Listing Rules. This waiver re-documented the existing waiver received on 27 February

2017 in respect of Rule 8.1.7 under the former NZX Listing Rules. In April 2024, thl relied on

this waiver in the issuance of new options under its long-term incentive scheme.

Directors’ loans

There were no loans by the Group to Directors.

Donations

In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, thl records that it

donated $7,000 during the year ended 30 June 2024. No donations were made to

any political parties.

Directors’ insurance

The Group has arranged insurance cover and provided deeds of indemnity for Directors’

and Officers’ liability.

Auditor

In accordance with section 207T of the Companies Act 1993, EY New Zealand are

appointed as the Group’s auditors. Auditors’ remuneration is detailed in note 31

to the financial statements.

Subsidiary companies

During the financial year ending 30 June 2024, the Directors of thl’s subsidiary companies

were as follows. No Director of any subsidiary received beneficially any Director’s fees

or other benefits except as an employee

1

. The remuneration and other benefits of such

employees, received as employees, are included in the relevant bandings for remuneration

disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

1thl Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster

2Waitomo Caves LimitedGrant Webster

3Waitomo Caves Holdings LimitedGrant Webster

4TH2connect GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February

2024)

5thl Properties NZ LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February

2024)

6Action Manufacturing Group GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February

2024), Grant Brady (ceased April 2024), Chris

Devoy (ceased April 2024), Ralph Marshall

(ceased April 2024)

7Road Bear NZ LimitedGrant Webster

8Apollo Motorhome Holidays LimitedGrant Webster

9Talvor Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster

10Hippie Camper LimitedGrant Webster

11Cheapa Campa LimitedGrant Webster

12Apollo Car Hire LimitedGrant Webster

13Maui Rentals Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

14Outdoria Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

15The Green Bus Company Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

16thl Oz Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

17thl Group (Australia) Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

18Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

19World Travel Headquarters Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

20Tourism Holdings Rental Vehicles Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

1 Grant Brady and Ralph Marshall each received director fees of $26,250 in the reporting period in relation to their

directorships of Action Manufacturing Group GP Limited.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl115thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

21Apollo Tourism & Leisure Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet
(resigned July 2023)

22Apollo Motorhome Ultimate Holdings Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

23Apollo Motorhome Holdings (Aus) Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

24Cheapa Campa Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

25G R L Enterprises Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

26Talvor Motorhomes Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

27Apollo Motorhome Holidays Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

28Apollo Motorhome Industries Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

29Hippie Camper Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

30Sydney RV Group Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

31Apollo Investments Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

32Apollo RV West Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

33AMH Products Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

34Apollo RV Service & Repair Centre Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

35Apollo Finance Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

36Winnebago RV Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

37Apollo Motorhome Holdings (NZ) Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

38thl RV Sales Adelaide Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

39Tourism Holdings USA IncGrant Webster

40El Monte Rents IncGrant Webster

41Apollo Motorhome Holidays LLCGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet

42CanaDream CorporationGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Kristen Evans

43CanaDream IncGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Kristen Evans

44ATL Canada LtdGrant Webster, Kristen Evans

45AmeriDream IncLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Kelly Shier

46thl Motorhomes UK LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Roach

47thl UK and Ireland LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Roach

48Apollo Tourism & Leisure UK LimitedLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Chris Stewart

49Bunk Campers LimitedLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Chris Stewart

50Blue Quadrant Leisure LimitedMark Austin, Keith Charlton (ceased August

2023), Louise Charlton (ceased August 2023)

51Apollo Tourism & Leisure (EU) LtdDaniel Kunzi, Luke Trouchet (ceased August

2023), Karl Trouchet (ceased August 2023),

Keith Charlton (ceased August 2023), Louise

Charlton (ceased August 2023)

52Apollo Motorhome Holidays GmbHGrant Webster, Nick Roach, Chris Stewart

(ceased March 2024)

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl116thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Remuneration
Report from the Chair

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board I’m pleased to present you with our inaugural thl Remuneration

Report for FY24. Our vision for thl’s remuneration reporting is to increase transparency

and disclosure practices and to develop consistency in the way we report. As such, we

have adopted the NZX recommended Remuneration Reporting Template for Listed

Issuers that was released in December 2023 to guide this report.

Remuneration Objectives

The philosophy for remuneration within thl is to align remunerating Executives’ interests

and efforts with the long-term interests of thl Shareholders. This is achieved through a

combination of long-term incentive schemes and short-term incentives. The long-term

incentives are linked to share price movements, providing the Executives with a similar

experience as that of thl shareholders, and the short-term incentives include specific

targets of a financial and non-financial nature.

The thl Board recognises that in order to achieve its objectives thl must have committed

and capable staff. thl’s remuneration approach aims to set a framework around total

remuneration that serves several purposes. Firstly, a fixed base salary for thl for all

employees in salaried roles, to attract, retain and sustain the desire to remain working

for thl. Secondly a short-term incentive (STI) to encourage and reward employees for

achieving key performance indicators or other objectives, and thirdly, long-term incentives

(LTI) for appointed senior executives and managers, to align them with the long-term

interests of thl and its shareholders.

In developing a policy for the whole of thl there was recognition that the varied businesses

with the thl model and different operating jurisdictions limit the ability to implement

a true “one size fits all approach” to all aspects of remuneration and reward. The ever-

changing landscape of thl and the legal requirements of the jurisdictions we operate

in require some interpretation of the policy intent in a variety of ways. thl sees that all

leaders are aware of the principles and values of remuneration by which we operate. This

approach, alongside a clear set of boundaries and processes, forms the basis of the thl

Remuneration Policy.

Short-term Incentive Scheme for FY24

In acknowledgement of the profit downgrade impact felt by Shareholders, the Board,

on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to cancel all discretionary

STI payments for FY24, regardless of whether or not the specific individual KPI targets

were achieved.

Board Fees

Director remuneration was reviewed last year with a resolution passed at the 2023 Annual

Meeting to increase the Directors’ fee pool from $750,000 to $850,000 (plus GST, if any)

per annum, reflecting a total increase to the maximum fee pool of just under 14%. The

allocation of Directors’ fees had been unchanged from November 2018 until December

2022, including a period where Directors took a 50% fee reduction.

The increase to the fee pool approved in 2023 enables the Board to approve payments to

Directors for assuming additional responsibilities above and beyond the normal duties

of either the Board or any sitting committee, as well as allowing for annual inflationary

adjustments to the fee schedule as required.

Subsequently, as of 1 January 2024 Director fees were inflation-adjusted by +4.5%,

in addition to a review of fees for the Chairs of the respective Board Committees that

became effective at the same time. Only Chairs of Board Committees receive incremental

fees for their role, while members of Board Committees do not.

Changes to the Remuneration Framework for FY25

An external benchmarking analysis by PwC identified that, for Executive roles for which

comparative ratios could be drawn, STI entitlements at thl lagged the respective market

median. As a result, Executive participants in the FY25 STI (other than the CEO) have

been granted a stretch opportunity to earn payment above 100% of the contracted STI

entitlement, by applying a modifier in cases of outperformance on certain KPIs. The CEO

will not be eligible for a stretch modifier for the FY25 STI.

We have also introduced a new deferred component to the CEO’s STI for FY25, where thl

will hold back 20% of any earned STI, to be paid 12 months after the STI is earned.

Provisions have also been added to each Executive’s employment terms giving thl the

discretion to amend or reclaim STIs in situations of serious misconduct, or a material error

in thl’s financial statements that result in an excess payment of STI. We have implemented

these changes as part of our ongoing effort to enhance thl’s remuneration and reward

strategy and governance.

On behalf of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee, I thank you all for your ongoing

support of thl.

Sophie Mitchell

Chair Remuneration and Nomination Committee

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl117thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

Remuneration Governance
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-

Executive Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be Independent Directors.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee supports the Board on matters

relating to human resources and remuneration. It assesses the role and responsibilities,

composition, training and membership requirements and remuneration for the Board,

including recommendations for the appointment and removal of Directors. Management

may attend meetings of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee by invitation only.

The Committee met six times in FY24.

The current composition of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee comprises of:


Sophie Mitchell: Independent Director appointed in November 2022. Sophie serves

as Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and member of the Audit

and Risk Committee, and the Market Disclosure Committee. Sophie is an experienced

professional in the finance industry and holds Non-Executive Director roles for

Corporate Travel Management Limited (ASX: CTD), Myer Family Investments Limited,

Firstmac Limited and Morgans Holdings (Australia) Limited. Sophie was previously

Chair of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited, prior to the merger with thl.


Cathy Quinn: Independent Director appointed in September 2017. Cathy was

appointed Chair of thl in June 2022 and serves on all of thl’s Board Committees.

Cathy is a former senior corporate partner at MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served

as MinterEllisonRuddWatt’s Chair for eight years during a period of transformation

and growth. Cathy is a Director of Fletcher Building Limited, Fonterra Co-operative

Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy is also Pro-

Chancellor of the University of Auckland. Cathy is a former member of the NZ Securities

Commission and Capital Markets Development Taskforce, and was made an Officer of

the NZ Order of Merit in 2016 for services to law and women.


Rob Hamilton: Independent Director appointed in February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit

and Risk Committee (appointed November 2019) and serves on the Remuneration and

Nomination Committee and Market Disclosure Committee. Rob is a respected member

of the finance community, with more than 30 years’ experience in senior roles. Rob is

currently a Director of Westpac New Zealand Limited and Oceania Healthcare Limited.

He was previously Chief Financial Officer at SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited

and Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking at Jarden (formerly First

NZ Capital). Rob has previously been a Board member on the New Zealand Olympic

Committee and Auckland Grammar School.


Gráinne Troute: Independent Director appointed in February 2015. Gráinne previously

chaired the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (appointed February 2015

– October 2023) and serves on the Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee.

Gráinne is a Chartered Fellow of the Institute of Directors and is also a Director of

Summerset Group Holdings Limited, Investore Property and a member of the Board

of Duncan Cotterill. She is also Chair of the Montana Group. Gráinne is a professional

Director with many years’ experience in senior executive roles. Gráinne was General

Manager, Corporate Services at SkyCity Entertainment Group and Managing Director of

McDonald’s Restaurants (NZ). Gráinne also held senior management roles with Coopers

and Lybrand (now PwC) and HR Consultancy Right Management. She has also spent

many years as a Trustee and Chair in the not-for-profit sector, including having been the

Chair of Ronald McDonald House Charities New Zealand for five years.

All members are Independent Directors.

The Committee’s responsibilities focus on seeing that effective remuneration

management systems are in place and align with thl’s broader objectives and strategies

as outlined in the Remuneration Policy.

The Committee sets and reviews the remuneration packages for the CEO, Executives

(including C-suite executives, General Managers, and equivalent roles), and Executive

Directors. Remuneration for Executives reporting to the CEO are determined based on

the CEO’s recommendations. Employment contract terms for the aforementioned are set

and reviewed, as well as the terms of thl’s short- and long-term incentive plans, including

share and option schemes for employees.

The Committee also reviews and approves thl’s Remuneration Policy, reviews directors’

fees, and seeks external advice when required.

Supporting policies and guidelines that facilitate management performance assessment,

development, and encourage their self-development are also responsibilities of the

Committee.

In addition, the Committee handles diversity objectives, the Whistleblower Policy, board

vacancies, succession planning, and CEO appointment processes.

The Committee operates under a written charter titled the Remuneration & Nomination

Committee Charter. The charter is available to view at www.thlonline.com. The internal

governance policy that sets out the context for thl’s remuneration outcomes is the

Remuneration Policy, which is also available to view at www.thlonline.com.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl118thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Executive Remuneration Policy
thl is committed to seeing that its Executives are fairly and equitably remunerated, and

appropriately rewarded for excellent performance and achievement. In addition, thl seeks

to implement a remuneration structure where the interests of the CEO and Executive

team are aligned with the interests of Shareholders.

Decisions concerning the remuneration of the CEO require approval from the Board,

usually on the recommendation of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, unless

specifically delegated to the Committee. Decisions concerning the remuneration of any

other C-level positions, General Managers or similar require approval from the Chair of

the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and are subject to the oversight of the

Committee at least annually.

thl’s approach to remunerating Executives is set out in section 9 of thl’s Remuneration

Policy, which is available to view at www.thlonline.com. The number of Executives

to whom this policy applies in FY24 is 16.

The CEO and Executive remuneration generally consist of any or all of:


fixed remuneration, being a fixed base salary and allowances;


short-term performance-based cash incentives (STI); and


long-term incentives (LTI).

Fixed Remuneration

Fixed remuneration consists of base salary and benefits. It aims to be reasonable and fair,

taking into account thl’s legal and industrial obligations and labour market conditions.

Fixed Remuneration is relative to the scale of thl’s business and the complexity of the role,

and reflects the core performance requirements and expectations for the role. The fixed

base salary of the CEO and Executive team is reviewed annually.

Short-Term Incentives (STI)

Annual performance-based cash incentives consider corporate performance and links to

clearly specified performance targets (KPIs), aligned with thl’s strategy and appropriate to

the circumstances, goals, and risk appetite. On an annual basis these are normally linked

to financial and non-financial targets at both a Group and individual level. The target value

of an STI payment is set annually, as a percentage of the Executive’s fixed remuneration.

For FY24, the relevant percentages ranged from 12.5% - 30% (FY23: 12.5% - 30%).

The FY23 STI targets for Executives were based solely on financial metrics due to the

merger. From FY24, as thl returned to a more normal cycle, there was a change in the

annual performance-based incentives. The participating Executives, which includes the

CEO and CFO, have been measured based on Group financial performance targets (40

– 50%), business performance targets (30 – 40%), health, safety and wellbeing targets (5 –

15%) and other individualised targets (5 – 20%).

In acknowledgement of the impact felt by Shareholders following thl’s profit downgrade

in May 2024, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to

cancel all STI payments for FY24, regardless of whether or not the specific individual KPI

targets were achieved.

FY25 STI

thl engaged PwC to conduct an external benchmarking analysis of its STI scheme, to

support the determination of the STIs for FY25. The analysis found that for Executive roles

for which comparative ratios could be drawn, STI entitlements at thl lagged the respective

market median.

In recognition of the review’s findings and the need to see that thl can attract, motivate

and retain key personnel, for the FY25 STI, Executive participants with STI entitlements

below 30% of fixed remuneration have been given a stretch opportunity to earn a

payment above 100% of the contractual STI entitlement, by applying a modifier in cases

of outperformance. This excludes the CEO.

The value of the modifier applied will be based on the Group financial performance of thl

in FY25 and will use a tiered structure contemplating a range of outcomes. The modifier

will apply to the total STI entitlement of the Executive, influencing the potential return on

all individuals KPIs. The modifier is not available to those Executives with STI entitlements

at or exceeding 30%, which includes the CEO.

The relevant percentages and targets for the FY25 STI targets are Group financial

performance (40%), business performance goals (15 - 40%), and other individualised goals

(20 - 35%). The business performance goals for Executives include goals for enhancing

health, safety and wellbeing (5 - 15%).

Replacing the cash-based STI scheme with an equity-based retention scheme in

FY21 and FY22

During the pandemic period (FY21 and FY22), the normal cash-based annual STI was

suspended and replaced with an equity-based retention scheme, as the ongoing

uncertainty of trading conditions meant that no meaningful KPI targets could be set. The

share scheme minimised cash expenditure during an uncertain period for the company,

encouraged the retention of key employees in a period where base salaries held flat or saw

voluntary deductions, and aligned the interests of eligible senior staff with shareholders

through greater share ownership.

Certain of the share rights and share options that were awarded under the share-based

retention schemes in FY21 and FY22 vested during FY23 and FY24 and are therefore

included in the CEO remuneration summary.

For FY23 the business returned to a more normal operating environment and the Board

approved disbanding the equity-based retention scheme in favour of returning to the

normal cash-based STI scheme.

Long-term Incentives (LTI)

The thl LTI scheme is designed to align the interests of the Executives with those of

the Shareholders. Executives are rewarded for long-term increases in shareholder value.

Executives are invited to participate in the long-term incentive plan by the Board on an

annual basis.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl119thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Participating Executives based in New Zealand and Australia
These Executives are awarded options at the discretion of the Board on an annual basis.

The awarding of options is based on a percentage of fixed remuneration, based on a

valuation of the options carried out each year by KPMG.

Each option may be converted into one ordinary share in thl on its exercise. The options

vest from the second anniversary of the award, with one third vesting after the second

year, one third after the third year, and the final third after the fourth year. Vesting is also

subject to the individual remaining employed by thl. The exercise price for each option

is calculated by reference to the volume weighted average price of thl Shares during the

20-trading day period prior to the awarding of the option, plus an uplift to reflect thl’s

average cost of capital for the first two years from the award, less dividends paid during

that two-year period.

Participating Executives in North America and United Kingdom

These Executives are awarded a future cash bonus payment opportunity at the discretion

of the Board on an annual basis, based on a percentage of fixed remuneration. The bonus

is payable if the thl share price meets a prescribed target after a two-year period. The

target is calculated by reference to the volume weighted average price of thl shares during

the 20-trading day period prior to the awarding of the bonus, plus an uplift to reflect thl’s

average cost of capital for the first two years from the award date, less dividends paid

during that two-year period. If the target is achieved at the end of the two-year period,

50% of the bonus is payable immediately while the remaining 50% is payable in 12 months

and subject to continued employment with thl.

Other Equity-Based Remuneration

thl may use equity-based remuneration (including options or performance shares/share

rights) from time to time. It is designed to support a long-term approach so that it does

not lead to ‘short-termism’ on the part of the Executive or the taking of undue risks. From

time to time, performance shares/share rights may be used in conjunction with or in lieu

of other equity-based remuneration.

External and Independent Advice

During the year, external independent guidance was sought from PwC in relation

to a remuneration benchmarking report for specific Executive roles ahead of FY25

remuneration setting.

Chief Executive Officer remuneration arrangements and outcomes

CEO FY24 remuneration outcomes

This year we have adopted the new NZX reporting guidelines issued in December 2023.

This represents a change to STI and LTI reporting in the CEO remuneration table (below).

This table refers to the cash-based STI earned in the reporting year, i.e. the FY24 STI

reported in the table will be paid in FY25, and the FY23 STI reported in the table was

paid in FY24. Previous annual reports refer to cash-based STI paid in the financial year,

which related to the previous year’s performance. The equity-based STI and the LTI value

in the table reflects the market value of thl shares, less the exercise price of the relevant

securities vested within the reporting period, at the time of vesting. Equity-based STI and

LTI reporting in previous annual reports reflected the value of the securities awarded in

the reporting year, at the time of award.

1

The thl Board considers that the CEO’s remuneration arrangements and significant

personal shareholding in thl appropriately align the interests of the CEO with the long-

term interests of thl and its shareholders.

The CEO’s employment arrangements include a six-month notice period. In the event of

termination, the CEO is entitled to a termination payment equating to six months of fixed

remuneration, in addition to the notice period.

1 The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation undertaken by KPMG using

the Binominal Option Pricing Model.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl120thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Total CEO remuneration
The total remuneration of the CEO was as follows:

YearFixed RemunerationCash-Based Short-Term IncentiveEquity-Based Short-Term Incentive (STI)Equity-Based Long-Term incentive (LTI)Total

1

Base

Salary

2

Other

Benefits

3

Earned

4

Amount

Earned

5

Total

Cash-Based

Remuneration

EarnedSecurity

Number

Vested

Security

Value

6

Total

Vested STI

Value

6

Tranche

Vesting

Number

of

Options

Vested

Option

Value

7

Total

Vested LTI

value

7

FY24$997,246$28,000$00%$1,025,246Share Rights26,588$3.57$94,919T1 2022143,333$0$0$1,649,880

Share Options101,346$1.20$121,615T2 2021200,000$0.35$70,000

T3 2020210,000$1.61$338,100

FY23$899,533$28,000$435,12586%1,362,658Share Rights139,655$2.63$366,786T1 2021200,000$1.23$246,000$2,524,683

Share Options215,872$0.18$38,939T2 2020210,000$2.43$510,300

T3 2019141,667$0$0

1 Includes fixed remuneration paid, cash-based STI earned, equity-based STI vested, and equity based LTI vested.

2 Includes a 3% KiwiSaver (Super) contribution.

3 Reflects car allowance.

4 Earned in relation to the bonus and performance for the financial year, but which may have been paid in the following financial year. E.g. the FY23 STI was paid in the FY24 period.

5 As a % of the maximum STI payment available.

6 At Vesting Date. For Share Rights, this reflects the closing market price of thl shares on the date the Share Rights converted to shares. For Share Options, this reflects the difference between the exercise price and the closing price for thl shares on

the Vesting Date. Where multiple tranches of Share Rights or Share Options Vested during the period, a blended value is shown.

7 At Vesting Date. Reflects the difference between the exercise price and the closing price for thl shares on the Vesting Date.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl121thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Fixed remuneration
In FY24 the CEO, Grant Webster, was paid fixed remuneration of $1,025,246 (FY23: $927,533)

consisting of a base salary, a 3% KiwiSaver entitlement and car allowance.

The standard annual review of the CEO’s base salary for FY24 (undertaken in July 2023)

resulted in a 3% increase in base salary to $968,200, effective from 1 July 2023.

During FY23, the CEO’s remuneration was reviewed by the Board out-of-cycle. The merger

with Apollo Tourism & Leisure was a key catalyst for the review. The review took into

consideration external benchmarking, including that the historical position of the CEO’s

base salary has sat in the lower quartile of the relevant external benchmark set, as well

as feedback from key shareholders. The review resulted in an increase in the CEO’s

base salary from $780,000 to $940,000, effective on the merger of thl and Apollo from

1 December 2022.

KiwiSaver/Superannuation

The CEO is a participant in KiwiSaver and is eligible to receive an employer contribution

of 3% of gross taxable earnings. In FY24 this contribution was $29,046 (FY23: $33,475).

Short-term incentive - cash

For FY24, the annual STI entitlement of the CEO was a payment at 30% of fixed

remuneration if all performance targets were achieved.

In addition, a special merger CEO STI (Merger STI) was set in relation to performance in

FY23 and FY24 against KPIs relating to the implementation of the merger with Apollo.

Achievement of the KPIs at target would result in a payment at 50% of fixed remuneration

in FY23 (pro-rated for the seven months of operation as a merged group) and 50% in FY24.

The total STI earned by the CEO, being the combination of the annual STI entitlement and

the Merger STI, are set out in the table below.

Financial Year

Maximum

STI Available

1

STI Earned

STI Earned

as % of

Maximum

FY24$774,560$00%

FY23$503,217$435,12586%

1 Includes the CEO’s contracted annual STI entitlement and the Merger STI.

Annual STI entitlement

Financial Year

Maximum

Annual

STI AvailableSTI Earned

STI Earned

as % of

Maximum

FY24$290,460$00%

FY23$229,050$229,050100%

For the FY24 STI, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to

cancel all STI payments.

For the FY23 STI, the Board approved payment at target at 100%, equating to $229,050.

The CEO’s KPI’s for the FY24 STI were the following:

KPI ComponentWeightingRemunerated

Group NPAT target 50%$0

Continuous improvement to thl’s approach to health,

safety & wellbeing15%$0

Merger synergy development and execution10%$0

People & culture10%$0

Strategy development & execution15%$0

Total100%$0

Merger STI

Financial Year

Maximum

Merger STI

AvailableSTI Earned

STI Earned

as % of

Maximum

FY24$484,100$00%

FY23$274,167

1

$205,62575%

1 Entitlement was pro-rated for the 7 months of operation as a merged group.

For the FY24 Merger STI, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its

discretion to cancel all STI payments.

For the FY23 Merger STI, the Board approved payment at 75% of target, equating

to $205,625.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl122thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

The KPIs for the Merger STI related to:

the achievement of merger synergies;


achievement of thl’s Return on Funds Employment target;


fleet optimisation and capital management;


people & culture; and


other merger-related factors.

Short-term incentive - equity

For FY21 and FY22, the normal cash-based STI was replaced with an equity-based

retention scheme, as detailed earlier in this report. No cash payments were made to the

CEO under the STI scheme in those financial years. Instead, the CEO was awarded certain

share options and share rights that were subject to retention criteria, some of which have

vested in FY23 and FY24.

Share rights

Reporting Period

Number

Vested

Value on

Vesting

FY2426,588$94,919

FY23139,655$183,393

Vested share rights were automatically converted into an equivalent number of ordinary

shares issued upon vesting. There are no remaining share rights.

Share options

Reporting Period

Number

Vested

Value on

Vesting

FY24101,346$121,615

FY23215,872$38,939

The values expressed above reflect the difference between the thl share price on the

applicable vesting date and the exercise price of the vested share option. Most of the

share options that vested in FY24 and FY23 have not been exercised by the CEO. Given the

recent decline in thl’s share price, the value of the unexercised portion of the share options

is now materially lower.

Refer to the table below for further detail on all the CEO’s remaining vested share options,

including their value when compared to the thl share price on 30 June 2024:

TrancheAward DateVesting Date

Number

UnexercisedExercise Price

Value of

Unexercised

Share

Options

1

T1 FY21July 2020July 2021114,527$2.00$0

T2 FY21July 2020July 2022114,527$2.00$0

T1 FY22July 2021July 2022101,345$2.55$0

T2 FY22July 2021July 2023101,346$2.55$0

Total 431,745 $0

1 Reflects the difference between the thl share price on 30 June 2024 and the share option exercise price, multiplied by

the number of unexercised options in the tranche.

Long-term incentive

The annual LTI entitlement of the CEO is for the award of options to the value of 35% of

fixed remuneration.

Vesting of options

Reporting Period

Number

Vested

Value on

Vesting

FY24553,333

1

$408,100

FY23551,667

2

$756,300

1 Various tranches awarded in FY20, FY21 and FY22.

2 Various tranches awarded in FY19, FY20 and FY21.

The values expressed above reflect the difference between the thl share price on the

applicable vesting date and the exercise price of the vested option. Most of the options

that vested in FY24 and FY23 have not been exercised by the CEO. Given the recent

decline in thl’s share price, the value of the unexercised portion of the options is now

materially lower.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl123thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Refer to the table below for further detail on all the CEO’s remaining vested and unvested
options, including their value when compared to the thl share price on 30 June 2024.

Unvested

TrancheAward DateVesting Date

Number

AwardedExercise Price

T1 2024Apr-24Apr-26150,666 Not confirmed

T2 2024Apr-24Apr-27150,666 Not confirmed

T3 2024Apr-24Apr-28150,667 Not confirmed

T1 2023May-23May-25131,000 Not confirmed

T2 2023May-23May-26131,000 Not confirmed

T3 2023May-23May-27131,000 Not confirmed

T2 2022Apr-22Apr-25143,333 $3.32

T3 2022Apr-22Apr-26143,334 $3.32

T3 2021Apr-21Apr-25200,000 $2.79

Vested

TrancheAward DateVesting Date

Number

Awarded

Number

Remaining

Exercise

Price

Current

Value of

Unexercised

Options

1

T1 2022April 2022April 2024143,333143,333$3.32$0

T1 2021April 2021April 2023200,000200,000$2.79$0

T2 2021April 2021April 2024200,000200,000$2.79$0

T1 2020April 2020April 2022210,000–$1.57$0

T2 2020April 2020April 2023210,00055,000$1.57$12,100

T3 2020April 2020April 2024210,000210,000$1.57$46,200

T1 2019April 2019April 2021141,666141,666$5.68$0

T2 2019April 2019April 2022141,666141,666$5.68$0

T3 2019April 2019April 2023141,667141,667$5.68$0

T1 2018April 2018April 202080,00080,000$7.00$0

T2 2018April 2018April 202180,00080,000$7.00$0

T3 2018April 2018April 202280,00080,000$7.00$0

1 Reflects the difference between the thl share price on 30 June 2024 and the option exercise price, multiplied by the

number of remaining options in the tranche.

Note: Rows in orange show the tranches that vested during FY24 because the retention conditions were met. Rows in

grey show the tranches that expired during FY24 because they were not exercised within six years of the award date.

Awarding of options

New options awarded during the reporting period are set out below.

Reporting PeriodNumber Awarded

Fair Value on

Awarding

Total Fair Value

on Awarding

FY24452,000$0.672 per option$303,744

FY23393,000$0.837 per option$328,941

The options awarded are subject to certain criteria. As the remuneration is not yet earned

and remains at risk, it has not been included in the CEO remuneration summary table.

The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation

undertaken by KPMG using the Binominal Option Pricing Model. The fair value is expensed

on the income statement over the life of the option, with a corresponding credit to the

employee share scheme reserve.

The actual remuneration cost borne by thl for the LTI in the reporting period relates to the

fair value of the options awarded in the reporting period.

CEO FY25 Remuneration

The standard annual review of the CEO’s base salary for FY25 (undertaken in July 2024)

resulted in a 3.5% increase in base salary to $1,002,000, effective from 1 July 2024.

Additionally, for FY25 the CEO’s contractual STI entitlement has increased to 40% of fixed

remuneration. As the Merger STI opportunity does not apply to FY25, the maximum

potential STI payable will reduce from $484,100 in FY24 to $400,834 in FY25.

The CEO’s STI for FY25 will be measured against the followings KPIs:

KPI ComponentWeighting

Group NPAT target 50%

Continuous improvement to thl’s approach to health, safety & wellbeing15%

Achievement of fleet build cost synergies10%

Delivery of several digital transformation projects on thl’s path towards single

platform consolidation

15%

People & culture10%

Total100%

The CEO’s FY25 STI will include a new deferred component where thl will hold back 20% of

any earned STI, to be paid 12 months after the STI is earned.

These funds are retained by thl in connection with thl’s discretion to amend or reclaim

STIs in situations of serious misconduct, or a material error in thl’s financial statements

that result in an excess payment of STI.


PERFORMANCEABOUT thl124thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Executive Director remuneration
Executive Directors receive performance-based remuneration packages in their

roles as Executives in the Company. Executive Directors do not receive Director

remuneration benefits in addition to the remuneration they receive as employees

of thl. The remuneration of the CEO (who is an Executive Director) is addressed in

the previous section.

Luke Trouchet is currently in the role of Executive Director - M&A and Global Transitions.

Luke oversees the global exploration of thl’s M&A opportunities and has oversight over

several special projects.

Total Executive Director Remuneration

The table below refers to the cash-based STI earned and LTI vested in the reporting year.

Further information is set out below on STI and LTI awarded in the year. Luke Trouchet is

resident in Australia and paid in AUD. For this report, figures for FY23 and FY24 have been

converted from AUD to NZD at 0.9239.

The total remuneration of Luke Trouchet was as follows:

Year

Fixed

RemunerationCash-Based Short-Term Incentive

Long-Term

incentive (LTI)Total

1

Base

Salary

2

Other

BenefitsEarned

3

Amount

Earned

4

Total

Cash-Based

Remuneration

Earned

Vested/

Earned

Total

Amount

Earned

FY24$762,182$0$00%$762,182$0$0$762,182

FY23$702,193

5

$0$142,237100%$844,431$0$0$844,431

1 Includes fixed remuneration paid, cash-based STI earned, and equity based LTI vested.

2 Includes Superannuation contribution.

3 Earned in relation to the bonus and performance for the financial year, but which may have been paid in the following

financial year. E.g. the FY23 STI was paid in the FY24 period.

4 As a % of the maximum STI payment available.

5 Includes remuneration received prior to merger of thl and Apollo.

Fixed remuneration

In FY24, Executive Director Luke Trouchet, received fixed remuneration including

superannuation and allowances of $762,182 (FY23: $702,193).

The standard annual review of Luke Trouchet’s base salary for FY24 (undertaken in July

2023) resulted in a 3% increase in base salary to $732,524, effective from 1 July 2023.

Superannuation

Luke Trouchet is an Australian employee and entitled to receive an employer

superannuation contribution as per the Australian Government Superannuation

Guarantee legislation. In FY24 this contribution was $29,566 (FY23: $29,566).

Short-term incentive

The annual STI entitlement of Luke Trouchet is a cash payment of up to 20% of fixed

remuneration if all performance targets are achieved.

The total STI earned by Luke Trouchet is set out in the table below. No payments were

made for performance in FY24 as the Board exercised its discretion to cancel all STI

payments.

Financial Year

Maximum STI

AvailableSTI Earned

STI Earned

as % of

Maximum

FY24$146,505$00%

FY23$142,237$142,237100%

Long-term incentive

The annual LTI entitlement of Luke Trouchet is for an award of options to the value of 35%

of fixed remuneration. As Luke Trouchet joined thl as part of the merger with Apollo on

30 November 2022, there were no LTIs from previous years vesting in FY23 or FY24.

Between FY23 and FY24, the LTI entitlement for all Australia-based Executives (including

Luke Trouchet) changed from a future cash bonus opportunity to thl’s long-term incentive

options scheme. Further detail on the operation of each of these schemes is set out on

page 120.

As such, in FY23, Luke Trouchet’s LTI consisted of a cash bonus opportunity of up to

$248,915 (being 35% of fixed remuneration). The LTI is payable if the thl share price

achieves a prescribed target after a two-year period, as detailed on page 120.

If the target is achieved in May 2025, 50% of the bonus will be payable at that time and the

remaining 50% will be payable in May 2026.

Awarding of options

New options awarded to Luke Trouchet during the reporting period are set out below.

Reporting Period

Number

Awarded

Fair Value on

Awarding

Total Fair

Value on

Awarding

FY24283,000$0.672 per

option

$190,176

FY230N/AN/A

The options awarded are subject to retention criteria. As the remuneration is not

yet earned and remains at risk, it has not been included in the Executive Director

remuneration summary table.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl125thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation
undertaken by KPMG using the Binominal Option Pricing Model. The fair value is expensed

on the income statement over the life of the option, with a corresponding credit to the

employee share scheme reserve.

The actual remuneration cost borne by thl for the LTI in the reporting period relates to the

fair value of the options awarded in the reporting period.

ESG Disclosures

thl is in progress of setting guidelines, systems and processes for greater/deeper

ESG disclosure including the implementation of a single-platform HR system which

allows such data to be extrapolated. The intention for FY25 will be to assess the data in

preparation for disclosures on diversity including information on gender remuneration

and CEO/worker pay ratio.

Staff remuneration bands

The following table notes the number of employees or former employees of thl, not

being directors of thl, who, in the year ending 30 June 2024, received remuneration and

any other benefits in their capacity as employees, the value of which was or exceeded

$100,000 per annum, in brackets of $10,000. This table does not contain the remuneration

for Grant Webster and Luke Trouchet, as they also hold positions as Directors of thl.

Remuneration in $000’sNumber of Employees

100 - 109 74

110 - 119 54

120 - 129 40

130 - 139 28

140 - 149 22

150 - 159 19

160 - 169 20

170 - 179 11

180 - 189 11

190 - 199 10

200 - 209 5

210 - 219 9

220 - 229 3

230 - 239 5

240 - 249 3

250 - 259 2

260 - 269 1

270 - 279 2

280 - 289 3

300 - 309 3

310 - 319 1

320 - 329 2

330 - 339 2

340 - 349 1

360 - 369 2

390 - 399 1

440 - 449 1

450 - 459 1

480 - 489 1

490 - 499 2

540 - 549 1

610 - 619 1

1,160 - 1,169 1

Total 342

Due to a data error relating to the merger with Apollo where only seven months of

remuneration for Canadian employees was captured (being the period under thl

ownership) instead of 12 months, the remuneration band reporting in thl’s FY23

Integrated Annual Report incorrectly indicated that 297 staff received remuneration

in excess of $100,000. The correct number for FY23 was 320.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl126thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Non-Executive Director remuneration
Approach to Director fees

When determining the fees for Non-Executive Directors, the Board considers the thl

Remuneration Policy which states in relation to Director remuneration:


Directors should not receive performance-based remuneration, nor should they be

provided with retirement benefits;


Remuneration packages will be appropriate to the market and will reflect the time

commitment and responsibilities of the role; and


As permitted by the fixed share plan approved by Shareholders, Directors can receive

fully-paid ordinary securities in lieu of Director fees (in whole or part) approved and

issued in compliance with the NZX Listing Rules.

thl also has in place a fixed share plan under which Directors may elect to receive ordinary

shares in thl in lieu of their Director fees (either in whole or in part). This share plan was

previously approved by thl shareholders.

Executive Directors do not receive Director remuneration in addition to the executive

remuneration they receive as employees of the Company.

Increase to Director fee pool in 2023

At the 2023 Annual Meeting, thl shareholders approved an increase to the annual

Directors’ fee pool from NZ$750,000 to NZ$850,000 (plus GST, if any). This reflected

a total increase of just under 14%.

The purpose of the increase was to provide headroom to allow payments for Directors’

assuming additional responsibilities above and beyond their normal duties (the previous

headroom was NZ$15,000, the resolution increased this to $115,000). It was also to allow

for annual inflationary adjustments to the fee schedule as required.

Adjustments to Director fees

During FY24, the Board implemented an inflationary increase of 4.5% to the Chair and

base Director fees effective from 1 January 2024.

Board Subcommittee Chair fees were also reviewed during the period. An increase of

$5,000 per annum was made to the fees for the Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committee,

Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Health, Safety and Sustainability

Committee. The changes were effective from 1 January 2024, were within budget and

were in recognition of the increased workload undertaken by the respective Chairs.

As at 30 June 2024, the schedule of Director fees per annum are as follows:

Governance BodyPositionFee

BoardChair$209,000

Director$104,500

Audit and Risk CommitteeChair$20,000

Member$0

Remuneration and Nomination CommitteeChair$15,000

Member$0

Health, Safety and Sustainability CommitteeChair$15,000

Member$0

No additional fees are paid to standing Committee members, only Committee Chairs.

Actual fees paid in FY24

A breakdown of the Board and Committee fees paid in the period is set out in the

table below:

DirectorBoardAudit & Risk CommitteeHealth, Safety & Sustainability CommitteeRemuneration & Nomination CommitteeOther CommitteesTotal

Cathy Quinn204,500––––204,500

Rob Baker102,250––––102,250

Debbie Birch102,250–12,500––114,750

Rob Hamilton102,25017,500–––119,750

Sophie Mitchell102,250––9,167–111,417

Grainne Troute102,250––3,333–105,583

Total715,75017,50012,50012,500–758,250

All fees were paid in cash. As at 30 June 2024, no thl Directors are opted in to the fixed

share plan under which they may receive ordinary shares in thl in lieu of their Director fees

(either in whole or in part).

Directors’ fees exclude GST, where applicable. Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for

costs directly associated with carrying out their duties, including travel costs.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl127thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION

REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Cathy Quinn (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in

September 2017. Cathy was appointed

Chair of thl in June 2022 and serves on

all of thl’s Board Committees. Cathy is

a former senior corporate partner at

MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served as

Chair of MinterEllisonRuddWatts for eight

years during a period of transformation

and growth. Cathy is a Director of Fletcher

Building Limited, Fonterra Co-operative

Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and

is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy is

also Pro-Chancellor of the University of

Auckland. Cathy is a former member of

the NZ Securities Commission and Capital

Markets Development Taskforce, and was

made an Officer of the NZ Order of Merit in

2016 for services to law and women.

Debbie Birch (Taupo)

Independent Director appointed in

September 2016. Debbie Chairs the Health,

Safety and Sustainability Committee

(appointed June 2022) and has held various

Director and trustee positions over the last

14 years. She is currently a non-executive

board member of Westpac NZ Limited

Limited, Eastland Group Limited, Hawkes

Bay Regional Investment Company

Limited,Te Pūia Tāpapa GP Limited, Miraka

Limited and subsidiaries; and is a Trustee

of Tuaropaki Trust. Debbie has significant

financial, commercial and strategic

experience gained in Asia, Australia and

New Zealand with more than 30 years’

working in global capital markets.

Board of Directors

Robert Baker (Brisbane)

Independent Director appointed in

November 2022. Rob serves on the Audit

and Risk Committee and Health, Safety

and Sustainability Committee. Rob is

an experienced Non-Executive Director,

and his current ASX Board positions

include Non-Executive Director and

Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of

Flight Centre Travel Group Ltd (ASX: FLT)

and Non-Executive Chairman of Gathid

Limited (ASX: GTH). Rob is also Chairman

of Goodman Private Wealth Ltd and has

several pro bono Board or Advisory Board

roles with organisations in the not-for-profit

sector including Chairman of the Audit

and Risk Committee of Australian Catholic

University Limited.

Rob Hamilton (Auckland)

Independent Director appointed in

February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit and

Risk Committee (appointed November

2019) and serves on the Remuneration

and Nomination Committee and Market

Disclosure Committee. Rob is a respected

member of the finance community,

with more than 30 years’ experience in

senior roles. Rob is currently a Director

of Westpac New Zealand Limited and

Oceania Healthcare Limited. He was

previously Chief Financial Officer at

SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited

and Managing Director and Head of

Investment Banking at Jarden (formerly

First NZ Capital). Rob has previously been

a Board member on the New Zealand

Olympic Committee and Auckland

Grammar School.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl128thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

Sophie Mitchell (Brisbane)
Independent Director appointed in

November 2022. Sophie Chairs the

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

(appointed October 2023 ) and serves

on the Audit and Risk Committee and

the Market Disclosure Committee.

Sophie is an experienced professional

in the finance industry and holds Non-

Executive Director roles in Corporate Travel

Management Limited (ASX: CTD), Myer

Family Investments Limited, Firstmac

Limited and Morgans Holdings (Australia)

Limited. Sophie was previously Chair of

Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd, prior to the

merger with thl.

Luke Trouchet (Brisbane)

Non-Independent Executive Director.

Luke moved into the Executive Director

role as part of the merger between

thl and Apollo Tourism & Leisure in

November 2022. In 2001, Luke was

appointed as CEO and Managing Director

of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd, when he

took over the management control of

the business his parents founded, with

his brother Karl. Luke led Apollo through

a strong growth period, expanding

internationally into New Zealand, USA,

Canada, United Kingdom and Europe.

Luke’s entrepreneurial mindset helped

the business make a number of strategic

acquisitions that delivered strong

financial performance. Luke continued

to drive Apollo forward to become a

global RV solution.

Gráinne Troute (Auckland)

Independent Director appointed in

February 2015. Gráinne serves on the

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

and Health, Safety and Sustainability

Committee. Gráinne is a Chartered

Fellow of the Institute of Directors and

is also a Director of Summerset Group

Holdings Limited, Investore Property,

Duncan Cotterill, and is Chair of Montana

Group. Gráinne is a professional Director

with many years’ experience in senior

Executive roles. Gráinne was General

Manager, Corporate Services at SkyCity

Entertainment Group and Managing

Director of McDonald’s Restaurants (NZ).

Gráinne also held senior management roles

with Coopers and Lybrand (now PwC) and

HR Consultancy Right Management. She

has also spent many years as a Trustee and

Chair in the not-for-profit sector, including

having been the Chair of Ronald McDonald

House Charities New Zealand for five years.

Grant Webster (Auckland)

Non-Independent Managing Director.

Grant was appointed Managing Director

in December 2022 and was originally

appointed as Chief Executive Officer in

December 2008. Grant has served on

various industry and Government bodies

including nine years on the Tourism

Industry Aotearoa Board including

periods as Chair and Deputy Chair. Grant

was also a co-Chair for the New Zealand

Government’s Tourism Futures Taskforce

in 2020. Grant was awarded the CEO

of the Year award at the New Zealand

Deloitte Top 200 awards in 2023.

Grant’s background includes senior

executive roles across the tourism,

hospitality, gaming and retail industries,

where he held Director and general

management roles within the retail

sector before moving into tourism.

Grant holds a Bachelor of Commerce

degree from Victoria University and has

completed executive studies at the Insead

Advanced Management Programme in

Fontainebleau and Monash University,

Melbourne Australia. Outside of thl, Grant

is on the Board of Les Mills Holdings NZ.

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl129thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED

Corporate Information
Directors

Cathy Quinn – Chair

Robert Baker

Debbie Birch

Rob Hamilton

Sophie Mitchell

Luke Trouchet

Gráinne Troute

Grant Webster

Executive Team

Grant Webster – Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Luke Trouchet – Executive Director

Cameron Mathewson – Chief Financial Officer

Stacey Davis – Chief Operating Officer (Australia)

Chris Devoy – Chief Executive Officer – Action Manufacturing

Kate Meldrum – Chief Operating Officer (North America)

Kristen Evans – Chief Operating Officer (Canada)

Scott Fahey – Chief Marketing Officer

Ollie Farnsworth – Chief People & Transformation Officer

Steven Hall – Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Matthew Harvey – Chief Operating Officer (New Zealand)

Jo Hilson – Chief Technology Officer

Nick Roach – Chief Operating Officer (United Kingdom)

Juhi Shareef – Chief Responsibility Officer

Registered office

Level 1

83 Beach Road

Auckland 1010

New Zealand

Securities exchange

Tourism Holdings Limited shares are primary listed on the

New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX), with a foreign-exempt

listing on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX).

Share registrar

MUFG Pension & Market Services (formerly Link Market Services)

PO Box 91976

Auckland

Tel: +64 9 375 5998

Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

Primary Solicitors

MinterEllisonRuddWatts

Primary Bankers

ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Westpac New Zealand Limited

Westpac Banking Corporation

Auditors

EY

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl130thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
Global Footprint

SOUTHERN

AFRICA

Franchise

JAPAN

Franchise

CANADA

Calgary

Edmonton

Halifax

Montreal

Toronto

Vancouver

Whitehorse

UK & IRELAND

Belfast

Dublin

Edinburgh

London

USA

Denver

Dallas Fort Worth

Agoura Hillsm

Las Vegas

Santa Fe Springs

Orlando

San Bernardino

Seattle

San Leandro

Dublin

Van Nuys

NEW ZEALAND

Auckland

Hamilton

Waitomo

Palmerston North

Christchurch

Queenstown

AUSTRALIA

Adelaide

Alice Springs

Broome

Brisbane

Cairns

Darwin

Hobart

Melbourne

Perth

Sydney

PERFORMANCEABOUT thl131

thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS

THLONLINE.COM
See you out there.

36°27’ N — 116°52’ W

---

Asseen,worldwide
FY24ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION

27AUGUST2024

44°15’ S —

170°6’E

2thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
This presentation contains forward-

looking statements and projections.

These reflect thl’s current

expectations, based on what it

thinks are reasonable assumptions.

The statements are based on

information available to thl at the

date of this presentation and are not

guarantees or predictions of future

performance. For any number of

reasons, the future could be

different and the assumptions on

which the forward-looking

statements and projections are

based could be wrong. thl gives no

warranty or representation as to its

future financial performance or any

future matter. Except as required by

law or NZX listing rules, thl is not

obliged to update this presentation

after its release, even if things

change materially.

This presentation has been

prepared for publication in New

Zealand and may not be released or

distributed in the United States.

This presentation is for information

purposes only and does not

constitute financial advice. It is not

an offer of securities, or a proposal or

invitation to make any such offer, in

the United States or any other

jurisdiction, and may not be relied

upon in connection with any

purchase of thl securities. thl

securities have not been, and will

not be, registered under the US

Securities Act of 1933 and may not

be offered or sold in the United

States, except in transactions

exempt from, or not subject to, the

registration of the US Securities Act

and applicable US State securities

laws. Past performance information

given in this presentation is given

for illustrative purposes only and

should not be relied upon as an

indication of future performance.

This presentation may contain a

number of non-GAAP financial

measures. Because they are not

defined by Generally Accepted

Accounting Practice in New Zealand

(NZ GAAP) or International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS), thl’s

calculation of these measures may

differ from similarly titled measures

presented by other companies and

they should not be considered in

isolation from, or construed as an

alternative to, other financial

measures determined in

accordance with NZ GAAP.

This presentation does not take into

account any specific investors

objectives and does not constitute

financial or investment advice.

Investors are encouraged to make

an independent assessment of thl.

The information contained in this

presentation should be read in

conjunction with thl’s latest

financial statements, which are

available at: www.thlonline.com.

Disclaimer

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Explanatory Note to

Presentation of Financial Metrics

3

•thl’s consolidated financial statements for FY24 include results

from all thl and Apollo entities across the entire reporting period

•The consolidated financial statements for FY23, being the prior

corresponding period (pcp), do not include Apollo’s results for the

five months before 30 November 2022, as the Scheme of

Arrangement with Apollo completed on 30 November 2022

•Unless otherwise stated, comparisons to the pcp in this

presentation exclude Apollo’s results for the five months prior to

30 November 2022

•Where thl believes that it is helpful for readers to compare results

against a pcp that also includes Apollo’s results for the five

months to 30 November 2022, a pro forma comparison has been

provided

•Where a pro forma comparison is used, the FY23 metrics are

referred to as “pro forma” or “PF”

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Executive Summary

4

•Underlying net profit after tax of $51.8M, within guidance range

•Statutory net profit after tax of $39.4M due to $12.4M impairment

of goodwill attributable to UK/Ireland divisions

•Record EBIT results from New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action

Manufacturing and New Zealand Tourism divisions

•Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0%

franked, providing a full year FY24 dividend of 9.5 cents per share

•Continued growth in rental fleet to 7,921 vehicles, up 10%

•Group Return on Funds Employed of 10.0%

•Despite operating conditions for the coming period being

uncertain, we expect an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25

compared to FY24

•Prevailing economic conditions make it unrealistic to achieve

$100M net profit after tax goal by FY26, however we remain

steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary components

and will advance towards our goal as tourism rebounds and

general economic conditions improve

Results Summary
COMPARED TO THE PRIOR CORRESPONDING PERIOD

UNDERLYING NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

1

$51.8M

-33%

(compared to pro forma)

STATUTORY NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

$39.4M

-21%

UNDERLYING EBIT

1

$111.1M

-20%

(compared to pro forma)

UNDERLYING EBITDA

1

$206.9M

-6%

(compared to pro forma)

REVENUE

$922M

+5%

(compared to pro forma)

RENTAL FLEET

2

7,921

+10%

NET DEBT

2

$446M

1.Excludes non-recurring items. Refer to slide 6 for a reconciliation of NPAT and

to slide 33 for a reconciliation of EBIT and EBITDA.

2.On 30 June 2024.

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION

FULL YEAR DIVIDEND

9.5cps

-37%+56%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Reconciliation of Statutory and

Underlying NPAT

6

•Underlying NPAT of $51.8M is down 33% on underlying NPAT in

the pro forma pcp

•FY24 includes one non-recurring item, being the impairment of

goodwill for the UK/Ireland division

•The impairment has a negative impact of $12.4M (net of tax) on

FY24 statutory NPAT

•FY23 included various non-recurring items, as detailed in the table

on this slide

•Refer to slide 33 in the Supplementary Disclosures for

reconciliations of reported and underlying EBIT and EBITDA

APOLLO ACQUISITION ACCOUNTING

•There is a negative impact of approximately $4.4M to NPAT in

FY24 arising from acquisition accounting for the Apollo

merger

•The impact of acquisition accounting is included in both

statutory/reported and underlying results

•The approximate ongoing impact of acquisition accounting

will reduce to $2.3M per annum from FY25 onwards - refer to

slides 42 and 43 of thl’s FY23 Annual Results presentation for

further detail

Reconciliation of statutory and underlying NPAT

NZD $MFY24FY23

Statutory net profit after tax 39.4 49.9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU (net of tax) 12.4 –

Merger transaction costs (net of tax) – 3.0

Gain on the revaluation of thl's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo – (3.5)

Underlying NPAT attributable to the 51% shareholding in Just go for the 3 months from July to September 2022 – (0.6)

Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited – (1.0)

Underlying net profit after tax 51.8 47.8

Underlying net profit after tax attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition N/A 29.3

Pro forma underlying net profit after tax N/A 77.1

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Return on Funds Employed

7

•Return on Funds Employed continues to be the

primary metric thl uses to measure business

performance and to guide business investment and

improvement decisions

•Group Return on Funds Employed in FY24 was 10.0%

•New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing

and Tourism Group all exceeded thl’s 15%+ ROFE

target; however, group ROFE is hampered by

disappointing results from the USA Rentals & Sales,

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales, Canada Rentals & Sales

and Australian Retail Sales divisions

•The Australian division carries most of the goodwill

from the Apollo merger and incurs certain group

support expenses associated with the Australian

head office, impacting ROFE for the division

•The performance of the North American divisions

remain below thl’s 15% target. Several measures are

being implemented to change how the two divisions

operate with the purpose of improving future ROFE

•thl uses Adjusted EBIT to calculate ROFE. Refer to

the Glossary of Key Terms on slide 30 for further

detail on the calculation methodology for ROFE

1 Adjusted EBIT (used for calculating ROFE) includes lease interest costs arising from IFRS 16, and Average Funds and

Period End Funds exclude IFRS 16 lease liabilities. Refer to the full definition of ROFE on slide 30, and to a reconciliation of

Adjusted EBIT to Underlying EBIT on slide 33.

2 Funds employed in the Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing division includes $114.2M of the goodwill recognised as

part of the merger with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited.

3 Period End Funds for UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales includes the $12.4M goodwill impairment. Adjusted EBIT for the

segment excludes the impairment expense.

$M NZD

Adjusted

EBIT

1

Average

Funds

1

Period End

Funds

1

Return on

Funds

Employed

New Zealand Rentals & Sales

45.1

203.7

257.9

22.1%

Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing

2

39.9

337.4

379.9

11.8%

USA Rentals & Sales

(1.0)

235.7

220.6

< 0%

Canada Rentals & Sales

10.3

123.8

106.7

8.3%

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales

3

(0.4)

56.9

54.8

< 0%

Action Manufacturing Group

12.7

45.6

40.7

27.8%

Tourism

13.0

9.4

10.5

138.4%

Group Support Services/Other

(11.5)

34.5

2.6

N/A

Eliminations

(4.9)

(11.5)

(10.9)

N/A

Total net funds employed

103.1

1,035.5

1,062.8

10.0%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Refinancing of Bank Debt

8

•We have recently refinanced our bank debt facility,

introducing two new lenders to the syndicate and

increasing the facility size by $225M

•The refinancing acts to rebalance thl’s funding

sources towards bank debt as its primary source of

funding, supported by asset financing

•The new structure includes the requests made by

thl and provides:

⎼greater funding capacity and flexibility

⎼a covenant structure more aligned with thl’s

needs

⎼improved pricing

•The new facilities enable thl to further consolidate

the number of asset finance facilities inherited

through the Apollo merger, providing further

overall pricing benefits

•The new structure is effective from 15 August 2024

and therefore is not reflected in the FY24 financial

statements

PREVIOUS STRUCTURE

•Two-party syndicated bank

facility – Westpac, ANZ

•$250M facility size

NEW STRUCTURE

•Four party syndicated bank

facility – Westpac, ANZ, ASB

and Royal Bank of Canada

•$475M facility size

•Various tranches ranging from

2 to 4-year terms

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Capital Management

9

•We are confident in the state of thl’s balance sheet and

believe that our recent bank debt refinancing is a testament

to its strength

•Funding is generally invested in growing thl’s rental fleet

which are liquid, mobile and income-generating assets

•The liquidity of thl’s fleet and ability to reduce fleet purchases

provides thl with flexibility in managing its balance sheet,

and enabled the company to avoid raising equity during the

pandemic, despite the significant impact on earnings

•thl’s capital expenditure cashflows are counter-cyclical, as thl

invests in fleet growth when demand is increasing, and

moderates fleet growth and replenishment when demand

growth moderates

•Once thl reaches a more stable rental fleet size and

moderates the rate of fleet growth, it is expected that

improved rental earnings and lower net fleet capex

requirements will facilitate a reduction in net debt

•Our intent is to align the pace of our fleet regrowth with

growth in rental demand, which in turn should correspond

with an improvement in overall economic conditions

•thl’s equity ratio of 37.1%

2

(as at 30 June 2024) is underpinned

by the global rental fleet of nearly 8,000 vehicles

Closing Net Debt

1

$446M

Net Debt to Underlying

EBITDA

3

2.16x

Average Net Debt

in FY24

1

$406M

Rental Fleet Size

7,921

1.Net debt excludes IFRS 16 lease liabilities

2.Equity ratio net of intangibles, right-of-use

assets and liabilities, prepayments and

deferred tax assets

3.FY24 EBITDA normalised to exclude the

impairment expense relating to the

UK/Ireland business

Equity Ratio

2

37.1%

Net Fleet Capital

Expenditure

$167M

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Capital Expenditure

10

$120

$107

$181

$337

$363

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

$300

$350

$400

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

$M

GROSS CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

$135

$197

$186

$175

$187

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

$M

PROCEEDS FROM EX-FLEET

SALES

-$15

-$90

-$5

$162

$177

-$150

-$100

-$50

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

$M

NET CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

•Gross capital expenditure of $363M in FY24 comprises of $353M of fleet capital expenditure and $10M of non-fleet capital expenditure

•Gross and net fleet capital expenditure in FY25 will be lower than FY24 and FY23 as we implement thl’s capital management disciplines by

moderating fleet purchases, improving the rental utilisation on the existing fleet and managing excess retail inventory levels

•Over the medium-to-longer term, the pace of fleet growth will be managed to the recovery in rental demand and overall economic

conditions

Note: FY23 data includes 12 months of thl and 7 months of Apollo. FY20 – FY22 data reflects pre-merger thl only and are pandemic-impacted periods. The figures above include fleet bought or

sold under buyback agreements in Australia. However, these are omitted from the PPE note in the financial statements as they are classified as operating leases rather than acquisitions or

disposals of fixed assets.

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Dividend

11

•thl continues dividend payments in line with the dividend policy,

reflecting confidence in the balance sheet strength and outlook

•Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, giving a full year FY24

dividend of 9.5 cents per share

•Final dividend is 100% imputed and 0% franked

•At present, thl has ~A$12M in tax losses in Australia and is

therefore not generating any franking credits

•Full year dividend for FY24 represents:

⎼40% pay-out of thl’s underlying NPAT for FY24, at the lower end

of thl’s dividend policy of 40 to 60% pay-out

⎼5.3% cash dividend yield or 7.4% gross dividend yield for NZ-

resident shareholders

1

•The dividend reinvestment plan is available for eligible

shareholders with a 2% discount available

1

Based on closing share price of $1.79 at the end of FY24

KEYDIVIDEND DETAILS

•Ex-dividend date of Thursday 19 September 2024

•Record date of Friday 20 September 2024

•DRP election date of Monday 23 September 2024

•Payment/DRP issue date of Friday 4 October 2024

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Real and Accounting Depreciation Rates

12

•The Real Depreciation Rate (RDR) is a key metric in assessing whether

thl is efficiently purchasing and selling its rental fleet

•In recent years, thl has refrained from reporting RDR as the rates were

illogical (near or below 0%) given that motorhomes, typically

depreciating assets, were increasing in value

•As conditions normalise, thl now resumes its RDR reporting

•thl expects the future RDR in New Zealand and Australia to remain

below thl’s historical norms due to (a) a greater proportion of ex-fleet

vehicles being sold through thl’s own retail dealerships, and (b)

merger synergies in manufacturing

•thl annually reviews its accounting depreciation rates and makes

adjustments, if required, so that earnings are appropriately

apportioned between the Rentals and Sales divisions

•While overall depreciation expense in FY25 is expected to be higher

than FY24, changes to accounting depreciation rates commencing in

FY25 will impact Canada and UK/Ireland (higher depreciation rates)

and New Zealand and Australia (lower depreciation rates)

•These adjustments do not affect overall earnings over the vehicle

lifecycle, cashflows (except the timing of tax payments), or the Real

Depreciation Rate, but they do impact the reporting periods that

profit is realised

•thl therefore encourages investors to consider the RDR as the primary

measure of thl’s efficiency in purchasing and selling fleet well

REAL DEPRECIATION RATE

•The difference between the original purchase price and sale

price for ex-fleet vehicles sold in a reporting period, represented

as an annual depreciation percentage

•It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or

maintenance of the rental vehicle

•It is not impacted by the accounting depreciation rate applied to

the vehicle during its time on the rental fleet

•A low Real Depreciation Rate indicates that thl is efficiently

managing the purchasing and selling of fleet, with a low

differential between purchase and sale prices

1 Pre-FY23 data represents thl only and is unavailable for Canada and UK/Ireland.

REAL DEPRECIATION RATES

FY24HISTORICAL NORM

1

NZ~2%~6 - 7%

AU~1%~7 - 9%

USA~0.5%~0 - 1%

CA< 0%N/A

UK< 0%N/A

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Merger Synergies and Cost Efficiencies

13

•FY24 included an estimated synergy contribution (net of

implementation costs) of $18.3M of EBIT or $14.2M of NPAT

1

•Our synergy tracking and actions to date indicate that

synergies have been realised in line with original estimates.

These include:

⎼Higher ex-rental sales margins in Australia with 100% of ex-

rentals sold through the retail dealer network instead of

the wholesale network – gross profit margin increased

from 37.2% to nearly 50% in FY24

⎼Lease cost savings from the consolidation of 12 locations

⎼Labour cost savings

⎼Consolidation of marketing expenditure and benefits

•Countering some of these benefits have been inflationary

pressures that have led to cost increases, as seen across all

industries

•Cost increases have been most notable in fleet purchase and

build costs, labour rates, insurance, and property leasing

costs indexed to the CPI over several years

SYNERGIES NET OF IMPLEMENTATION COSTS

FINANCIAL

YEAR

ORIGINAL

TARGET (EBIT)

ESTIMATED

REALISED (EBIT)

ESTIMATED

REALISED (NPAT)

1

FY24$17.6M$18.3M$14.2M

FY23($1.9M)$1.8M$2.0M

1

Assuming a 28% effective tax rate on EBIT synergies and incorporating interest cost synergies (net of tax)

that are not reflected in EBIT synergies.

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Merger Synergies and Cost Efficiencies

14

•Fundamental to thl’s intent to improve ROFE is a synergy

and cost out programme to be undertaken across FY25 and

FY26

•Given the level of integration between thl and Apollo, the

line between merger synergy opportunities and overall cost

reduction and efficiency opportunities is increasingly

blurred. Combining this with the inflationary context, it

becomes increasingly complex to compare against a pre-

merger 2022 counterfactual scenario

•As a result, thl is in the process of rebasing its targets to

capture:

⎼broader cost-out opportunities not specifically associated

with the merger; and

⎼incremental synergy opportunities identified post-

merger

•thl’s rebased targets will be set against the FY24 cost base,

simplifying internal and external reporting compared to

reporting against a 2022 counterfactual scenario

•Further detail is expected to be provided on these targets

at the Annual Meeting in October 2024

CONTINUING OPPORTUNITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE MERGER

•Reducing manufacturing costs through alignment of Trans-

Tasman manufacturing practices

•Improving the North American business model through greater

alignment between the USA and Canada businesses

GENERAL COST-OUT AND EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENTS

•Moving the business globally to common digital platforms across

seven different areas, eliminating duplicate IT costs and

providing benefits in benchmarking and system management

•Undertaking a product engineering process aimed at reducing

fleet production/purchase costs to deliver a lower priced product

that better matches current market demands

•Reviewing the ways in which the businesses operate, to generate

labour and operational efficiency opportunities

15thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
36°14′N—116°49′W

Divisional

Review

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
New Zealand Rentals & Sales

16

•Return on Funds Employed of 22.1%

•Record EBIT performance for New Zealand in FY24

•EBIT growth of 14% on the PF pcp driven by the continued

recovery of international leisure travel into New Zealand and

despite the FY23 PF including NZ$4.6M of gross margin

relating to the divestment of 110 vehicles to Jucy Rentals

•Tough vehicle sales conditions evident in the decline in vehicle

sales volumes and retail RV sales margins. Ex-fleet margins

have remained consistent due to the continued sale of older,

higher-margin ex-rental inventory in FY24

•The real depreciation rate remains below the historical norm of

~6 – 7% for this business, reflecting that ex-rental margins

remained high in FY24

•Under normal operating conditions we expect sales volumes to

be above 600 annually. Our expectations are based on

historical volumes, the expansion of RV Super Centre with two

new locations, and the development of the new Auckland

flagship location

NZD $M

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Rental revenue

110.6

77.0

33.6

44%

82.7

27.9

34%

Sale of goods revenue

37.0

47.2

(10.2)

(22%)

64.7

(27.7)

(43%)

Costs

(102.0)

(92.1)

(9.9)

(11%)

(107.3)

5.3

5%

EBIT

45.7

32.1

13.6

42%

40.1

5.6

14%

Rentals division

Operating rental fleet

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Average rental fleet size

1,775

1,460

315

22%

Revenue per average rental vehicle

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

RevPARV (NZD $k)

62.3

56.6

6

10%

Vehicle sales division

Unit sales (#)

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Ex-fleet sales

276

516

(240)

(47%)

Retail RV sales

57

91

(34)

(37%)

Total RV sales

333

607

(274)

(45%)

Gross profit margin %

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

GP margin on ex-fleet sales

37.1%

36.4%

0.7%

GP margin on retail RV sales

13.7%

18.1%

(4.3%)

Total GP margin on RV sales

31.2%

32.5%

(1.3%)

Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales

FY24

FY23 (PF)

RDR

~2%

~1%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Australia Rentals, Sales &

Manufacturing

17

•Return on Funds Employed of 11.8%

•The decline in EBIT stems partly from the challenging sales

conditions, the absence of non-tourism activity in FY24, and the

inclusion in the FY23 PF of A$7.9M of gross sales margin relating

to the divestment of 200 vehicles to Jucy Rentals

•The business saw growth in tourism rental hire days

(international up, domestic down) and rental yields but faced a

94% reduction in non-tourism bookings, as the pcp included

several emergency accommodation bookings amounting to

A$8.1M in rental revenue

•The decline in RevPARV and fleet utilisation is attributable to the

loss of non-tourism activity

•Total RV sales, supported by the CamperAgent acquisition in

January, have remained in line with the PF pcp

•Under normal operating conditions we expect total RV sales

volumes to be above 2,800 annually

•Under the leadership of Action Manufacturing, the Brisbane

factory is improving its processes to enhance operational

efficiency

•The thl Melbourne assembly operations are to be integrated into

the Brisbane factory from 2025 onwards

AUD $M

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Rental revenue

119.4

97.4

22.1

23%

119.4

0.0

0%

Sale of goods revenue

228.1

121.1

107.0

88%

228.9

(0.8)

(0%)

Costs

(308.5)

(185.5)

(123.1)

(66%)

(297.2)

(11.3)

(4%)

EBIT

39.0

33.0

6.0

18%

51.1

(12.1)

(24%)

Rentals division

Operating rental fleet

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Average rental fleet size

2,247

2,002

244

12%

Revenue per average rental vehicle

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

RevPARV (AUD $k)

53.2

59.6

(6)

(11%)

Vehicle sales division

Unit sales (#)

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Ex-fleet sales

279

545

(266)

(49%)

Retail RV sales

2,214

1,981

233

12%

Total RV sales

2,493

2,526

(33)

(1%)

Gross profit margin %

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR %

GP margin on ex-fleet sales

48.9%

37.2%

11.6%

GP margin on retail RV sales

9.8%

14.1%

(4.3%)

Total GP margin on RV sales

13.4%

19.6%

(6.2%)

Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales

FY24

FY23 (PF)

RDR

~1%

< 0%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
USA Rentals & Sales

18

USD $M

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

Rental revenue

52.8

48.3

4.5

9%

Sale of goods revenue

43.5

60.0

(16.5)

(27%)

Costs

(95.9)

(100.0)

4.1

4%

EBIT

0.5

8.3

(7.8)

(94%)

Rentals division

Operating rental fleet

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

Average rental fleet size

1,729

1,612

118

7%

Revenue per average rental vehicle

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

RevPARV (USD $k)

30.5

30.0

1

2%

Vehicle sales division

Unit sales (#)

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

RV sales

667

786

(119)

(15%)

Gross profit margin %

FY24

FY23

VAR %

GP margin on RV sales

16.3%

23.5%

(7.1%)

Actual RDR (for graph)

Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales

FY24

FY23

RDR

~0%

< 0%

•EBIT of US$0.5M is a disappointing and unsatisfactory outcome

for the USA business. Recent business transformation actions

include:

⎼Kate Meldrum appointed to the new role of COO for North America,

overseeing both USA and Canada operations to maximise the potential

opportunities across North America

⎼Dedicated resource to generate greater rental activity in the non-tourism

and events segments

⎼New leadership in the sales and marketing functions

•An improvement in utilisation has seen a 2% increase in RevPARV,

however fewer sales and lower sales margins impacted overall

performance

•The decrease in gross margin on sales reflects a return to more

normal margins

•Sales volumes in FY24 were impacted by the downturn. Under

normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes to be

around 800 annually

•Fleet investment into the 2025 high season was moderated in

anticipation of continued softness in vehicle sales, with the

average rental fleet size increasing by 7%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Canada Rentals & Sales

19

•Return on Funds Employed of 8.3%

•Although rentals performed well, EBIT of CAD$9.7M was 26%

below the PF pcp, primarily due to a CAD$2.8M impact on FY24

from Apollo acquisition accounting. Excluding the acquisition

accounting impact, EBIT declined by 5% due to normalisation of

sales margins exceeding growth achieved in rentals

•Rental revenue growth of 30% reflects a larger fleet size and an

improvement in RevPARV

•RV sales volumes rose to 398 vehicles, aligning more closely with

the normal historical sales in this market

•CanaDream is improving its mix of retail to wholesale RV sales,

mitigating the reduction in sales margins attributable to the

market normalising

•From FY25 onwards, CanaDream will commence the transfer of a

proportion of its ex-fleet vehicles to the USA business as part of

the broader North American business model efficiencies. These

transfers will reduce the sales margin opportunity for Canada in

FY25 but should deliver a better outcome for the North American

business over time

•Under normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes for

this business to be above 400 annually

Note: A comparison to statutory results for FY23 is not provided here as the prior period covers only

7 months of performance

1

1

Gross profit margins in FY24 are impacted by the Apollo acquisition accounting, which saw a write-up in the

book value of a proportion of the Canadian rental fleet. Without the impact of acquisition accounting, gross

profit margins in FY24 would have been ~16%

CAD $M

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Rental revenue

41.8

32.2

9.6

30%

Sale of goods revenue

31.0

22.4

8.6

39%

Costs

(63.1)

(41.4)

(21.7)

(52%)

EBIT

9.7

13.2

(3.5)

(26%)

Rentals division

Operating rental fleet

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Average rental fleet size

1,367

1,161

206

18%

Revenue per average rental vehicle

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

RevPARV (CAD $k)

30.6

27.7

3

10%

Vehicle sales division

Unit sales (#)

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

RV sales

387

197

190

96%

Gross profit margin %

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR %

GP margin on RV sales

8.6%

32.5%

(23.9%)

Actual RDR (for graph)

Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales

FY24

FY23 (PF)

RDR

< 0%

< 0%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
UK & Ireland Rentals & Sales

20

•Return on Funds Employed < 0%

•A disappointing result for the UK & Ireland business with an EBIT

loss (before non-recurring items) of £0.1M

•thl has recognised a goodwill impairment for the UK/Ireland

division, leading to a $12.4M negative impact (after taxes) on FY24.

The impairment is not included on this slide on the basis that it is

non-recurring

•The business has experienced a notable increase in operating

costs, most significantly in insurance premiums which have

increased by £478k since FY22. There is an ongoing effort to offset

these rising costs by pursuing synergies between Just go and

Bunk Campers

•The UK division has been impacted by uncertain vehicle delivery

dates in 2023 and 2024, impacting the ability to take bookings for

the early part of the high season

•RV sales of 291 included 155 units transferred to New Zealand

Rentals & Sales with the UK recognising lower-than-average

margins on these sales. If excluded, RV sales volumes were

broadly stable with the PF pcp

•Under normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes for

this business to be around 200 annually

•RV sales margins continue to return to normal levels but have

seen specific pressure from a particular category of aged Bunk ex-

rental vehicles

*Comparative values not presented as pre-merger Apollo data is unavailable.

GBP £MFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

Rental revenue9.28.01.215%

Sale of goods revenue15.68.07.695%

Costs(24.9)(14.7)(10.2)(70%)

EBIT before non-recurring items(0.1)1.3(1.4)N/M

Rentals division

Operating rental fleetFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

Average rental fleet size470N/A*N/AN/A

Revenue per average rental vehicleFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

RevPARV (GBP £k)19.6N/A*N/AN/A

Vehicle sales division

Unit sales (#)FY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

RV sales291122169139%

Gross profit margin %FY24FY23 (PF)VAR %

GP margin on RV sales15.2%33.6%(18.4%)

Actual RDR (for graph)

Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet salesFY24FY23 (PF)

RDR< 0%N/A*

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
NZD $MFY24FY23VARVAR %

Sale of goods - third party74.047.027.057%

Costs - third party(66.4)(43.0)(23.4)(54%)

EBIT - third party7.64.03.691%

Sale of goods - intercompany104.571.533.046%

Costs - intercompany(98.3)(67.2)(31.1)(46%)

EBIT - incl. intercompany transactions13.98.35.667%

Action Manufacturing (NZ)

21

•Return on Funds Employed of 27.8% (inclusive of intercompany

transactions)

•Action Manufacturing’s commercial vehicle manufacturing

goes from strength to strength with EBIT of $7.6M up 91% on

the pcp, while EBIT inclusive of RV manufacturing grows to

$13.9M

•FY25 will see a focus on establishing Trans-Tasman alignment

in RV manufacturing process, systems, product and people,

creating efficiencies for the broader business

•Action Manufacturing sees the specialised emergency vehicle

market as a growth opportunity, with potential to extend these

production capabilities to Australia using the Brisbane factory

•A China procurement project has been progressing in FY24 to

identify and partner with key Chinese suppliers that provide

high-quality, low-cost RV components

•The Action Manufacturing reporting segment includes thl’s

New Zealand manufacturing division only. thl’s Australian

manufacturing division is included in the Australian

Manufacturing, Rentals & Sales segment

Note: EBIT inclusive of intercompany transactions includes the intercompany revenue and costs from the

manufacture of RVs for thl's rental operations. EBIT - third party reflects solely the revenue and costs from

the manufacture of specialist commercial vehicles for third parties.

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Tourism

22

•Return on Funds Employed of 138%, representing the highest within thl

•EBIT of $13M represents a record result for the NZ Tourism division

•The FIFA Women’s World Cup in the first half of FY24 supported increased activity

during a typically quieter period

•We are targeting further growth for this division in line with increases in international

visitor arrivals to New Zealand and recovery of the China inbound market

Group Support Services & Other

Group Eliminations

•Any margin generated on intercompany vehicle transfers between manufacturing,

rentals, sales, or any other segments is eliminated at the group level

•Once an ex-rental vehicle is ultimately sold to a third party, any margins previously

eliminated on intercompany transfers are recognised

•The elimination and subsequent recognition of profits are shown in the Group

Eliminations division

•thl recharges most of its group support costs to its individual business units, however

some costs are not recharged and are reported in the GSS & Other division. The result

for this division is predominantly an outcome of the applicable recharges in a year

•GSS & Other in FY24 is higher than FY23 partly due to merger integration costs,

inflationary pressures on general corporate costs and a smaller proportion of overall

costs being recharged to individual divisions

•thl expects that EBIT for GSS & Other (after recharge allocations) in FY25 will be

approximately -$6.5M

Group Support Services & Other

NZD $M

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Revenue

1.0

0.9

0.2

17%

Costs

(12.5)

(0.8)

(11.7)

(1,460%)

EBIT before non-recurring items

(11.4)

0.1

(11.5)

N/M

Tourism

NZD $M

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

Revenue

42.0

25.1

16.9

67%

Costs

(29.0)

(18.8)

(10.2)

(54%)

EBIT

13.0

6.3

6.7

106%

Group Eliminations

NZD $M

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Intercompany revenue elimination

(123.1)

(71.5)

(51.6)

(72%)

Intercompany costs elimination

118.3

67.4

50.9

75%

EBIT

(4.9)

(4.1)

(0.8)

(19%)

23thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-45°02’S—168°29’E

Outlook

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Outlook

24

•Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect

an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24

•Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire

days in FY25 within our key markets of New Zealand, Australia and North

America

•Booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing,

potentially impacting rentals in calendar year 2025. This indicates that it may

take longer than initially expected to return to pre-COVID levels, which aligns

with broader industry feedback and sentiment. Fleet purchases and

production for 2025 have been adjusted accordingly, with lower fleet capital

expenditure planned

•We see these headwinds as cyclical and associated with the wider economic

downturn, rather than any structural change for the RV industry. We have a

positive longer-term outlook for the RV category and believe it is positioned to

increase its share of the broader tourism market

•thl is well positioned within the industry, as the global leader in RV rentals with

opportunities for synergies and cost reduction, supported by balance sheet

strength and strong capital management disciplines

•thl continues its strong focus on ROFE, and we recognise that the returns from

the USA, UK/Ireland and Canada divisions in FY24 are unacceptable.

Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for management and while

we expect ROFE in FY25 for these divisions will remain below our 15% target,

the changes we have implemented should lead to future improvements in

ROFE, particularly in bringing the North American businesses more closely

together

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Our Future NPAT Goal

25

•We have previously stated a goal to achieve $100M in net

profit after tax in FY26

•We continue to believe that the core assumptions

supporting our $100M goal are intact for thl

•However, the economic climate in the key markets of

New Zealand and Australia, and more broadly overseas,

have deteriorated more than anticipated when we set

this goal, and in our view makes achievement of this

goal by FY26 unrealistic

•Given the prevailing economic conditions and persisting

uncertainties, it would be inappropriate for us to set a

precise timeline for reaching our goal

•We remain steadfast in our belief that we have the

necessary components and will advance towards our

goal as tourism rebounds and general economic

conditions improve

26thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-14°19’S—132°34’E

Questions

27thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
42°46’S—147°33’E

Thank you

28thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Important

Notes

36°14′N—116°49′W

Important notes
•All financials are in NZ dollars unless stated otherwise

(throughout presentation).

•All comparisons are against prior corresponding period

unless stated otherwise.

•The average:

•NZD:AUD cross-rate (average of the 12-month

rates) for FY24 was 0.9239 (FY23: 0.9144).

•NZD:USD cross-rate (average of the 12-month

rates) for FY24 was 0.6069 (FY23: 0.6145).

•NZD:CAD cross-rate (average of the 12-month

rates) for FY24 was 0.8209 (FY23:0.8416 being the

average the 7-month rates from December 2022).

•NZD:GBP cross-rate (average of the 12-month

rates) for FY24 was 0.4815 (FY23:0.5062 being the

average the 7-month rates from December 2022).

•EBIT should not be viewed in isolation and is intended to

supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore may

not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by

other companies.

•The balance sheet is converted at the closing rate as of 30

June 2024:

•The USD cross rate used was 0.6080 (FY23 -

0.6075).

•the AUD cross rate used was 0.9139 (FY23 - 0.9182).

•the CAD cross rate used was 0.8330 (FY23 - 0.8052).

•the GBP cross rate used was 0.4814 (FY23 - 0.4816).

•FY24 includes the following non-recurring items (which

have been excluded from the underlying result):

•A $12.5M goodwill impairment relating to the

UK/Ireland division ($12.4M impact, net of tax)

•FY23 includes the following non-recurring items (which

have been excluded from the underlying result):

•Transaction costs of $5.8M in relation to the

merger with Apollo

•A one-off deferred tax benefit of $2.8M on total

transaction costs in relation to the merger with

Apollo;

•A gain of $3.5M on the revaluation of thl’s 49%

shareholding in Just go (resulting from the

acquisition of the remaining shares);

•A gain of $0.6M on the revaluation of thl’s previous

shareholding in Apollo (resulting from the

acquisition of the remaining shares); and

•A gain of $1.0M from an increase in the fair value of

deferred consideration on the second tranche of

shares received from Camplify Holdings Limited, in

connection with the sale of Mighway and

SHAREaCAMPER in FY22.

•The depreciation expense and interest expense recognised

in FY24 in relation to IFRS 16 is $22.9M (FY23: $17.3M) and

$8.8M (FY23: $6.7M) respectively. Actual lease payments for

the period were $25.3M (FY23: $21.9M).

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Glossary of Key Terms

30

Average Fleet Size or Average Fleetrefers to the average of the closing rental fleet balance at the end of each month in the reporting period

Average Net Debtrefers to the average of the net debt balance at the end of each month in the reporting period

Average Yieldrefers to the average daily rental van hire rate (excluding revenue relating to add-on products)

EBITrefers to the operating profit or loss before financing costs and tax

EBITDArefers to the operating profit or loss before financing costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation

Ex-fleet Salesrefers to the sale of vehicles that previously operated on thl’s rental fleet. It excludes the sale of buyback fleet (relevant in Australia only)

Fleetrefers to the fleet of vehicles operating in the rentals division. It excludes sales inventory in the vehicle sales/dealership division

Gross Profit Margin or GP Marginrefers to vehicle sales margin as a percentage of total vehicle sales revenue (net of any wholesale dealer commissions)

Net Debtrefers to interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents, and excludes IFRS 16 lease liabilities

NPATrefers to net profit after tax

PCPrefers to the prior corresponding period

Pro Forma or PFrefers to the pro forma results of thl and Apollo, in relation to FY23

Real Depreciation Rate or RDRrefers to the difference between the original purchase price and sale price for vehicles sold in the reporting period, represented as an annual

depreciation percentage. It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or maintenance of the vehicle

Retail RV Salesrefers to the sale of new and trade-in vehicles. It excludes ex-fleet sales

RevPARVrefers to rental revenue per average rental vehicle (based on the average fleet size)

ROFE or Return on Funds Employedrefers to EBIT divided by the average monthly net funds employed. Net funds employed is measured as total equity plus net debt. Lease Interest costs

arising from IFRS 16 (not ordinarily reflected in EBIT) are deducted from EBIT for the calculation, on the basis that the associated lease liabilities are not

included in net funds employed. The calculation is done in NZ dollars

Underlying NPATrefers to NPAT after removing any non-recurring items in the reporting period

Utilisationrefers to total hired rental days as a percentage of total calendar days

Vehicle Sales Marginrefers to vehicle sales revenue (net of any wholesale dealer commissions) less the net book value of vehicles sold. It excludes other costs of sale

31thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-45°02’S—168°29’E

Supplementary

Information

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Divisional Performance

Comparing FY24 to the prior year pro forma

32

Year ending 30 June 2024Year ending 30 June 2023 (Pro Forma)

Just Go 3 Mths to Sep 22

$M NZDREVENUE

DIVISIONAL

EBITDA

DIVISIONAL

EBIT

REVENUE

DIVISIONAL

EBITDA

DIVISIONAL

EBIT

New Zealand Rentals & Sales 147.6 65.9 45.7 147.4 54.8 40.1

Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing 376.2 73.7 41.9 380.7 84.6 55.9

USA Rentals & Sales 159.4 25.0 1.0 176.4 34.8 13.6

Canada Rentals & Sales 88.9 21.2 12.2 66.2 21.7 16.0

UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales 51.2 3.7 (0.3) 31.4 5.9 2.6

Action Manufacturing Group 178.5 18.3 13.9 118.5 11.7 8.3

Tourism 42.0 15.1 13.0 25.1 8.4 6.3

Group Support Services/Other 1.0 (9.4) (11.4) 0.9 2.0 0.1

Group Eliminations(123.1) (6.4) (4.9) (71.5) (4.4) (4.1)

Non-recurring items – (12.5) (12.5) – (6.2) (6.2)

Group Total 921.7 194.4 98.6 875.1 213.3 132.7

Underlying EBITDA/EBIT*206.9111.1219.5138.9

*Excluding non-recurring items

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Reconciliation of EBIT and EBITDA

33

Reconciliation of Reported and Underlying EBIT

NZD $M

FY24

FY23

Reported EBIT

98.6

88.9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU

12.5

0.0

Merger transaction costs


5.8

Gain on the revaluation of

thl

's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo


(4.1)

Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited


(1.0)

Underlying EBIT

111.1

89.6

Underlying EBIT attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition

N/A

49.3

Pro forma underlying EBIT

N/A

138.9

Reconciliation to Adjusted EBIT (used for ROFE calculation)

NZD $M

FY24

IFRS 16 interest expense

(8.0)

Check

Adjusted EBIT

103.1

Reconciliation of Reported and Underlying EBITDA

NZD $MFY24FY23

Reported EBITDA 194.4 158.5

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU12.50.0

Merger transaction costs0.05.8

Gain on the revaluation of thl's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo0.0(4.1)

Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited0.0(1.0)

Underlying EBITDA206.9159.2

Underlying EBITDA attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition N/A 60.3

Pro forma underlying EBITDA N/A 219.5

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Income Statement

Full year6 months to 30 June6 Months to 31 DecemberUse for Half Year

NZD $MFY24FY23VARVAR %FY24FY23VARVAR %

FY24FY23

VARVAR %

Revenue

Sale of services440.6307.0133.644%206.6173.033.619%234.0134.0100.075%

Sale of goods481.2356.9124.335%265.9229.936.116%215.2127.088.269%

Total revenue921.7663.8257.939%472.5402.869.717%449.2261.0188.272%

Costs(727.3)(505.4)(222.0)(44%)(397.8)(315.2)(82.6)(26%)(329.5)(190.2)(139.3)(73%)

EBITDA194.4158.535.923%74.787.7(12.9)(15%)119.770.848.969%

Depreciation & amortisation(95.8)(69.6)(26.2)(38%)(50.1)(41.1)(8.9)(22%)(45.7)(28.5)(17.2)(60%)

EBIT98.688.99.811%24.746.6(21.9)(47%)74.042.331.775%

Net finance costs(40.2)(22.7)(17.5)(77%)(22.3)(16.0)(6.3)(40%)(17.9)(6.7)(11.2)(168%)

Share of profit from associates0.00.8(0.8)N/M0.00.0(0.0)N/M0.00.8(0.8)N/M

Net profit before tax58.467.0(8.6)(13%)2.430.6(28.2)(92%)56.036.419.654%

Taxation(19.0)(17.1)(1.9)(11%)(2.7)(5.9)3.254%(16.3)(11.2)(5.1)(45%)

Net profit after tax39.449.9(10.5)(21%)(0.4)24.7(25.0)N/M39.725.214.558%

Net profit after tax is attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company39.449.9(10.5)(21%)(0.4)24.7(25.1)N/M39.725.214.558%

Basic EPS (in cents)

(1)

18.226.4

Diluted EPS (in cents)

(1)

18.126.1

(1)

Based on weighted average number of shares on issue across the reporting period

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Balance Sheet

As at

As at

NZD $M

30 Jun 2024

30 Jun 2023

VAR

31 Dec 2023

31 Dec 2022

VAR

Equity

616.9

611.0

5.9

618.4

570.8

47.6

Non current liabilities (excluding lease liabilities)

431.3

287.9

143.4

388.5

197.4

191.1

Current liabilities (excluding lease liabilities)

301.8

284.8

17.0

255.3

270.9

(15.6)

Lease liabilities

147.5

159.9

(12.4)

148.1

120.2

27.9

Total source of funds

1,497.5

1,343.6

153.9

1,410.3

1,159.3

251.0

Intangible assets (including goodwill)

186.5

190.3

(3.9)

190.7

212.5

(21.8)

Investments

0.1

23.3

(23.1)

24.6

20.4

4.2

Derivative financial instruments

1.3

2.4

(1.2)

0.9

0.0

0.9

Property, plant and equipment

829.3

659.3

170.0

746.5

473.2

273.3

Right-of-use assets

130.1

145.0

(14.9)

132.3

130.4

1.9

Current assets

350.2

323.3

26.9

315.3

322.8

(7.5)

Total use of funds

1,497.5

1,343.6

153.9

1,410.3

1,159.3

251.0

Net debt (excluding lease liabilities)

445.9

285.2

160.7

403.3

249.3

154.0

Net tangible assets

430.4

420.6

9.8

427.7

358.3

69.4

Shares on issue

Net tangible assets per share

1

$1.97

$1.96

$1.97

$1.67

Book value of net assets per share

1

$2.83

$2.85

$2.85

$2.67

Debt / debt + equity ratio

2

50.9%

40.4%

48.5%

41.0%

Equity ratio

2

37.1%

42.6%

35.1%

37.8%

1

Based on shares on issue at the relevant balance date

2

Equity ratio net of intangibles, right-of-use assets and liabilities, prepayments and deferred tax assets. Disclosures in previous presentations were net of intangibles only.

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Ex-Rental Fleet Sales

Note: Gross margin equals vehicle sales revenue (net of any dealer commissions) less the net book value of

the vehicles sold. It excludes other costs of sale. FY23 figures above include a gain on the sale of 110

motorhomes in New Zealand and 200 motorhomes in Australia to Jucy Rentals on 30 November 2022.

1

These figures for the Australian division in the FY24 Interim Results presentation reflected the profit on sale

recognised by the Retail division. To provide greater insight into the overall profit contribution from each

sale, these figures now encompass the profit on sale recognised by the Retail division as well as the profit

from the intercompany transfer of sold vehicles from the Rentals division to the Retail division (which will

have been recognised by the Rentals division previously and eliminated at the group level).

$M

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Proceeds from ex-fleet sales

New Zealand

20.9

43.1

(22.2)

(51%)

Australia

21.9

57.5

(35.6)

(62%)

USA

74.4

95.4

(21.0)

(22%)

Canada

35.8

20.9

14.9

71%

UK/Ireland

26.7

11.6

15.1

131%

Total proceeds from ex-fleet sales

179.8

228.5

(48.7)

(21%)

Net book value of ex-fleet sold

New Zealand

(13.2)

(27.4)

14.2

52%

Australia

1

(11.2)

(36.1)

24.9

69%

USA

(62.3)

(73.0)

10.7

15%

Canada

(32.7)

(14.1)

(18.6)

(132%)

UK/Ireland

(22.7)

(7.7)

(15.0)

(195%)

Total net book value of ex-fleet sold

(142.0)

(158.3)

16.3

10%

Gross margin on ex-fleet sales

New Zealand

7.8

15.7

(7.9)

(50%)

Australia

1

10.7

21.4

(10.7)

(50%)

USA

12.2

22.4

(10.2)

(46%)

Canada

3.1

6.8

(3.7)

(55%)

UK/Ireland

4.1

3.9

0.2

4%

Total gross margin on ex-fleet sales

37.8

70.2

(32.4)

(46%)

$kFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

Average gross margin on ex-fleet sales

New Zealand28.230.4(2.3)(7%)

Australia

1

38.339.3(1.0)(2%)

USA18.228.5(10.3)(36%)

Canada8.034.5(26.5)(77%)

UK/Ireland14.032.0(18.0)(56%)

%FY24FY23 (PF)VAR

Gross profit margin (%) on ex-fleet sales

New Zealand37.1%36.4%0.7%

Australia

1

48.9%37.2%11.6%

USA16.3%23.5%-7.1%

Canada8.6%32.5%-23.9%

UK/Ireland15.2%33.6%-18.4%

#FY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %

Ex-fleet vehicles sold

New Zealand276516(240)(47%)

Australia279545(266)(49%)

USA667786(119)(15%)

Canada38719719096%

UK/Ireland291122169139%

Total ex-fleet vehicles sold1,9002,166(266)(12%)

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Retail RV Sales (New Zealand and Australia only)

$M

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Proceeds from retail RV sales

New Zealand

7.1

11.8

(4.6)

(40%)

Australia

216.3

183.9

32.4

18%

Total proceeds from retail RV sales

223.4

195.7

27.8

14%

Cost of retail RV sales

New Zealand

(6.1)

(9.6)

3.5

36%

Australia

(195.2)

(158.1)

(37.1)

(23%)

Total cost of retail RV sales

(201.4)

(167.7)

(33.6)

(20%)

Gross margin on retail RV sales

New Zealand

1.0

2.1

(1.1)

(54%)

Australia

21.1

25.8

(4.7)

(18%)

Total gross margin on retail RV sales

22.1

28.0

(5.9)

(21%)

$k

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Average gross margin on retail RV sales

New Zealand

17.1

23.3

(6.2)

(27%)

Australia

9.5

13.0

(3.5)

(27%)

%

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

Gross profit margin (%) on retail RV sales

New Zealand

13.7%

18.1%

-4.3%

Australia

9.8%

14.1%

-4.3%

#

FY24

FY23 (PF)

VAR

VAR %

Retail RV sales

New Zealand

57

91

(34)

(37%)

Australia

2,214

1,981

233

12%

Total retail RV sales

2,271

2,072

199

10%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Fleet Movements

1 FY23 Opening Fleet does not include Apollo vehicles, which are accounted for in the on-fleets for the year

2 Off-fleets consist of vehicles transferred to inventory for sale, intercompany transfers to other jurisdictions (where applicable), and vehicles written-off

Units:FY24FY23VARVAR %

New Zealand

Opening fleet1,4001,00939139%

On-fleets

(1)

852735(117)(16%)

Off-fleets

(2)

(285)(344)5917%

Closing fleet1,9671,40056741%

Australia

Opening fleet2,0811,20687573%

On-fleets

(1)

9281,45552736%

Off-fleets

(2)

(648)(580)(68)(12%)

Closing fleet2,3612,08128013%

USA

Opening fleet1,8181,64217611%

On-fleets

(1)

60096536538%

Off-fleets

(2)

(672)(789)11715%

Closing fleet1,7461,818(72)(4%)

Units:

FY24

FY23

VAR

VAR %

Canada

Opening fleet

1,402

-

1,402

N/M

On-fleets

(1)

244

1,567

1,323

84%

Off-fleets

(2)

(389)

(165)

(224)

(136%)

Closing fleet

1,257

1,402

(145)

(10%)

UK/Ireland

Opening fleet

532

204

328

161%

On-fleets

(1)

350

441

91

21%

Off-fleets

(2)

(292)

(113)

(179)

(158%)

Closing fleet

590

532

58

11%

Total Group

Opening fleet

7,233

4,061

3,172

78%

On-fleets

(1)

2,974

5,163

2,189

42%

Off-fleets

(2)

(2,286)

(1,991)

(295)

(15%)

Closing fleet

7,921

7,233

688

10%

thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Average Fleet Size and RevPARV – Historical Data

New Zealand and Australia data reflects pro forma

39

Note: Historical data for UK/Ireland unavailable. New Zealand and Australian data for FY23 and prior periods reflects pro forma combination

of thl and Apollo. The Canada division was not owned by thl before 30 November 2022.

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY23

FY24

New Zealand Rentals ($NZD)

Rental revenue ($k)

124.1

113.9

39.0

23.5

82.7

110.6

Average fleet (#)

3,244

3,350

2,713

1,802

1,460

1,775

RevPARV ($k)

38.3

34.0

14.4

13.0

56.6

62.3

Australia Rentals ($AUD)

Rental revenue ($k)

126.5

98.8

58.3

67.2

119.4

119.4

Average fleet (#)

3,493

3,471

2,618

2,199

2,002

2,247

RevPARV ($k)

36.2

28.5

22.3

30.6

59.6

53.2

USA Rentals ($USD)

Rental revenue ($k)

55.5

49.5

38.4

36.3

48.3

52.8

Average fleet (#)

2,042

2,128

1,192

1,315

1,612

1,729

RevPARV ($k)

27.2

23.3

32.2

27.6

30.0

30.5

Canada Rentals ($CAD)

Rental revenue ($k)

32.5

28.2

13.6

23.6

32.2

41.8

Average fleet (#)

1,169

1,382

895

713

1,161

1,367

RevPARV ($k)

27.8

20.4

15.2

33.1

27.7

30.6

T H L O N L I N E . C O M

---

Tourism Holdings Limited
Tel: +64 9 336 4299

The Beach House

Fax: +64 9 309 9269

Level 1, 83 Beach Road

www.thlonline.com

Auckland City


PO Box 4293, Shortland Street


Auckland 1140, New Zealand





27 August 2024


NZX | ASX | MEDIA RELEASE

TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl)


FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS


Summary:

• Underlying net profit after tax of $51.8M, within guidance range

• Statutory net profit after tax of $39.4M due to $12.4M impairment of goodwill attributable to

UK/Ireland divisions

• Record EBIT results from New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing and New Zealand

Tourism divisions

• Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0% franked, providing a full year FY24

dividend of 9.5 cents per share

• Continued growth in rental fleet to 7,921 vehicles, up 10%

• Group Return on Funds Employed of 10.0%

• Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect an increase in

underlying NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24

• Prevailing economic conditions make it unrealistic to achieve $100M net profit after tax goal by FY26,

however we remain steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary components and will advance

towards our goal as tourism rebounds and general economic conditions improve


thl today releases its results for the 12 months ending 30 June 2024.


Cathy Quinn, thl Chair, said “There is no doubt that the last six months have been particularly difficult for

parts of the business. However, the New Zealand and Australian rental businesses, which had the

greatest opportunity to benefit from the merger of thl and Apollo, have each delivered strong profit

results and are well positioned for the future.”


Grant Webster, thl CEO, said “Our FY24 results reflect a mixed set of outcomes by business area and

geography. The overall underlying NPAT of $51.8 million, while still a significant number, is below what

we believe to be achievable for thl and well below the expectations we had some months ago.


“Positively, the New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing and New Zealand Tourism divisions

have all achieved record EBIT results. This success is reflective of the recovery in international tourism to

New Zealand as well as the continued growth of Action Manufacturing following several small

acquisitions in the past few years.”


Cathy Quinn said “The current environment is uncertain, leading us to the view that the difficult

operating environment will continue over the upcoming year. We believe that we are prepared for this

uncertainty, with balance sheet strength and renewed financing arrangements that position us well to

manage persisting economic pressures.







“We will continue to focus on improving operational performance, cost reduction, primarily on fleet as

our largest single investment, and achieving target returns on capital across all our businesses.”


Dividend


A final dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0% franked, will be payable on Friday 4 October

2024. The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is available to eligible shareholders that wish to participate,

and a 2% discount is available. The record date is Friday 20 September 2024 and the final date for DRP

elections is Monday 23 September 2024.


Outlook Commentary


Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect an increase in underlying

NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24.


Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire days in FY25 within our key

markets of New Zealand, Australia and North America.


Booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing, potentially impacting rentals in

calendar year 2025. This indicates that it may take longer than initially expected to return to pre-COVID

levels, which aligns with broader industry feedback and sentiment. Fleet purchases and production for

2025 have been adjusted accordingly, with lower fleet capital expenditure planned.


We see these headwinds as cyclical and associated with the wider economic downturn, rather than any

structural change for the RV industry. We have a positive longer-term outlook for the RV category and

believe it is positioned to increase its share of the broader tourism market.


thl is well positioned within the industry, as the global leader in RV rentals with opportunities for

synergies and cost reduction, supported by balance sheet strength and strong capital management

disciplines.


thl continues its strong focus on ROFE, and we recognise that the returns from the USA, UK/Ireland and

Canada divisions in FY24 are unacceptable. Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for

management and while we expect ROFE in FY25 for these divisions will remain below our 15% target, the

changes we have implemented should lead to future improvements in ROFE, particularly in bringing the

North American businesses more closely together.


Our future net profit after tax goal


We have previously stated a goal to achieve $100 million in net profit after tax in FY26.


We continue to believe that the core assumptions supporting our $100M goal are intact for thl.

However, the economic climate in the key markets of New Zealand and Australia, and more broadly

overseas, have deteriorated more than anticipated when we set this goal, and in our view makes

achievement of this goal by FY26 unrealistic.








Given the prevailing economic conditions and persisting uncertainties, it would be inappropriate for us to

set a precise timeline for reaching our goal. We remain steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary

components and will advance towards our goal as tourism rebounds and general economic conditions

improve.


ENDS


Authorised by:


Grant Webster

Chief Executive Officer, Tourism Holdings Limited


For further information contact:


Media:

Grant Webster

thl Chief Executive Officer

Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4255

Mobile: +64 21 449 210


Investors and Analysts:

Amir Ansari

Manager – Strategy & Development; Company Secretary

Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4203

Mobile: +64 21 163 8053

About thl (www.thlonline.com)



thl is a global tourism operator listed on the NZX and ASX (code: THL) and is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world.

In New Zealand/Australia, thl operates rental brands (Maui, Britz, Apollo, Mighty, Hippie, Cheapa Campa), manufacturing (Action

Manufacturing, Apollo), retail brands (Talvor, Kea, Winnebago, Adria, Coromal, Windsor), retail dealerships (RV Super Centre,

Apollo RV Sales, Kratzmann, George Day, Sydney RV, Camperagent), travel technology (Triptech) and tourism attractions (Kiwi

Experience and the Discover Waitomo Group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui Cave and The

Legendary Black Water Rafting Co.). In North America, thl operates the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, CanaDream, Britz and Mighty

rental brands. In UK and Europe, thl operates the Just go, Apollo and Bunk Campers rental brands.

---

Results announcement
Tourism Holdings Limited






Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023

Currency New Zealand Dollars

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$921,731 +39%

Total Revenue $921,731 +39%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$39,376 -21%

Total net profit/(loss) $39,376 -21%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.05000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.01944444

Record Date 20 September 2024

Dividend Payment Date 4 October 2024

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$1.97 $1.96

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

Refer to attached audited financial statements and investor

presentation.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Cathy Quinn

Contact person for this

announcement

Grant Webster

Contact phone number +64 9 336 4255

Contact email address grant.webster@thlonline.com

Date of release through MAP


27 August 2024


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Distribution Notice





Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares

NZX ticker code THL

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZ HELE 0001S9

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date 20/09/2024

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

19/09/2024

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

4/10/2024

Total monies associated with the

distribution

$10,911,220

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Retained Earnings

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution $0.06944444

Gross taxable amount $0.06944444

Total cash distribution $0.05000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

N/A

Supplementary distribution amount $ 0.00882353

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed

If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

100%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.01944444

Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$0.00347222

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)

2.0%

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

23/09/2024 27/09/2024

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

30/09/2024

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New issue

DRP strike price per financial product

$TBC

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

23/09/2024

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

Grant Webster, CEO

Contact person for this

announcement

Amir Ansari, Manager Strategy & Development

Contact phone number +64 21 1638053

Contact email address

a

mir.ansari@thlonline.com

Date of release through MAP


27/08/24

=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: FY24 Earnings Update – Investor Call Transcript – 06 May 2024 ===

Tourism Holdings Limited 
The Beach houses 

Level 1, 83 Beach Rd 

Auckland Central 

PO Box 4293 

Auckland 1010, New Zealand 

www.thlonline.com 

 

TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl) 

FY24 EARNINGS UPDATE – INVESTOR CALL TRANSCRIPT – 6 MAY 2024 

 

SPEAKERS: 

DE = Desmond Edgerton 

GW = Grant Webster  

KC = Kieran Carling 

AB = Andy Bowley 

GL = Grant Lowe 

BW = Ben Wilson  

BM = Belinda Moore 

 

 

TRANSCRIPT 

[START OF AUDIO RECORDING AT 00:00:00] 

DE ...today and thank you for standing by.  Welcome to Toursim Holdings Limited conference call.  At 

this time, all participants are in the listen‐only mode.  After the speakers presentation, there will be 

a question and answer session.  To ask a question during the session, you need to push star 11 on the 

telephone.  You will then hear automated message advising [00:00:17] Please be advised that today’s 

conference is being recorded.  I would now like to hand the call over to the first speaker today, it’s 

Grant Webster, CEO.  Thank you, please go ahead 

GW  Thank you Desmond.  Thank you everybody.  Good afternoon.  I would appreciate everybody 

attending at short notice and it’s obviously a very challenging change in expectations for THL.  Look, 

I will start by just noting that this isn’t like Covid 19 period, it’s not a GFC, we’re not at a trading loss. 

Our balance sheet and position in the market is still strong and we believe we’ve got a positive outlook 

in front of us.  Nevertheless, we feel the pain of the disappointment of this change in expectations as 

much as everybody else will.  We have had a very challenging start to Quarter 4 and a dramatic change 

in our expectations.  I reiterate the long‐term objectives and state of the business from our 

perspective remains very positive.  It’s a short presentation today, but we have provided more detail 

than what we normally would for something like this, so that you can have a really good 

understanding of what has occurred and the timeline around it.   

So let’s just jump into it, turning first to the summary slide.  So, as you well know, we’ve downgraded 

our expectations for FY24 from around $75M to between $50 and $53M net profit after tax.  It reflects 

the weakening economy, which has impacted most regions in some way or another, but vehicle sales 

have been the major factor globally and in particular, in the Australian market.  Over 50% of the 

shortfall that we’re looking at, from an EBIT perspective, is attributable to the Australian retail 

dealership vision.  And we will talk about the ex fleet sales in particular, the proportion of those that 

were sitting in that Quarter 4 and the extremely high margin that relates to those vehicles.  Rental 

yields have generally met our expectations in most markets but we have seen, with the slowing in the 

economy, the domestic markets in New Zealand and Australia decline in late booking trend and we’ll 

talk about that in a little bit more detail overall as well.   

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When we think about the core part of the business, the rentals business, it does remain healthy.  The 

rental yields have generally met our expectations and our outlook for the coming high season remains 

positive, which again we will cover as we move through things.   

It is important to note that THL is forecasting to remain compliant with its banking covenants at the 

June 30 Quarter end and beyond, but we will engage with the banks to make sure that we’ve got 

greater tolerance, in case it is required and we’ll talk more about that later on, including talking about 

potential impairment considerations. 

Whilst we fully understand that there may not be the same sense of credibility with the $100M net 

profit after tax goal for 2026, we have reiterated that that is our goal and we have provided more 

detail on the assumptions that sit behind that, to provide you with an understanding of why our 

confidence remains that we can hit that target. 

Just turning to the waterfall slide, this does demonstrate in simple terms what we’ve just talked 

about, that the Australian segment is the majority of the issue in this downgrade.  Although, as you 

can see, USA and New Zealand have also had declines, as has the UK/Ireland business.  In fact, the 

UK/Ireland business, on a percentage basis of their profitability, is actually the largest decline.   

Turning to the slide on the market deterioration and the conditions around it.  So the fundamental 

question that you’ll be asking yourselves and obviously we’ve challenged ourselves on as well, is, how 

could this have deteriorated so quickly and how come you only knew about it now?  As evidenced, 

like I said, we were ahead at the end of January going into February, when we released the half‐year 

results, we had a small shortfall within February [00:04:40] and we had rectification in plans for that 

shortage from February and March and a number of other upsides that we were considering.  We 

knew that we had to keep a close eye on what was happening and the trends in the business weren’t 

necessarily favourable, but manageable within our forecasts.  As the rental income for April came to 

fruition, we saw that drop in domestic in Australia and New Zealand from the Easter period and school 

holidays.  We did end up below our domestic expectations in rentals but, far more importantly, what 

we saw in April was a significant shortfall against our expectations for vehicle sales.  We had 

promotional activity in place that focussed on our ex fleet across both markets.  We had priced the 

product appropriately.  We had in a second‐hand vehicle that was a lower price and more attractive 

to the market, in our view, but demand dropped across the board and those sales simply did not 

occur.  We reviewed that situation at the middle of last week and, as those final expectations came 

through from the businesses on Wednesday night through to Thursday morning, that’s when we went 

into a trading hold because we could see a material decline in expectations for May and June.  So we 

have taken that trend in April and flowed it through to May and June.  Some may say that that’s a 

conservative approach.  We think it is realistic, based on the leads that we have, based on the deals 

that we have on the books and the deals that we expect to do over the coming weeks.  We will talk a 

little bit more about that vehicle sales issues as we move forward. 

Moving to the next slide.  This is where we want to just reiterate the positive outlook from a rentals 

perspective.  The future key rental periods are not expected to be significantly impacted by that 

domestic change that we’ve seen recently.  We are more an international business, particularly in 

New Zealand, Canada, the UK and Australia and in general that international business remains strong 

and positive, with yields in line with our expectations.  Now, we did expect and plan for yields to 

decline somewhat.  We have been clear about that for some time, but yields have not declined any 

further than what we expected.  So we do see the impacts at the moment to be reflective of the 

current economic conditions and we do expect those conditions to improve over time.  Importantly, 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

we don’t see any structural change in either the demand for purchasing RVs or on an international 

basis for renting RVs.   

An important point here to also just note that the manufacturing and tourism businesses are 

generally tracking in line with our expectations.  The New Zealand tourism business is slightly down 

in Quarter 4 with that movement in domestic activity but it’s outperformed in Quarter 3.   

Let’s just move to the outlook.  As indicated, we have retained that goal for $100M MPAT and we’ve 

considered the underlying assumptions behind that goal very carefully and would consider those 

against the current trading performance and we’ll talk about those on the next slide.  But the 

movement in FY24 clearly does mean that FY25 is also going to start poorly.  Quarter 4 isn’t just going 

to end and on July the 1

st

 everything turn rosy.  So we do expect that Quarter 1 probably going into 

Quarter 2 of FY25 will start more poorly than we expected and we do therefore expect FY25 to be 

materially lower than the current analysts’ consensus expectations.  Those current numbers are 

around $87M for FY25 and we have indicated that we think we will be below the FY23 proforma result 

of $77M net profit after tax. 

So let’s just have a look at the FY26 assumptions.  So, I just want to reinforce at the outset that we 

think these assumptions are reflective of the ongoing expectation of growth in tourism which we are 

seeing and we see nothing at the moment that means that international tourism is expected to 

decline, if you look at airline capacity, if you look at airline yields and if you look at hotel capacity 

starting to grow again around the world, it all certainly supports that long‐haul and international 

tourism is expected to grow over the coming years.  They do reflect a recovery in vehicle sales.  And 

the RV sales market, we would note, has seen these kinds of drops historically and globally and 

recovers in reasonable time‐frames, particularly as interest rates drop.   

What’s important in here is to really acknowledge that we have allowed for rental yields to drop from 

FY24 to FY25 and then in most markets some small growth in FY26.  High days are expected to reach 

pre‐Covid levels in the core markets of Australia and the UK, but we note that New Zealand and the 

US remain under pre‐Covid levels.  But we expect our utilisation to be broadly in line with historical 

numbers and we expect the synergies and fleet flow‐through which means some jurisdictions 

Australia and New Zealand in particular will have higher than historical utilisations.   

We expect for that FY26 number, that ex fleet sales volumes will be broadly in line with the pre‐Covid 

levels.  Margins importantly, also in line with the pre‐Covid levels.  USA and Canada should achieve 

slight growth over those margins, given the synergies that we expect and from a fleet perspective 

between those markets.  The full realisation of the synergies that was indicated previously, whilst 

noting the costs, are going up and are expected to go up in line with what you’re seeing in other 

industries and other businesses.   

The Australian retail dealership, it is important to note, that we have allowed for continued softness 

in this division for some time.  We do not expect it to hit the boom periods that it hit on a margin and 

volume basis during Covid and we see that as an opportunity for where we’ve been conservative in 

opportunity for growth. 

In general, tourism numbers we expect to align with general growth.  So from our perspective, those 

assumptions are realistic.  We do, again, understand that the market may take a different view on 

those, but we think they are based sound assumptions that align with where the market is more 

generally from a tourism perspective and vehicle sales perspective. 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Just turning to other implications, though.  Just on the financing point.  So, we have been asked 

already this morning to release our covenants.  We don’t release what our covenants are and will 

continue to consider that, but at this point in time, we don’t release those.  What I’m very happy to 

say is, no surprise, we have a leverage ratio and equity ratio, we have a debt servicing covenant as 

well.  So just a reminder that we are forecasting to be in compliance with those covenants.   

The question has been raised around equity and whether we need to be raising equity.  There is 

nothing we see today in our balance sheet forecasting or the debt servicing capability of the business, 

or the profit outlook for the business, that indicates that we would need to consider any kind of equity 

raise.  I will remind everybody very clearly that, even during the Covid‐19 pandemic, when we were 

in a loss situation, and Apollo was in a loss situation, we did not raise equity.  We have a large number 

of fleet, we can manage our debt levels very effectively and we will do what is required on that basis.   

Just quickly talk about asset impairments.  We have done a very quick review of a number of different 

areas based on this [00:13:07 re‐forecast] and we have noted that we will be considering the 

UK/Ireland business in particular and it’s probable that there will be an impairment in relation to that 

business which we will review as part of our business planning and year‐end processes.  The value of 

any potential impairment has not been allowed for in these forecasts and we can’t give an indication 

of what that value may be, because clearly we haven’t done the work yet.  So we just can’t put the 

cart before the horse on that one.  

I’m quickly just going to the divisional review and this flips us through to Slide 12 with the expectation 

for fewer ex fleet sales.  This is a really important point with this change.  I really want to talk about 

this ex fleet and the expectation that we are going to have fewer ex fleet sales across Australia and 

New Zealand in particular and the material impact that has in the short term, on our outlook and 

position.  As you can see, there is a significant margin on these ex fleet vehicles and it is the way that 

we account for it you need to think of the retail margin, you need to think of essentially wholesale 

margin, or the rental to retail margin and indeed the manufacturing margin that is all linked and 

associated with these vehicles.  Internally it works through a group elimination process where the 

profit is eliminated internally and only realised when the vehicles are actually sold.  So these are very 

high margined vehicles.  They are the vehicles most noticeably that have not sold in the way that we 

expected them to, although clearly we’ve seen a drop in vehicle sales overall in both New Zealand 

and Australian markets.  We do believe that our expectations were realistic.  When you look at our 

previous sales periods, when you look at the pricing activity that we put into place, when you look at 

the marketing activity, and when you look at what was selling effectively, relative to the higher priced 

new vehicles, it’s these used ex fleet vehicles which were the vehicles to get behind and push for the 

last quarter of the year and in fact right through back from February.  The reality is, we have found 

that market has declined and indeed through April has been well below expectations.  We will 

continue to drive those vehicle sales and importantly those vehicles are there to sell and that margin 

is there to be achieved.  It is not like a rental stay that you can’t recover once it’s lost.  Those vehicles 

are there and we will move them through.   

Just moving to the next slide on vehicle sales.  The detail is there and I think you can go through it.  

What we have seen in the last few months is the US achieved lower margins on vehicle sales than we 

expected.  There is a product called the Nada Book which an external third‐party business that values 

vehicles for financing and for manufacturers within the US industry.  That had been identifying the 

used product from 22 and 23 as declining in value over recent times but importantly, the latest update 

that came out, just at the end of last week, indicated that those 22/23 vehicles are actually seen as 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

increasing in value by 3 to 4%.  So that gives us some confidence that the margin drops have actually  

concluded and in fact we may start to see some upside in those older vehicles.  Canada saw a margin 

drop as planned but we did have a change in retail strategy and retail pricing strategy and changed 

our campaigns and in that market, actually those campaigns actually worked and we’re out‐

performing our expectations. 

Just quickly moving over to rentals.  The rentals commentary, I think, is reasonably clear in those 

bullet points and again, the detail we’ve covered earlier in the presentation.   

So let me summarise, I guess, where we are at.  When you think of all of that, there are some that 

could say that we have been conservative in our reaction and our approach.  This is how we see it 

today.  We have intended to continue to be open with the market, to make sure, obviously, that we 

are complying with our continuous disclosure obligations, but challenge ourselves consistently of 

what we’re expecting, why we’re expecting it and being honest with the market.  We will continue to 

drive ourselves and look to do better and do more, but this is where we see this sudden trend and 

move in April and flowing through to May and June.  April’s been poor, the trend is not our friend.  

The rental shortfall in April and New Zealand, as I said before, you can’t make up.  Those vehicle sales 

shortfalls can be made up and at some point, those ex fleets vehicles will be sold and be sold at good 

margins.   

So it’s a very poor Quarter 4 and it does mean, as I said before, the Quarter 1 of FY25 is going to be 

challenging as well and that’s why we’ve indicated the numbers that we have, or the broader 

reduction in expectations for FY25.  But we remain positive that the core of this business in rentals 

and the outlook on a global basis is positive.  We’re positive about those assumptions through to FY26 

of $100M MPAT and we’re positive about the core structure and approach of the business.  We will, 

however, out of this, continue to challenge ourselves on what we could be doing differently from a 

forecasting perspective, how we might assess the market differently through these challenging 

economic periods and we will react as appropriate.   

Finally, I’ll just reinforce that we know how to manage this business in these challenging times.  We 

understand that the balance sheet and management of debt and fleet is critical and we are still 

making a substantive profit this year.  It is not a loss‐making situation, it is different to Covid and we 

believe that this is a big hiccup that we are very, very concerned about and unimpressed with our 

performed, but it does not change the structural performance of this business or the industry and the 

strong balance sheet position that we have.   

So we do thank you again for your attendance.  I look forward to the Q&A and Desmond, will hand 

back over to you to open that up. 

DE Certainly.  As a reminder, to ask a question, you need to press star 11 on your telephone.  Please 

stand by while we compile the Q&A roster.  One moment for the first question.   

Our first question comes from Kieran Carling from Craigs [00:20:10 set].  Please go ahead 

KC Good morning Grant, thanks for the presentation.  First question from me is just on your fleet target 

for FY25, which has been walked back from 9‐and‐a‐half thousand to 9,000 vehicles.  Can you 

comment on what your current fleet CapEx commitments are for FY25 and what is factored into that 

fleet guidance in terms of your future commitments with THL’s ability to sell vehicles 

GW Kieran, I sincerely apologise.  You broke up during that question.  I’m not sure if that was at our end 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or your end.  Could you repeat the question from the point where you said that our FY25 vehicles 

fleet expectations are down by about 500 

KC Yeah sure.  So, with the fleet target now under 9,000 vehicles versus 9‐and‐a‐half thousand 

previously.  Can you comment on what your current fleet CapEx commitments are for FY25 and what 

is factored into that guidance, in terms of your fleet commitments versus THL’s ability to sell vehicles 

in FY25 

GW 

Yeah, so.  Kieran, I won’t give any specific details of exactly what the numbers are.  Clearly, you’d be 

able to work out with a lower sales number this quarter, our net fleet CapEx goes up significantly 

because we’ve obviously got less sales for this year.  So you will see the FY24 number is a lot higher 

than what we indicated previously and that obviously flows through to debt being higher.  Not that 

we gave a debt number at the half‐year.  So, not at this point in time.  Remember this is not a year‐

end presentation, this is an update on guidance.  We’re not providing guidance into FY25 on net fleet 

CapEx at this point in time, or debt numbers.  You know that we will manage that accordingly to the 

market and the market conditions and what the indicator is around that fleet coming down is that 

we’re going to run things tight.  We’re going to keep utilisation really tight and obviously with the 

sales market being a little bit more volatile, we can play between fleet numbers and sales numbers if 

we need to a little bit more.  So we’ve got a little bit of ability to adjust between that. 

KC Okay, thank you.  [00:22:33] sharp decline in expectation through Q4, and your FY25 guidance for 

MPAT to be below 77.1, should we be interpreting guidance as being in the ballpark of 50M, similar 

to FY24, or in‐between 50 and 77.1, or is there just too much uncertainty to say at this stage? 

GW No, somewhere in‐between would be the number.  I’m not going to provide a number today.  We’ve 

got a lot more detail assumptions and actions that we need to consider as a result of this, as we work 

through our numbers for the next year.  You’ve got to remember, we’ve done a high level assessment 

of all the numbers and the indications, based on all our revenue numbers, we’ve got to look at all the 

other parts of the business.  We’ve got to continue to look at that CapEx, the cost structures, so forth 

and so on, so it’s way too soon for us to be providing a number, but it’s clear, based on where Quarter 

1 will be from a vehicle sales perspective, that any previous expectations the market had are just too 

high 

KC 

Thank you.  And then the final one is, if we look at the shortfall of ex rental vehicle sales in Aussie and 

the 13‐and‐a‐half million gross profit impact, of that impact, you sort of talk about it being more of a 

timing issue, you’ve still got the vehicles there to sell in future periods, but, of that 13‐and‐a‐half 

million, what are you confident that you can realise in future periods? 

GW Well, it’s one of those ones where, look, it’s that pointers.  It’s not the fresh food nature that a rental 

stay is, but we can’t be just saying that sales will continue to fall short and compound at some point 

into the future.  I think that these vehicles in particular that have particularly high margins in them, 

we will realise that over the coming period and what that period is, it’s going to be months, but we 

will realise that over those months.  So that shortfall we will achieve over a period of time, but it’s 

probably in some ways at the expense of some new sales and those sorts of things.  So, we’ll get that 

higher margin, but on a total volume basis, the market is down 

KC Okay, thanks Grant, that’s all from me 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Thanks Kieran 

DE Thank you for the questions.  Our next questions comes from the line of Andy Bowley from Forsyth 

Barr.  Please go ahead 

AB Thanks, Operator and good afternoon Grant.  So, a couple of questions from me.  The first of which 

revolves around your $100M MPAT goal in FY26.  I recognise there’s a [00:25:17] changes that are in 

place with regards to the immediate outlook here and reduced FY25 fleet expectations at year‐end 

there, so, a reasonably material decline in fleet expectations at the beginning of FY26.  Now, how has 

that impacted the assumptions leading into FY26 that you’ve outlined here, relative to where you 

were this time last week.  Clearly, there’s a fair few moving parts here and recognise the $100M is 

only an aspirational goal, but there’s a number of clearly detailed assumptions that go behind it.   

GW Yeah, so.  I’ll try and keep the answer simple whilst it’s actually quite complex.  In terms of that 500 

and where you end up, we look at fleet on a month‐by‐month basis right through that period and 

obviously you’ve got the seasonal adjustments between the different countries and what we expect 

to sell, so we’ll change the sale profile over the next 2 years.  So when you pull all that together, and 

really try and tighten everything up, that’s where you get that ability to pull down that fleet number, 

knowing that we’ve got what we’ve got in terms of sales and purchases coming through the next 12 

months.  So, basically going, look, you might sell some more, hold a little bit on rent dot, dot, dot, so 

you’re playing around being more fleet‐efficient.  What you also see in general terms is, some of the 

flow‐through of the demand in New Zealand actually being stronger for the next couple of years, even 

though it still remains behind pre‐Covid levels, so New Zealand is still performing particularly well and 

when you look at, [00:27:07] synergies and cost lines flowing those through [00:27:10 Recording cuts 

out]  

AB 

Okay, I think I get that.  In terms of confidence levels, to be able to put that number in your release, 

clearly you are still reasonably confident that that is achievable.  I guess that’s not really a question, 

it’s a statement, but, if you’d like to comment at all, Grant? 

GW [00:27:38‐00:27:47 Recording cuts out] 

AB I’m not sure if others are having the same problem as me, but I’m failing to hear you here, Grant 

GW Yeah [00:27:57‐00:28:18 Recording cuts out]  

GW Desmond, are you there? 

DE Yes, please go ahead 

GW Andy, can you hear us now? 

AB Loud and clear Grant 

GW Okay, alright 

AB I’m not sure if you picked up my question/statement with regards to, effectively confidence levels 

around your $100M of MPAT in [00:28:37 26] 

GW 

Yeah.  So we believe that there’s enough tolerance there for us to have that goal.  Clearly, it’s a much 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bigger step from 25 to 26, there’s no doubt about that and it is predicated on a recovery in the vehicle 

sales market, which we do confidently believe will occur.  It is one of those cyclical areas and that’s 

where it comes up, right, if you look at those core assumptions and that’s the big thing that’s changed 

to the down.  You put that back to the positive and recognise that we’ve had a bit of domestic issues 

in rentals over our winter period.  It’s not hard to get back there 

AB 

And maybe lastly, in relation to that $100M, can you give us an idea of how big your gain on sales for 

used vehicles is within that number, to at least provide some level of confidence that 1) it’s achievable 

but 2) it’s realistic relative to where vehicle sales have been historically? 

GW So the two assumptions that we’ve indicated are  

1) That ex fleet sales will be in line with pre‐Covid levels or slightly above where we’ve got 

changes like new sites in New Zealand and so forth, nothing significant, and 

2) That margins are in line with pre‐Covid, allowing for where there are synergies, for example, 

North America.  So in essence, the value of vehicle sales won’t be significantly different to 

pre‐Covid levels 

AB Albeit, pre‐Covid was a little bit muddied by the North American challenges in terms of that slowing 

used vehicle market and new vehicle market.  I don’t know if you can clarify that answer in any sense 

with regards to those changing dynamics in the pre‐Covid era 

GW 

Look, so, the US/North American fleet numbers that we have in there for sales, we would consider 

have definitely numbers that have been achieved pre‐Covid but weren’t achieved, you’re right, in the 

worst of those years, when we had the excess fleet situation in the market.  But they’re not out of 

the norm 

AB Yep, okay, thanks Grant 

GW Okay 

DE Thank you for the questions.  One moment for the next question.  Our next question comes from 

[00:31:21] Grant Lowe from Jarden.  Please go ahead 

GL Hi Team, can you hear me okay?   

GW Yeah, thank you.  I think the issue was at our end 

GL 

Yeah, yeah, that’s all good.  Just to pursue the $100M a bit further.  So, building on Andy’s question 

around the lower starting point.  You still held the $100M to the lower starting point.  How much of 

this reflects conservativism in the original forecasts relative to where we are now and are there any 

sort of subsequent changes to when you put out that $100M target that it might have lifted things 

slightly as an offset to that lower starting point? 

GW That’s a really good question.  Clearly, this is [00:32:12] so there is a different assumption in terms of 

where vehicle sales needs to get to from where we are today.  Clearly, we’ve got a down point now, 

so if you’re going to say, is there a change in conservatism, it’s in the leap that you make from FY24 

to 26 is clearly different but the 26 assumptions aren’t all that different.  What I’d say, the other thing 

around that 9‐and‐a‐half to below 9, that’s also a point in time, so again, that’s what I was trying to 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

infer when I was saying, in answering Andy’s questions, we do this on a month‐by‐month basis and 

when you run that through, it actually all sort of works out very effectively.  So the short answer is, 

it's not a big change in conservatism, it wasn’t like there was a massive amount of tolerance and now 

there’s now, it’s actually very, very similar numbers, it’s just that leap from 24 to 26 is clearly much 

larger.  So it’s that assumption around vehicle sales recovery 

GL 

Right.  So, if I interpret correctly, whilst the year‐end FY25 might be a lower point, we’ve got some 

various assumptions in there for [00:33:27 higher days and stuff] for a couple of years, but, basically 

what you’re saying is that, it’s probably [00:33:34 the...variant .... higher days] across the North 

American season and then, obviously acquire some higher vehicle numbers through the first half of 

26 and generate higher [00:33:47] average vehicles in the ANZ region.  And just in terms of the current 

status of.  Obviously, we’ve got very high margins in those ANZ vehicles, as you’ve mentioned.  How 

much opportunity is there to stimulate demand through pricing at the moment, lowering those 

margins due to the plus volume trade‐off, or is it simply the case that you’re just simply not getting 

the people walking onto the shop floor to buy these vehicles at the same rate you would normally 

expect? 

GW We’re not getting the people on the shop floor or, obviously, on‐line, to buy the vehicles that we 

were seeing previously.  We had put price activity in place.  There’s a question, how far do you go, 

dot, dot, dot, it’s always a question, right?  We had priced and done specials to a degree, everyone in 

New Zealand hopefully would’ve [00:34:41] marketing activity for the campaign in New Zealand, 

likewise in Australia, so we believed we were where we needed to be.  Maybe there’s a better 

stimulation at a slightly different price but I don’t know, but the reality is it’s believed and numbers 

coming in the front door haven’t been where they were expected to be at all.   

GL Okay, thank you, that’s all for me. 

DE Thank you for the questions.  As a reminder, to ask a question, please press star 11.  One moment for 

the next question.  Next question comes from [00:35:18] Ben Wilson from Wilsons Advisory.  Please 

go ahead 

BW Thank you.  Morning, Team.  Just my first question, Grant.  You said that the lowered EBIT guidance 

in Australia is overwhelmingly geared towards ex rental sales.  Can you give us a rough breakdown of 

the split between ex rental and new RV sales.  I guess, [00:35:46 surplus part of that] given that the 

new RV retail sales are skewed more towards towables.  Are you seeing much of an impact there, just 

given they do typically have a lower price point? 

GW I won’t give the exact skew Ben, we’ll just a have a [00:36:02] something that we want to release.  

We’ve obviously given the total number for Australia in the waterfall and we’ve given the number for 

the ex vehicle sales in that total of 13.5M that was across Australia and New Zealand, so make an 

assumption about how that might split.  You are right, Ben, the towables in Australia are not down as 

much as the expectations for the ex fleet. There is margin pressure at that end, but we’ve seen that  

margin pressure for a little bit of time and have allowed for that accordingly.   

BW Thank you, and can you remind me what the seasonality is like in sales volumes in Australia/New 

Zealand.  I had thought that they were more typically skewed towards the summer high season, but 

it sounds as though you do sell vehicles [00:36:58] volume right throughout the year, just given, I 

guess, the contribution to this is [00:37:04] downgrade 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Yeah, correct, we sell right throughout the year.  In Australia, it’s show season, so WA, Sydney, 

Victoria and Brisbane have all had their major shows and Brisbane’s got it’s major show coming up, 

but they’ve all had shows in just the recent 6 weeks and likewise, New Zealand, in the last 6 weeks as 

well.  So it is show season, that end‐of‐summer season sale period that occurs every year 

BW Thanks Grant.  Last question on the sale side of things.  Just wondering, is there any potential to put 

some of those ex rental vehicles that you haven’t sold yet back into the rental fleet to earn income 

on, or is that just not practical or feasible?  [00:37(Overtalking) rebranded some of them already...] 

GW Over this winter period, it’s not worth doing that at all.  We’ve got plenty of fleet available in both 

countries right at the moment, so it’s not feasible from that perspective, no, but you’re right in 

general terms, if you’re in the middle, if it was a different time of year, you would absolutely consider 

moving vehicles from sales back onto rent, depending on the vehicle type and so forth and so on.  But 

it’s just not the right time of year to do that 

BW 

Next one.  Actually, sorry, one more question on the sales side of things before I go to my final 

question.  I guess it’s with the outlook for interest rates, certainly in Australia and the US to be higher 

for longer now.  Is a decline in rates quite important in your assumptions, is there increasing demand 

and is there recovery in sales volumes? 

GW Yeah, look, the short answer is most likely yes.  I mean, we don’t sit here as core economists, but 

certainly what we’ve seen in demand and leads as sentiment is moved around interest rates, would 

say that the gut feel is that there is a reasonable correlation there, certainly what we’ve seen in the 

US, there definitely is in North American [00:39:17] 

BW Thanks Grant and, just my last question, more on the rental side of things.  You’ve said that you’re 

still seeing good performance in the tourism business.  The most recent inbound tourist arrival 

numbers out of New Zealand and Australia, I think are as at February still, but they still show 

significant increase of year‐on‐year and a lowering of the gap towards 2019 peaks, so are you still 

saying there’s a strong international tourist demand for rentals in Australia/New Zealand [00:39:55] 

it’s really more a sales issue, obviously, that’s driven all [00:40:00 this forward ...] 

GW Yeah, Ben you’re absolutely right, you’re completely onto it.  April, May, June just aren’t international 

months from the rental perspective, but much more domestic months, especially April, with that 

Easter and school holiday period, that was well down on expectations.  We did say at the half‐year 

that when people were asking the question, what’s your rentals outlook, it should be reasonably well 

booked, we made the point that with Easter being at the start of April, that that was a real question 

mark for us in this market, not quite knowing exactly what would happen and we did see that post‐

March, that Easter and school holidays period below our expectations, but that is a domestic point 

not an international one.   

BW Great.  Thanks very much, Grant, that’s all my questions 

GW Thanks Ben 

DE 

Thank you for the questions.  As a reminder, if you’d like to ask question, please press star 11.  At this 

time, there are no further questions from the [00:40:59] Allow me to hand the call back to 

Management for closing 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Thanks Desmond, appreciate it.  Thank you everybody for your.  Oh, it looks like in the Q&A queue, 

Desmond, Belinda might have just jumped in there, is that correct?  Or am I [00:41:15 overtalking] 

DE (Overtalking... ) allow me to open the lines 

BM Yeah, hi Grant 

DE Yes, go ahead please Belinda 

BM Grant, you’re talking about the different mix between international and domestic bookings and the 

impact it has on [00:41:29] can you give us some flavour there?  And also, now I suspect, given you 

couldn’t sell your fleet, your end will be maybe a bit higher than what you were thinking and then 

now you’ve lowered your 25, I mean, does that impact your synergies?  I thought you always had to 

have a certain fleet size to get your synergies.  And even if you can give us a range, can you tell us 

where you’re roughly seeing net debit year‐end now, in 24 please? 

GW Sure.  Just your first question on international verse domestic.  The US has that differential, so 

domestics actually are high‐yield and so that’s where that mix is slightly different.  New Zealand/ 

Australia actually isn’t all that different on a daily yield basis.  Then you’re talking about, [00:42:27 

are] the vehicle sales shortfall create a higher debt position?  Absolutely it does, we haven’t given a 

debt number, so we’ll just have to have a look and see whether we put that out there.  I think, if you 

take the broad number of vehicle sales, or the shortfall that we’ve got, how much we are attributing 

to vehicle sales, flow that back, you should get a reasonable sort of number, take off the profitability 

shortfall and you should see where debt goes up versus where [00:42:57] as a previous number, but 

we haven’t given that number out at this point 

BM And you see, with the lower fleet, how that may impact your synergy [00:43:11] 

GW Sorry Belinda, you did ask that.  The synergy on that front is basically one of the points of bringing the 

fleet down, right?  It’s a utilisation synergy and not having to run as much fleet.  They’re all variable 

from that perspective, they’re variable savings and indeed, if you have lower fleet then it’s less 

vehicles that you’ve achieved to bill in materials, but overall, that will still [00:43:39] synergies and a 

proportionate amount of variable synergies flows through.  So nothing that significantly impacts 

synergy number, no 

BM Thank you 

GW Great, thanks Belinda, appreciate it  

DE Thank you for the questions.  Back to the Management for closing 

GW Right, thank you.  Thank you, Desmond, for managing us through.  Thanks, everybody, for your time.  

We look forward to getting some runs back on the Board and rebuilding some confidence in 

expectations around THL because we certainly have that confidence in the future.  So, we’ll have to 

deliver the results to get you on‐side and we will do so.  Thank you all very much 

DE This concludes today’s conference call, thank you for participating.  You may now disconnect. 

[END OF AUDIO RECORDING AT 00:44:22 MINS] 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENDS 

 

About thl (www.thlonline.com) 

 

thl is a global tourism operator listed on the NZX and ASX (code: THL) and is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world. 

In New Zealand/Australia, thl operates rental brands (Maui, Britz, Apollo, Mighty, Hippie, Cheapa Campa), manufacturing (Action 

Manufacturing, Apollo), retail brands (Talvor, Kea, Winnebago, Adria, Coromal, Windsor), retail dealerships (RV Super Centre, 

Apollo RV Sales, Kratzmann, George Day, Sydney RV, Camperagent, E‐Camperco), travel technology (TripTech) and tourism 

attractions (Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo Group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui 

Cave and The Legendary Black Water Rafting Co.).  In North America, thl operates the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, CanaDream, 

Britz and Mighty rental brands.  In UK and Europe, thl operates the Just go, Apollo and Bunk Campers rental brands.

=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: FY24 Full Year Results Investor Call Transcript ===

Tourism Holdings Limited
The Beach houses

Level 1, 83 Beach Rd

Auckland Central

PO Box 4293

Auckland 1010, New Zealand

www.thlonline.com



Tourism Holding Limited

FY24 Full Year Results Investor Call Transcript


Operator: Thank you for standing by, and welcome to the Tourism Holdings Limited

2024 Annual Results Call. All participants are in listen-only mode. There will

be a presentation followed by a question-and-answer session. If you wish to

ask a question, you will need to press the star key followed by the number

one on your telephone keypad.


I would now like to hand the conference over to Mr. Grant Webster, CEO and

Managing Director. Please go ahead.


Grant Webster: Thanks, Kaylee, really appreciate that. Thank you everybody for your time.

And welcome to the FY24 Annual Results Presentation for thl. You know, I've

just been introduced, so Grant Webster, CEO of thl. I am here today with

Cameron Mathewson, our new CFO; Steven Hall, our Deputy CFO; and Amir

Ansari is here as well in his role of Leader of IR.


I'm going to move through the presentation, as always, at a reasonable pace

today. We'll skip several slides, making sure that we leave plenty of time for

Q&A towards the end of the meeting.


So, let's go straight through to Slide Four, the executive summary. It is well

understood, our underlying profit after tax was within the guidance range of

51.8 million. Statutory net profit of 39.4 million included the well-flagged

12.4 million impairment for the goodwill attributable to the UK and Ireland

divisions.


Pleasingly, we had record EBIT results for New Zealand Rentals & Sales,

Action Manufacturing and the New Zealand Tourism businesses. We're very

pleased as well as to continue to have strong confidence in our balance sheet

and accordingly, we have declared a final dividend of $0.05 per share, taking

us to $0.095 for the full year. We continue to grow our fleet and have

expectations for growth in the coming year.


We note very clearly that our returns on funds employed declined, but that

was reflective of the economic situation. Despite the operating conditions

for the coming period, as I just mentioned, we do expect to see an increase

in our underlying NPAT for FY25 compared to FY24. But I would note that it is

too soon to say exactly what that number will be. And we will continue to

review when we are likely to provide any particular guidance.


Given the prevailing economic conditions, it's also clear that to achieve the

100 million net profit after tax goal in FY26 is unlikely. And so, we've









removed that timing, but we remain absolutely steadfast in the belief that

we have the necessary components and will advance towards this goal as

Tourism rebounds further and the general economy improves.


We'll skip through to Slide Seven on return on funds employed. We know

this is a critical metric for our business. We remain focused on delivering a

higher than 15% return-on-funds employed for several periods to account for

these lower periods, making sure that we are delivering an average above

WACC return over the long term.


When you look at the slide, it is easy to ask the question, can we really see a

50% improvement in the Group result moving forward? My answer is,

absolutely yes. When you look at the New Zealand Rentals & Sales Division

achieving 22%, and you look at the Action Manufacturing and Tourism

numbers also achieving outstanding results, you can see that we do have the

core ingredients for success, and we know how to make this happen in this

business and industry.


We take similar lessons into the other markets that we operate, and we

make the changes that we know we need to make. Our global systems, our

accountability to people to hold them to achieve the results and our product

knowledge will ensure that those changes we make deliver to our future

goals.


I'm now, early in the piece, going to pass over to Cameron to talk through

the capital situation, our banking and depreciation rates. Welcome,

Cameron.


Cameron Matthewson Thank you, Grant. We are pleased to have recently refinanced our banking

facility with ASB and Royal Bank of Canada joining our long-term partners,

Westpac and ANZ in the syndicate, which has increased from 250 million to

475 million as we look to further optimise our funding between

uncommitted asset financing and bank debt.


Our process was well received and was oversubscribed both in terms of

participants and volume. This level of engagement resulted not only in

greater capacity, but also better covenants, improved pricing and extended

security with tranches extending out to 4 years. With this facility effective

from 15 August, we've already started to draw down on it.


Moving forward to capital management. thl has a demonstrated ability to

manage capital. Being able to avoid a raise during COVID is one such

example. thl has risen over the course of the year [inaudible] continue to

regrow our rental fleet, and we also have higher retail sales inventory.

Referring to my initial point, this growth has been carried out in a controlled

manner that has maintained appropriate leverage ratios particularly in the









current macroeconomic environment. thl will continue to manage its capital

in a dynamic manner as we balance growth within whatever prevailing

conditions require.


Looking forward at capex, gross capex has increased marginally in FY24 as we

continue to regrow fleet. And pleasingly, proceeds from ex-fleet were higher

than prior year. In response to overall economic conditions, moving forward

into FY25, we expect fleet capex to be lower than each of the past 2 years, as

we respond to excess retail inventory levels and in return firm up utilisation

on existing fleet.


On to dividends. As Grant mentioned earlier, we are pleased to be able to

declare a final dividend of 0.05 per share which takes our full FY24 dividend

to 0.095 per share. This represents a 5.3% cash yield for New Zealand

shareholders or 7.4% when taking into account imputation.


With Australia currently in a position of tax losses there is no franking credits

for AU shareholders. The dividend reinvestment plan continues to apply with

the 2% discount available.


Next, moving on to depreciation. Real depreciation rates or RDRs, are a key

metric for thl, as they represent how well we recover the purchase cost of a

vehicle upon sale and thus remove complexity as the vehicle moves through

rentals and into sales. RDRs have been excessively low in recent years as

motorhomes have achieved abnormally high sales margins and as such, we

have not been reporting them. However, as conditions normalise, we have

resumed this reporting.


Looking forward, we expect RDRs for New Zealand and Australia to be below

historical norms due to a greater portion of ex-fleet vehicles being sold

through our own retail dealerships and the ongoing realisation of

manufacturing synergies. We review our accounting depreciation rates

annually to ensure earnings are appropriately apportioned between rentals

and sales. And at a total thl level, we expect depreciation costs to increase in

FY25.


It's important to note that these annual depreciation rate changes do not

affect the lifetime earnings of a vehicle. And as such, we encourage investors

to use RDRs when assessing our efficiency and purchasing and selling fleet.

Back to you, Grant.




Grant Webster: That's great. Thanks, Cameron. Now I'd like to talk through the merger

synergies and cost efficiencies. It's very clear to us that we still have a strong









definable advantage in thl through these cost efficiencies and merger

synergies, despite the challenging economic conditions.


We are performing above our targets. We're not immune to the inflationary

pressures over the last 3 years but we're certainly in a position where we can

positively absorb them relative to others in the market.


Fleet costs has certainly continued to be an area of focus for the business

and pleasingly fleet costs going into FY25 are decreasing, which clearly

benefits to a small degree FY25. But more importantly, it provides a good

foundation for reduced costs into future years depreciation and interest.


What is clear is that it's become more and more challenging for us to assess

and determine what exactly is the synergy and what's a standard cost-out

from this purely through the course of time. When you think about our

modelling for the synergies being completed in 2022, there's lots of things

that have changed across the business.


So, we're now focused on a cost-out opportunity, which we think puts us in a

far better position. We've got the benefit of the synergy models that we did,

the direction that they provided us, but we're more able to more accurately

assess our current day performance against costs in the current economic

environment.


So, the key focal point for us in terms of this new cost-out approach will be

fleet and fleet cost, procurement, everything from living equipment through

to electricity, duplication across the business, which still exists, and we're

moving out through technology, insurance and a whole lot of other

operating costs in the rentals divisions, a simple example being relocations as

we look at more fleet efficiencies and bringing the systems closer and closer

together across the business.


Moving on to the divisional reviews. It's great to see the New Zealand

Rentals & Sales had a record result. We have got a strong rentals return in

terms of the total number of hire days. We still have growth available. We've

noted though that, that growth rate is slowing into calendar '25. To be fair,

the winter business domestically has been slower than expected, as have the

Australian Trans-Tasman visitor numbers.


But overall, the New Zealand business has managed well in this economic

environment. We do see growth in vehicle sales moving forward with the

two additional sites that we have in Palmerston North and in Hamilton. And

some time, probably later quarter 3 of this financial year, we will move to

the new Waitomokia site near the Auckland Airport. It's a really exciting

opportunity for us.









We'll have Group support with operations together, which has been our

long-held desire finally fulfilled, we'll have an incredible customer offering

for rentals, for sales and for service. And on top of that, we've got a great

opportunity for us to connect with local Iwi, Te Kawerau, Te Akitai Waiohua

and Ngati Te Ata Waiohua.


These new locations all make our direct sales business in New Zealand much

stronger and reinforces our leadership position in the market. Our belief in

New Zealand is strong. We'll continue to invest as the conditions warrant.

Moving to Australia. The rental revenue Australia is flat primarily due to the

non-tourism revenue that existed in the prior corresponding period. Non-

tourism does continue to be a focal point. We do see that there will be more

opportunities in the future, but it is cyclical with events. We're growing our

relationships and we're growing our position in this market for those future

opportunities.


We would note, as we've mentioned in May that domestically, Rentals

wasn't as strong as what we expected, and the international shoulder season

wasn't what we expected post summer. Forward bookings are positive. But

again, the growth rate isn't at the same rate as it has been over the last

couple of years. The retail business in Australia was tough, we know that,

and it will continue to be tough in FY25. We're doing reasonably well with

used motorised ex-rental fleet but have seen margins in all categories

squeezed.


So, our key focal points for this area of the business, we need to adjust our

stock levels and bring those down and that is in train and working effectively.

We want to see systems alignment across the business, and we have a single

dealer management system entering into the business in this financial year in

Australia. That's going to give us much more timely transparency and

influence over exactly what we're doing with stock and pricing right across

the group.


We are updating our product range, we're adjusting our product range from

a cost perspective, and we're ensuring that we've got really strong leadership

in every one of our locations. Manufacturing in Australia has also had some

significant improvements in what I consider a very short period of time.

Action Manufacturing have joined the business. We're aligning our people,

our systems and our processes. What we've seen is quality improvement,

speed of build improving, we're seeing greater efficiency through new

investments and equipment, and we've seen inventory reductions as well.


Now this will all flow through to an improvement in our RDR for Australia

moving forward for rentals and a reduction in warranty cost for retail and

improvement in our brand position across the market. Moving on to the

USA. There's no doubt that the result is disappointing and quite frankly,









unacceptable. It's fair to say that it has been a very tough market, and that's

well evidenced by commentary from other publicly listed operators in the RV

sector. However, we need to continue to change.


We've taken a number of actions starting from January this year. We have

refocused the business on domestic revenue more and are achieving some

real success in that space. We're investing in alternative revenue streams,

non-tourism opportunities and again, winning and refocusing the business in

that direction. And we've got a rejuvenated retail sales team, and they are

performing in what is a challenging, challenging market. There's more still to

do.


Both the USA and Canadian businesses have clearly had some very high-

priced vehicles over the last 2 years, and we are clearing those particularly

high-priced model year '23 units, which have seen excessively depressed

sales margins. From a rentals perspective, this high season has improved on

the previous year, but sales still remains concerning. But we're starting to

see the mid-market priced vehicles starting to stabilise.


Again, like we've seen in some other markets, we're starting to see some

price reductions in fleet available for manufacturers, and that will ultimately

flow through better rentals returns and better retail opportunities. We're

very pleased to see Kate Meldrum take up the role of North American Chief

Operating Officer. And I'd have to say in visiting the market a couple of times

recently, the business is building very positively, and it's in a good place for

recovery.


We've got strong expectations for a significantly improved result in FY25.

However, it's going to be at least FY26 before we deliver our ROFE

expectation -- a ROFE result above our 15% expectations. Canada. The

Canadian business has a return on funds of 8.3%. However, if you take into

account the acquisition accounting adjustment, it would be just over 10%,

but clearly still below our expectations.


The sales has again been a struggle in Canada, below our expectations, albeit

an increase in RV sales on the prior year. FY25 will still be a struggling year

for the Canadian business, again, as we transition our fleet from the higher-

priced vehicles to lower-priced vehicles, also change out our core fleet

management system, but we do have confidence in the future.


The North American synergies appear very real, and they will be realised and

continue to grow over the coming years. Inherently, Canada has strong

demand from a rental perspective, and it is going to be one of the true

beneficiaries of the global efficiencies from our global system development.

The opportunities here are very real. Once we see a full fleet rotation, we

will see a significant improvement in return on funds employed. And it









should be noted that this is the one jurisdiction, which has had an increase in

depreciation rates, which were particularly low historically.


Going through the hard stuff, UK and Ireland, another concerning result,

impairment is clearly disappointing, particularly given the investment to

acquire the remaining 51% of the Just go business just before the merger

with Apollo in late 2022. A post-investment review is being completed. But

through that process, we would note that the largest change in the valuation

was actually in the cost of capital, which moved from just over 8% to just

over 11% through that time.


It seems in some ways that it's been a bit of a perfect storm for the UK

business. Vehicle supply remained an issue with again around 200 vehicles

not arriving in time for the high season, significant increase in insurance

costs, some legacy vehicles, which had excess of R&M and low sales value

and an increase in overhead costs. There is a path to a better future, and we

are working through the execution of that at this time. Action Manufacturing

had a great result. We are definitely seeing the benefit of the acquisitions

over the recent period of time, and we're seeing the linkages with Brisbane

as we talked about before.


We've got a new product that the business is launching. We've got new

suppliers that have been very effective, new technology, and we're clearly

taking more market share in the heavy transport space.


We'd note, however, that, that heavy transport part of the business is going

through a tough patch as we see long-haul transport operators in New

Zealand pull back on capital expenditure for new fleet. We expect, based on

our historical lessons going back right through to the GFC, that this period of

pullback in capital expenditure from customers will be no longer than 12

months, they need to renew fleet and will be back on the order books.


There are parts of this industry, the long-haul transport sector that are saying

to us that the current conditions are worse than the GFC and expected to last

into -- well into calendar year 2025. Obviously, we're adjusting costs in our

approach appropriately. The Tourism business had a record profit result.

Waitomo still isn't at pre-COVID levels from a visitor number, but we are

getting a better profit result, obviously. So, we're doing more with less. We

see growth in Tourism in the coming year, clearly at a slower rate than we've

had over the last 2 years.


GSS costs, look, there is a decent movement there. There are transaction

costs, some changes in recharges, which skewed the result, but there was

some inflation increases in there as well. Let's quickly move on to the

outlook. So just reiterating what we said before, despite the operating

conditions in the coming periods still being uncertain, we do expect an









increase in underlying profit after tax in FY25 when compared to the prior

year.


Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in

hire days within our key markets, New Zealand, Australia and North America.

The booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing,

but potentially impact in the rentals calendar year -- rentals for the calendar

year 2025, clearly indicates that it may take longer than initially expected to

return to pre-COVID levels. That clearly aligns with broader industry

feedback we see and that broader sentiment. Fleet purchases and

production for 2025 have been adjusted accordingly with lower capital

expenditure planned.


It's important for us to reiterate that these headwinds we see is very much

cyclical and associated with the wider economic downturn rather than any

structural change for the RV industry. We've got a positive long-term

outlook, and we believe we're well positioned. We are the global leader in

RV rentals. We've got opportunities, synergies, cost reduction, supported by

a balance sheet that is strong and strong capital management disciplines.


We continue to be focused on return on funds employed. We recognise that

the returns from the USA, UK, Ireland and Canada divisions in FY24 are

unacceptable. Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for

management. And while we expect return on funds employed in '25 of these

divisions to remain below our 15% target, the changes we've implemented

should lead to future improvements, particularly in the way that we bring

those North American businesses more closely together.


Our future NPAT goal has been covered, and as previously noted, it's a case

of not now, but we have confidence that we will achieve this goal. The

assumptions that we detailed earlier in May, still stand true. So, the

summary for the thl today from my perspective. As I said, we're a strong

business, continued focus on managing capital and balance sheet position.

We've had excess fleet in FY24, which impacted the result because we didn't

achieve our rentals and sales expectations, but it provides us with an

opportunity to be more capital efficient moving forward. And we should not

underestimate the future benefits, synergies and cost-out from our global

systems approach.


A real simple example to leave you on with that. Canada is the last

destination for our Motek system to be implemented. From here, all our

enhancements are global. If we beta test something in one region rather

than benefiting, say, 300,000 or 400,000 hire days, it can be applied across

five jurisdictions getting 5x the benefit. We've got great crew and the vast,

vast majority of them are moving forward at an enormous speed dealing

with change and accepting the challenges.









As I said in the Integrated Annual Report, throughout my tenure, I continue

to be amazed at how thl responds to challenges and changes in a way that

creates more opportunities for growth, growth for crew, for customers, for

our footprint for financial returns and our global position in this industry.

We've come off a record high, and we are enduring a decent fall, but we've

adapted, and we are responding with passion and energy and a commitment

to deliver. We are in a positive place.


We're shortly going to open up for questions. However, with Cameron

having joined the business a few months ago, I thought it was a really good

opportunity for him to provide just his initial insights and views on the

business. So, Cameron, I'll pass over to you, and then Kaylee will come back

to you for Q&A.


Cameron Matthewson: Thanks very much, Grant. Across the 100 days or so I've been on board, the

thing I notice every day is that thl is a business that never settles. It's

constantly evolving, whether it be the implementation of common digital

platforms that Grant has referred to throughout this meeting or the dynamic

capital management that business is always pushing forward.


Underlying this is a culture of merged thl, which stitches together common

behaviour such as teamwork and speed to outcome. Across the business,

there are crew members with substantial tenure and deep operational

knowledge that translates the complexity of thl's vertically integrated

business model into a competitive advantage.


As I mentioned earlier, the discipline of capital management on a large scale

is a core strength of thl with our ROFE measure part of the everyday

vocabulary of the business. Managing through COVID without a capital raise

and also the support of the banks through our recent refinancing are

examples of the skill that thl has in this discipline.


From my perspective, as a new starter, there are a few signs of -- there are a

few signs that has been affecting us as a result of the merger of two

established businesses, which were bought together with pace and during a

very difficult time. The synergies generated from this merger are evident, as

are the further opportunities not yet captured, as we continue the likes of

our North American plan and our ways of working efficiency initiatives.


The downgrade in May was disappointing, but it's obvious that thl is an

organisation that is quick to front foot issues, and thl demonstrated this

when we were one of the first to disclose the impact on our expectations

caused largely by the sudden fall in consumer confidence. As I look forward,

we are further building and refining our planning mindset and tools across

the short, medium and long term, particularly in relation to the interplay









between medium-term fleet decisions and the more short-term market and

economic dynamics such as those we face today. Thank you, Grant.


Grant Webster: Thanks, Cameron. Kaylee, we'll hand over to you for questions from those on

the call.


Operator: Thank you. If you wish to ask a question, please press star one on your

telephone and wait for your name to be announced. If you wish to cancel

your request, please press star two. If you're on a your request, please press

star two. If you're on a speakerphone, please pick up the handset to ask your

question. Your first question comes from Andy Bowley with Forsyth Barr.


Andy Bowley: Thanks operator, good morning or good afternoon, guys. A few questions

from me. The first of which is around the near-term outlook, and I recognise

Grant, you provided some commentary on a market-by-market basis and

some of those comments around forward bookings. But can you give us a

sense of how you see the RevPARV outlook on or in each market for FY25 at

this stage, please?


Grant Webster: Look, to be fair, Andy. I think we've given the best commentary that we can

at this point in time. We considered what was right to release to the total

market, and we've put that out there. So probably nothing further to add on

that right at this point in time.


Andy Bowley: Not even on a kind of a broader Group basis in terms of how you see broader

RevPARV aggregate across the Group for the year ahead?


Grant Webster: All right. So, I guess, the way to interpret the commentary that we've put out

there is that we've still got hire days growth. And we've talked about the

facts -- back in May, we talked about the fact that peak season yields are still

coming back. So, the net of those, we still see RevPARV growth into FY25.


And what we're saying is calendar '25 is just that growth rate has -- certainly

looks like it's slowing. I don't expect it to go backwards. And when you think

about the scope that we've still got to get back to pre-COVID levels, I think

the market will still absorb quite a bit more growth yet. So that's probably a

slightly different way of wording the information we provided over this

release in the previous one.


Andy Bowley: That’s helpful. Thanks Grant. Maybe one for Cameron around the

depreciation changes. You referenced in the presentation that you are

making some changes in FY25 now. Historically, we've had quite a gap

between the RDRs and actual depreciation rates.


I just wonder if you could give us a sense of how the changes will impact the

difference between RDRs and actual depreciation rates over time relative to









what you've reported historically and forgetting the last few years in light of

the inflationary impacts?


Cameron Matthewson: I think I've sort of stated Andy, that we're looking at efficiencies and how we

procure and manufacture and also a better return from our retail network.

And as such, that should improve historic rates that we've seen. So, we're

positive in terms of continuing to push forward in that space. And from a

broader perspective, as Grant mentioned, we still see opportunity in the

business to capture more efficiency synergy as we continue to implement

our various strategies.


Grant Webster: Yes. I think I'd just probably add to that because, obviously, I've been here a

little bit longer than Cameron. So, Andy, those differences when you go back

pre-COVID, so depreciation -- and real depreciation rates are probably going

to be closer than they were then, acknowledging Cameron's point that we

don't currently expect to get back to the height of those previous RDRs

because we are seeing inherent efficiencies as he talked about in our build

and the retail percentage.


Andy Bowley: So, I guess, actual depreciation rates are going to be coming down faster

than RDRs relative to pre-COVID, is that a fair summation? I guess what I'm

getting at here is, are we closing the gap between net realisable value of

fleet and net book value?


Grant Webster: Yes. The simple answer is yes.


Andy Bowley: Great. So maybe last question from me. Grant, you talked about the full fleet

rotation in Canada providing some benefits and similar commentary in the

US. Just to clarify what you mean there. Are we talking about that's just the

higher-priced 2023 vehicles or is it related to vehicle type with suboptimal

product mix in the broader North American market?


Grant Webster: So really good question. Thank you for that. So, A, it's the high-priced

vehicles in the middle of '23, absolutely. I would reword -- I don't think it was

necessarily suboptimal purchasing before. It's relative to -- as we've talked

about for the last 12 months, the detail that we've gone into in creating an

essentially combined North American fleet.


It's not entirely combined, but just working through every single vehicle type

across both jurisdictions, looking at exactly what the build price has been

from different manufacturers, what the content has been in those vehicles,

whether we get return on that content and maximising that. So -- but it ends

up being substantial.


Andy Bowley: And the realisation of that is over a number of years, I'd imagine?









Grant Webster: Correct, over three years.


Andy Bowley: Brilliant. Thanks guys.


Grant Webster: Thank you. Andy.


Operator: Your next question comes from Grant Lowe with Jarden.


Grant Lowe: Hi team. Just around the refinancing side of things just starting with that. So,

you called out at the May update that there was -- I think, June 2024 was

sort of a pinch point, if we want to call it that, but then improving from

there. You've obviously been through a refinancing now. Can you just sort of

update us as to where things sit relative to covenants, whether those have

changed otherwise?


Grant Webster: So, we've got -- we've said that we've got more funds. We've got better

terms, which you can take as a more favourable covenants and better

pricing. And that doesn't change the point that our metrics are still improving

anyway. So, a really good job by Cameron, Steve and Bruce.


Grant Lowe: That’s great. And in terms of -- obviously, you haven't given net capex

guidance this year. I appreciate the sales environment is difficult to sort of

assess this early stage of the year. Do you have -- what are the -- you can say

around the gross capex side of things, expectations?


Obviously, you haven't called out this as far as I've seen the -- you have

mentioned the 9,000 vehicles at the end of FY25 or at less than 9,000. How

should we think about that the gross capex side of things for the year?


Grant Webster: So similarly to the net -- it's the same sort of reason. So, you would see if you

look in the financial statements that we talk about the committed capex and

that's around 160 million around that Amir?


Amir Ansari: 106 million.


Grant Webster: 106 million, not 160 million. I got the 1 and the 6, right 106 million. That

obviously is way low, and we've got the North American fleet to come in. So,

you can generally expect gross capex to be less than last year, but we haven't

given any indications of what that will be. In terms of the exact fleet

numbers, I mean, that's a deliberate choice for us not to release those

numbers at this point in time.


And in lines with the fact that if we want to look at fleet that we still see

growth, we just see that growth softening. We also have noted the fact that

we think our fleet has been inefficient in the last 12 months because we

didn't achieve quite the volumes of sales that we wanted.









So, you can see some efficiency coming in there as well. So basically, overall

utilisation of the fleet should be improving. So, we just don't need to buy

quite as much as we would have originally planned.


Grant Lowe: Yeah, okay. And in terms of the closing net debt at 466, I think it was at

halfway where there was some timing difference between the spend and

obviously, delivery of vehicles if I'm getting my dates right. Is there anything

to call out at this stage across the balance date in terms of timing or

otherwise?


Grant Webster: No, there or thereabout. And so out of all of that when you take earnings

and everything into account, net capex, the whole thing, it will move a bit

upwards, but it's not going to be a substantial move. Certainly nothing like

the last 12 months, obviously. That won't move dramatically in FY25.


Grant Lowe: Okay that’s great. And just last one for me around the May expectations that

you sort of set. You did touch on some of this in the various geography

segments. But just coming back to that, you had a couple of useful slides in

that pack in May.


How would you sort of characterise the overall performance relative to your

expectations and I guess, specifically around the ANZ, you had a slide on that

with, I think it was – [inaudible] a $13 million impact on lower sales volumes

primarily?


Grant Webster: Yes. So, we were broadly in line with our expectations for that last quarter.

Yes. If I started getting into detail, it's minor. It's not material movement. It's

broadly in line, yes.


Grant Lowe: Okay. Excellent. Thank you.


Operator: Your next question comes from Ben Wilson with Wilsons Advisory.


Ben Wilson: Thank you and good morning gentlemen in Brisbane time. Just touching

further on the Australian sales environment, just given that was sort of a

major part of the May update. Firstly, maybe on the retail sales volumes, in

particular. Your GP margins did fall but you actually managed to increase

your sales volumes there. Just wondering if you can give an update on how

you're seeing retail sales demand unfolding in Australia?


Grant Webster: So, by the numbers that we see, we think we have picked up some market

share. But margins and pricing in the market continue to squeeze and

continue to come down. So, I think that summarises sort of quarter 4. Going

into the next period, we've clearly indicated that we think it's still a very

tough market. But you've also gotten that sales volume, just remembering

that we've got Camperagent in those numbers. So, sort of on a same-store









basis, we were down -- Camperagent was February. So, we'll start to roll that

over next half.


Ben Wilson: Yes, thanks Grant. And then just moving to the ex-rental sales side of things

in Australia, your gross profit margin actually increased on last year. So, is it a

stronger sort of demand environment for the ex-rental sort of more

motorised vehicles?


Grant Webster: No, it becomes a bit of a mix issue with that, Ben. So, we've obviously -- one

of the things we said in May is that we will continue to push that ex-rental

motorised fleet really hard. And a reminder, we said that we are confident

that we will sell it at some point in time. And we're on track. We're selling it.

We continue to sell it. We're continuing for it to move in July and August.

Again, some margin pressure on that to keep those vehicles moving, but

we're still delivering those good margins out of it.


Ben Wilson: Thanks, Grant. And then just last one for me. Just switching to the US, I saw

Camping World in their second quarter update mentioned that they're

ramping up their used vehicle stocking levels. So just wondering if you're

seeing some stronger signs for ex-rental sales volumes off the back of that?


Grant Webster: So, if you dive into the detail of what those dealers, including Camping World

are buying, they're looking at anything from a 2010 through to sort of 2016,

2017 as being the primary price points that they're after. So, on a motorised

basis, they're tagging anything from a US 39,999 up to 49,999 unit. So, it's

not exactly where we're playing. We're obviously paying sort of 20,000

above that. We're at the model year 22, 23, 24s.


So, at those really low-price points, towables, they're up there at 19,999 to

29,999. That's where the market is paying at the moment. As interest rates

come down as the overall sort of pricing comes down that will probably

change back again. So, we are seeing some improvement. June was a good

month. But as we talked about May, it's very wavy. So, June was a good

month. July not as good. We've got to see how August closes out.


Ben Wilson: Thanks Grant, That's helpful. That's all from me. Thank you.


Operator: Our next question comes from John O'Shea with Ord Minnett.


John O'Shea: Morning, Grant. Thanks for taking my questions. A couple for me. Obviously,

the excess fleet and the weakness in used vehicle sales, am I -- is it a fair

comment to say that the US we're seeing certainly light at the end of the

tunnel there. And in contrast to that in Australia, would it be fair to say that

we've got a fair way to go just sort of clear that excess inventory, I guess

that's the first question. Do you think that's a fair summary?









Grant Webster: I think you're probably up to the minute in terms of that commentary

because there's definitely -- there's some data that came out of the US today

that sort of indicates that towable up there has started to recover and

motorised the indicators you could definitely take are probably at the

bottom there or thereabouts. So, I think you could make that comment

based on industry data for the US.


And I think your commentary for Australia is correct. I think there's still some

pain to come. We have seen a number of small manufacturers going through

liquidation in Australia and some small dealerships go into liquidation and

some major larger manufacturers change ownership structures and merged

with other entities in the last 3 months. So, you can definitely see that it's

impacting the industry.


John O'Shea: Yes, sure. Thank you for that. Now at the same time, you mentioned you're

starting to see a few signs of lower purchase costs from the manufacturing

side. Do you think that that's kind of -- do you think there will be further

declines? Or would you -- given that the US has kind of turned the corner or

turning the corner in my view. Is there a situation here where you've got --

you still got all the negative impact of the used vehicles flowing through but

not necessarily any benefit or relief from the purchase side. Do you think

those declines you've seen in the prices of buying the vehicles are better

temporary? Or do you think you'll see further reductions? Or do you think

and what do you think about the purchase cost side?


Grant Webster: So, the purchase cost side, just to put it in context certainly from third-party

manufacturers it's small single digit, so 2%, 3%, 4% kind of savings. You're

seeing the chassis manufacturers' sort of hold price will go up 1 or 2. So it's

small. I think that what -- no one that I've talked to in the industry from a

manufacturing perspective sees that there's been -- if there is any real

benefit in discounting significantly to try and increase volume. They don't

think it's going to raise the pie.


They want to wait to see interest rates drop and order demand grow. So,

they're not going to get any overhead leverage by dropping price. So, there's

no value in them doing that. So, they are passing through what I would

consider as structural changes in price. So, steel prices coming back down,

aluminium, fiberglass, so forth, all those componentry elements coming back

down for them. So that's what's been passed through that sort of small digit

perspective. So, I think they will hold. And I think there will be a little bit

more to come into next year, but not -- nothing like the magnitude that went

up. I think the pricing generally is here to stay.


John O'Shea: So, you're kind of getting hammered both ways, right? You're having to pay

more but you're not getting anywhere near the prices on the used vehicles?









Grant Webster: Yes. That's just the swing back from where we were getting the arbitrage the

other way.


John O'Shea: Absolutely. Yes. And look, the final thing from me was maybe slightly bit of a

comment rather than a question. But on the rental side here, we're seeing a

slowing from the peak in terms of domestic travel. And so that's really a

cyclical factor. Do you agree with that? Obviously, the international travel

side, it will be a reflection of a whole range of things inbounding into

Australia. But the domestic side, whether it’s Australia and New Zealand is

purely a reflection of a moderation in that travel as we've come out of the

pandemic.


In other words, the levels that they reached in terms of the domestic travel

were unsustainable and was always going to slow. Do you think that's a

reflection of that? Or is it more in international demand being softer than

you thought?


Grant Webster: I think it's -- well, international growth rate is slowing but domestically

completely agreed that it's cyclical. And what the research that we've seen

and there's some of the big advisers out there have done some interesting

tourism reports recently which reinforced the fact that those paying rent

those with mortgages are just hit that next point of pain where tourism is

being put on the back burner as well as the buying of vehicles and

refurbishing homes, so forth and so on.


John O'Shea: Yes. No worries, guys. Thanks very much for taking my questions.


Grant Webster: Thanks, John.


Operator Once again, if you wish to ask a question, please press star one on your

telephone and wait for your name to be announced. Your next question

comes from Kieran Carling with Craigs Investment Partners.


Kieran Carling: Good morning, guys, thanks for the presentation. Can you provide some

more colour around the China procurement project for Action

Manufacturing? And what sort of EBIT uplift that might be able to provide

the division? And maybe also touch on what we can expect from the cost-out

program that you've mentioned for FY25 and FY26?


Grant Webster: Incredibly fair questions, incredibly appropriate questions. I'm not going to

dive into the detail on them. But really, good questions. So, the cost-out

program, we've given some indication of the areas that we'll focus on. We'll

consider with what the right sort of information is around that as we get to

the annual meeting and see whether that's an appropriate point to release

something or not.









From a China perspective, again, going to be careful around not giving away

any competitive advantage or items. But we have spent quite a bit of time up

there over the last 12 months and have been working with a large number of

different suppliers and have a number of different projects underway in

products that we're already putting into the market very shortly, which I

think are great quality, really good quality, much lower cost, really efficient

from a lead time perspective and inventory management perspective. So, we

see them providing really good benefit but not indicating on an actual dollar

value of that, sorry.


Kieran Carling: No, sure, that's okay. And I appreciate you've already given a bit of a steer on

capex for FY25. But can you just tell us what you've assumed in terms of your

vehicle sales, particularly in Australasia for the year ahead relative to what

you've achieved in FY24?


Grant Webster: So again, you'd be wary of not giving too much information, particularly that

we haven't provided the market. I think we've said that it's still -- you got to

look at it by market. We see that it's still a tough market. New Zealand, we've

in dicated that we should see growth in New Zealand, particularly with

Palmerston North, Hamilton and Waitomokia.


So, we expect that growth, and we think we're in a strong position there.

Australia, we've said it's going to be tough and will remain tough. And North

America is still a tough market. But depending on how that goes, we should

see growth, should certainly see growth in the USA.


Kieran Carling: And then I guess just a high-level one on your outlook statement to finish.

Vehicle sales are still obviously very challenging. You've indicated there's

going to be some growth in hire days, but yields are probably starting to

slow. And we're going to see some fairly limited fleet growth based on your

capex guidance.


So, is it fair to say that the key drivers for your NPAT improvement year-on-

year are just going to be around the cost-out and slightly higher rental fleet

with yields kind of slightly up? Is that the right way to be thinking about it?

Or are there other kind of factors that play also?


Grant Webster: So, the nuance that I'd probably add to that is Andy's question around

RevPARV. So, we do see an improvement in that in FY25. In fact, all

jurisdictions should see an improvement in that. United States, in particular,

should see a really good improvement in that. Australia should see an

improvement. So, you've got to look at the utilisation, the yield and then

you've got to add the fleet numbers on top of it.


So, we do expect fleet growth, just not at the rate that we've been seeing

over the last 2 years. So yes, some fleet growth, some utilisation









improvement. Those 2 things coming together offset any yield and then use

this cost-out opportunity on top of that as well.


Kieran Carling: And then just a quick follow-on to that question. Would you see that at a

high level, again, kind of weighted towards the second half? Are you able to

provide any sort of steer on how we should be thinking about NPAT in the

first half of '25 versus the first half of '24?


Grant Webster: I don't think there'd be any surprise, given the results in H2 the growth in

FY25 is weighted to the second half.


Kieran Carling: Okay, cool. Thanks guys.


Operator: Your next question comes from Vignesh Nair with UBS.


Vignesh Nair: Hi, good morning, team. Just a couple of clarifications more than anything.

Just following on from the previous question, on RevPARV growth, are you

able to just dissect that across utilisation and yield? You mentioned sort of

growth year-on-year. So, can you maybe just give a guide on what the

quantum of utilisation growth would be versus the yield contraction?


Grant Webster: Amir Ansari will shoot me, if I give that -- because he's pushed so hard for us

to give the RevPARV numbers, which I think makes a lot of sense and works

for us from several different perspectives. So, if I break it down, then we're

just back to yield neutral. Happy to give the general guidance as is just that

we see a decent utilisation opportunity in the business, and that comes from

as I said before.


We ended up being less efficient than we should have in fleet in most

jurisdictions in FY24 as a result of primarily vehicle sales not being at the

levels that we thought, harder to adjust your purchases immediately, and the

growth rate in rentals not being quite what we expected. So more to the

utilisation improvement than yield within net RevPARV. I hope that helps.


Vignesh Nair: So, is it fair to say, that you're not currently discounting all that much to keep

utilisation up if yields aren't contracting all that much or -- provided that's

the best case assumption?


Grant Webster: Look, it's slightly different by period of the year and by jurisdiction. We

indicated in May that yields -- we gave an indication of where yields were

generally hitting by market, and there isn't any substantive change to that

commentary at this point in time.


Vignesh Nair: And the second point, on each of the regional slides you've given kind of

what the total RV sales would be under normal operating conditions. But

based on your sort of view over the next sort of 1 to 2 years, firstly, when do









you get normal operating conditions? And kind of is the 100 million NPAT

target, I suppose, contingent on those volumes of RV sales?


Grant Webster: Yes, the 100 million target is definitely including those kind of volumes within

it. Those volumes are -- again, if you look at them, they're not ridiculous

numbers, but you would be asking me to say exactly what the GDP growth

will be in each of our jurisdictions, what the interest rate will be in each of

our jurisdictions and -- so I can't give an indication of exactly when, because

we are definitely seeing that it's the slowdown so closely related to the

economic uncertainty.


Vignesh Nair: So, it's fair to say, internally, you're thinking that's beyond FY26 given that's

when you think you'll get to 100 million?


Grant Webster: I don't know. Well, no, because there's a number of factors. I mean, the

biggest difference to FY26 is obviously the total fleet number. We're not

going to be at the previous total fleet number in FY26 that we were

previously. So that's the biggest change there. We could achieve all these

numbers in FY26. That's possible.


Vignesh Nair: And I suppose the final question, just on the mix between ex-fleet and retail,

specifically in Australia. Is it 2,200, I suppose, sales kind of a reasonable level

into '25? Or is -- would you expect growth on that number? Or just kind of

trying to get a steer on what an appropriate kind of retail sales numbers

given that's jumped around a little bit?


Grant Webster: Look, given that we've seen that it's still a tough market, I think we're really

seeing sort of flat to some growth.


Vignesh Nair: Okay, that's very helpful. Thanks, guys.


Operator: There are no further questions at this time. I'll now hand back to Mr.

Webster for closing remarks.


Grant Webster: All I want to say is thank you very much, everybody, for your time. We look

forward to catching up with as many people as we can over the coming

week. We've got lots of catch-up. So, thank you, Kaylee, for hosting us, and

we'll talk to everybody shortly. Thanks.


Operator: That does conclude our conference for today. Thank you for participating.

You may now disconnect.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.